wmw m 


..  -  .  r. ' 

ILf.£ 

5  •* 

nr«  *¥i 

|K  , 

JM£  X 

P», 

tju£ni*! 

331 

r 

fr*(**»'  y 

vjJBy-Jj 

Jy-  >'H 

>  i 

* 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
in  2020  with  funding  from 
Columbia  University  Libraries 


https://archive.org/details/vonduprinselfrelOOvonn_O 


SYNOPSIS 


4* 


'<> 


IN  most  every  case  of  this  kind,  the 
appalling  loss  of  life  is  doe,  pri¬ 
marily,  to  the  fact  that  the  exit 
doors  refuse  to  operate  at  the  crucial 
moment.  The  terrified  people  pile 
themselves  in  heaps  about  the  exits 
and  the  poor  unfortunates  are  tram¬ 
pled  to  death  before  the  fire  even 
reaches  them.  The  recurrence  of 
such  disasters  is  rendered  absolutely 
impossible  by  the  operation  of  the 
“ Von  Duprin  Self-Releasing  Fire 
Exit  Latch!9  This  device  takes  ad¬ 
vantage  of  the  inevitable  rush  of  the 
panic-stricken  crowd,  and  uses  it  as 
the  natural  means  of  throwing  open 
the  way  to  escape  and  safety.  A  child 
has  the  same  advantage  as  an  adult,  no 
great  effort  being  necessary — merely 
a  touch  releases  the  latches  from  their 
housings. 

The  essential  features  of  the 
Von  Duprin  Device  are  these: 

1.  It  combines  in  a  unit  the  usual 
locking  devices,  the  door  lock  and  the 
top  and  bottom  latches. 

2.  The  usual  hardware  trim  is  ap¬ 
plied  on  the  outside  of  the  door. 


3.  On  the  inside,  about  waist  high, 
a  solid  bar  extends  across  the  door. 
This  bar  stands  away  from  the  wood 
and  connects  directly  with  the  mecha¬ 
nism  in  the  latch.  Any  pressure  ap¬ 
plied  to  any  part  of  the  bar  instantly 
and  positively  releases  lock  and 
latches  simultaneously  and  permits 
doors  to  open. 

The  operation  of  the  Von  Duprin 
Device  under  conditions  of  a  panic  is 
evident.  The  people  rush  toward  the 
exit  doors — the  leaders  are  forced 
against  the  bar  across  the  door— the 
latches  operate  automatically,  and  the 
doors  are  thrown  open  to  safety. 
These  devices  positively  can  not  be 
rendered  inoperative  by  accident  or 
design. 

No  Von  Duprin  Device  has  ever 
failed  to  operate  in  an  emergency. 

The  growing  appreciation  on  the 
part  of  both  architects  and  building 
owners  of  the  need  for  Von  Duprin 
Latches  is  due  to  the  recognition  of 
correct  principle  in  Von  Duprin  de¬ 
sign,  as  well  as  to  the  realization  that 
Von  D u prin s  are  so  well  made  that 
they  give  long,  trouble-free  service. 


VONNEGUT  HARDWARE  CO. 

Mann  fa  ctn  rers 

116-124  East  Washington  St.  ♦  Indianapolis,  Ind. 


X> 


MANUFACTURERS  OF 


IBuprin 


Kindly  refer  your  reply  fo 


March  13,  1928. 


To  the  Architectural  Profession:- 


A  great  debt  of  gratitude  is  due  the  many  architects 
who  have  steadfastly  insisted  that  the  exteriors  of 
VON  DUPRIN  devices  be  made  compact  and  in  keeping  with 
the  beauty  of  the  doors  to  which  they  are  applied. 

We  take  no  little  pleasure  in  acknowledging  this  debt 
here,  on  this  day,  which  marks  the  Twentieth  Anniversary 
of  VON  DUPRIN  manufacture. 

Ever  since  the  beginning,  steady  progress  has  been  made 

in  eliminating  the  bulkiness  of  the  exterior  hardware - 

and  this  has  been  done  without  decreasing  the  strength 
of  the  functioning  members  and  without  affecting  the 
reliability  of  the  devices. 

As  a  result,  it  is  our  firm  belief  that  the  fifteen 
types  of  VON  DUPRIN  devices  shown  in  this  catalog 

satisfy  the  wants  of  the  profession - and  fully  live 

up  to  our  VON  DUPRIN  creed - a  product  dedicated  to 

men  of  taste  and  skill,  who  demand  the  best  that 
brains  can  devise  and  human  hands  produce. 


Cordially- -and  grate fully--yours , 


•y’QTT-M-m OTTm  tt  a  dtmw  a  n-n  n  r\ 


President. 


SEVENTY-FIVE  VEARS  OF  SERVICE  AND  GROWTH 


It  has  happened  and  will  happen  again  for  all  time  and  eternity  when  doors 

are  not  properly  equipped 


76  KILLED  IN  WILD  PANIC 
AFTER  SMALL  BLAZE  AT 
MONTREAL  FILM  TREATER 


13  HU  KILLED  CHILDREN  PERISH  51  RHUffll  ME 
IN  FACTORY  fire  IN  FIRE  AT  PEABODY  \piNLCR™ 

_  rint  uni  r ALot 


Young  Women  Employes  of  Pitts- 


j-  burgh  Box  Factory.  Caught  in  Many  Boys  and  Girls  Caught,,  ,  ... 

1  Furnace.  Leap  to  Death-  when  Flames  Sweep  Pare  °^rator  of  Moving  Picture  Ma- 

Eight  Injured.  chial  School  Building.  Ghine  Shouts  Alarm  When 

- -  | -  Film  Flashes. 

Victims,  Mostly  Children,  Attracted  perish  in  rush  for  hats 


By  Mary  Pickford  in  ‘Sparrows’- 
Suffocation  Caused  Death. 


(BODIES  PILED 


Many  Victims  Trapped  Ne; 
Cloakroom — Two  Men  Resci 
Workers  by  Lifting  Them 
Safety. 


I  Grieving  Parents 

Attendants  * 


31 toS*  ores  die 


200  PERISH  IN  FIRE  AND  PANIC 
IN  GOTHAM  FACTORY  BUILDING 


PANIC  FOLLOWS  THE  ALARMPOLICE  AND  AIDS  UNABLE  TO 

2  bud,  i  ]  EXITS 

RESULT RF  P/U/in 


W  ®  m  IN  T®  7FK 


RUSSIAN  moving  picture 

,NJURES  F0rtX  OTHEeRSF'RE 

MY  VICTIMS  ARf 


73  DIE  IN  SCHOOL  ^  SCHOOL  FIRE  DEATHS  REACH  35; 
FIRE;  BURY  59  IN  °E'  SEVERAL  HURT  MAY  SUCCUMB 


Literally  Roasted  to 


Death  ^'catastrophe  at 
Acapulco-  Mexico. 


Y  LEAPING  ONE  LONG  GRAVE 


lerata 
Film  i 


Mostly  Girls.  Jump  Froi, 
re  hrf  WIPED  OUT--  oors  and  Are  Mangleo  South  Carolina  Aghast  at 

|FftM,LSKN0TlDENTlHEO5SpiteLife^  ^  Tragedy. 

]•  •  - - 1 

c  SEES  CRIME  IN  GOTHAM  FIRE 


T  WORKERS  IMPERILED 
\TS  BODIES  ARE  TAKEN 


Little  Oklahoma  Town  Buries  Eight  Victims  anc 
--  PIe>i«  JnUrmE T wenty  Other* — Doctors  and 

"'»lv  Injured. 


es  Fill  With  Unident^  GRAND  JURY  INDICTS  TWO 
Id  as  Result  of  Greate 


_  „  ci,p  Cried  at  faster  in  Recent  Years.!  Ho,ds  0wners  of  ^aist  company  t 

I “TherC  S  &  oltt-  y _  11  «..iuw  9f  Manslaughter  as  Re- 

'  P.cur.S^Ope-JpyiCH^OUE  . . 


am  uw  . 

‘  OH  SWEEPS  I 


TO  FALLING  GHIMI 


MORE  THAN  100  CHILDREN  BAC 
FRIGHTENED. 


13  MISSING,  3 
FIRE  TOLL  IN 

iiinnii  a  nu, 

ELAND  THEATER  41  ""  *** »»/ 
FIRE  KILLS  FORTY^ 


L 


TOLL  IS  33  DEAD 


ners  Injured  as  Flames  Trap  j  Four  Hunrt  j 
Audience  in  Second  Floor  I  ,  re^  Grade 

!n_  H‘0h  School 


Weoden  Hall. 


Children 

Auditnrin 


SOME  RAN  ALL  WAY  HO 


k  Boar 

p,| 


\ THREE  TOTS  TRAMPLED  TO  DEA  TH 
WHEN  4, 000  CHILDREN  BECOME 


50  GIRLS  DIE  IN  BLAZE; 
“  OW  OBEYING  SIGNAL 


A 


Make  Fatal  Leaps  or  Are 


-  *n  Clothing  Factory  Sweep 

IG  MASS  A  T  CELEBRA  TION  rs  So  Quickly  Employes  Are 

1  INJURED  fliicpTp.Mirl  7 — ; — rr  ,  ed  to  JumP  From  Windows-De- 
JUMPING  -  ..™c(,n.«ta,Uuse'  Pamc>  Many  Believing 

™  T"““r"'  -  Sealed  m  Was  for  Practice  Drill— Rela- 

Fight  for  Bodies. 


Children  in  In - 


HAND  IDEAS  PLATS 


for  Subnormal  *<  k»i  it- 

MMiMnMHHflBH 


stars  Were 

Causes  Panic  at  Erie 

(Pa.J  Christmas  Show 
■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ 


II  e  have  hundreds  of  headings  like  these.  We  will  gladly  furnish  details  on  any  of  the  catastrophes  shown  on  this  page 


Proof  of  What  Has  Happened  in  Case  of  Emergency 
in  a  ^on  ©uprin  Equipped  Building 


Pupils  at  Benjamin  Harrison 
Building  File  Out  When 
Paper  Burns. 


A  small  quantity  of  waste  paper  In  the 
basement  of  the  Benjamin  Harrison  school 
served  to  create  some  excitement  Wednes¬ 
day  morning  and  demonstrated  the  effi¬ 
ciency  of  the  fire  signal  system  at  the 
school.  The  paper  caught  from  sponta¬ 
neous  combustion  or  some  other  unknown 
cause.  There  were  less  than  half  the 
school  enrollment  of  pupils  present,  the 
hour  being  early. 

The  smoke  poured  through  the  hallways 
and  at  Its  first  appearance  the  fire  signal 
was  sounded  and  the  building  emptied  of 
teachers  and  children  In  exactly  forty  sec¬ 
onds.  The  building  occupants  poured  into 
the  street  rapidly  and  their  appearance 
coupled  with  the  smoke  coming  from  the 
open  doorways,  caused  some  alarm. 

The  janitor  extinguished  the  blaze  with 
a  hand  chemical  There  was  no  loss. 


1  In??**  Causes  t 

-ft 

V  c,klv  The  TJl?  blaze  w-J  bu"d 

gitH  Miller?",/  ;k.nri  III 

bV  and  Da  ■  Jee'-  on  a  cy-'rs  nuj 

Sffi:  or  ..Vc, ,.7  ' 


'  <„  rf"1  a. 

8C *  Building 

Tu  ?asin8  Fire  h  I 

Their  t-fficiency  i Pr«H 
°f  Need.  "  Tlm* 

"’aVsha VS°ne  p°urin7 7T 

'  ^  ha,)- 

W  j!ai* «  S  1»™"  s 

~~  .  vv  1 1  n  o  u  t 


i, 


,a(es.  l,  .  - ■?— 

"o/'d  u'oum  ^ 

ll- .  e y t ...  . J 


Arc  your  school  doors  VON  DUPRIN  equipped? 
Why  not  equip  your  building  notv? 


Form  28V-15M-3/13/28 


“Copyrighted,”  Vonnegut  Hdw.  Co.,  1928 


[trade 


Ton  Btijinu 

[Registered  United  States  Patent  Office,  No.  85021] 


mark] 


Self-Releasing  Fire  Exit  Devices 

MASTER  STANDARD  OF  THE  WORLD 
“We  Are  the  Originators  of  Locking  Control,  Self -Releasing  Fire  Exit  Latches” 


l<>- 


PATENTED 

Von  Duprin  Devices  Manufactured  Under  United  States  Patents 


1025102  .  .  . 

30, 

1912 

1158845  .  . 

November  2, 

1915 

1508668  .  . 

.  .  .  September  16, 

1924 

1026888  .  .  . 

May 

21, 

1912 

48651  .  . 

February  29, 

1916 

1564884  .  . 

.  .  .  December  1, 

1924 

1069075  .  .  . 

.  .  .  July 

29, 

1913 

1245617  .  . 

November  6, 

1917 

1564183  .  . 

December  1, 

1925 

1126560  .  .  . 

January 

26, 

1915 

CANADIAN  PATENTS 

273358  . August  23,  1927 

Copyright  85021  . January  16,  1912 

Other  Patents  Pending 


TRADE  MARKS 

394985  Great  Britain . June  7,  1920  61188  Argentine . March  15,  1920 

27354  France  ....  September  5,  1919  6940  Brazil . September  13,  1920 

245825  Germany  ....  September  13,  1919 


APPROVAL 

United  States  Government  (War  Department),  Specification  “C” . War  Department 

United  States  Government  (Municipal  Department) . Snowden  Ashford,  Architect 

United  States  Government  (Treasury  Department)  .  .  .  Bureau  of  Printing  and  Engraving  Building 

Australian  Government . Geo.  McRea,  Government  Architect,  N.  S.  W. 

New  York  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters . New  York,  N.  Y. 

New  York  Bureau  of  Buildings .  (Borough  of  the  Bronx),  New  York,  N.  Y. 

National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters,  SA163 — File  100F24 . Chicago,  Ill. 

National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters,  R592,  218116 — 3  Pt.  Device . Chicago,  Ill. 

Members  of  International  Association  of  Building  and  Factory  Inspectors. 

Board  of  Standards  of  the  Fire  Department . New  York 

The  best  SCHOOL  architects.  The  best  THEATER  architects 


DISTRIBUTORS 


Boston,  Mass. — E.  W.  Lowell,  11  Beacon  Street,  Liberty  9814.  Maine, 
New  Hampshire,  Vermont,  Massachusetts  and  Rhode  Island. 

Chicago,  Ill. — J.  C.  Bold  &  Co.,  549  West  Washington  Boulevard,  Frank¬ 
lin  4888.  Chicago,  Ill.,  Cook  County,  Ill.,  and  territory  north  of  a 
line  through  Kankakee,  Ill.,  from  Indiana  to  Iowa  boundary. 

Chicago,  Ill. — J.  L.  Lindstrom,  1558  Juneway  Terrace,  Rogers  Park  4135. 
States  of  Wisconsin  and  Michigan;  Minneapolis,  St.  Paul  and 
Duluth,  Minn. 

Cleveland,  Ohio — H.  E.  Weed,  1279  Ethel  Avenue,  West,  Lakewood  6920. 
Line  drawn  north  of  Dayton,  Ohio,  to  east  Ohio  line;  including  Buf¬ 
falo,  N.  Y.,  Niagara  Falls,  N.  Y.,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  and  Erie,  Pa. 

Denver,  Colo. — W.  H.  Clark,  Interstate  Trust  Building,  Ma.  7663.  Colo¬ 
rado  and  Wyoming. 

El  Paso,  Texas — C.  C.  Gaines,  359  First  National  Bank  Building,  Ma. 
436.  El  Paso,  Texas,  and  the  state  of  New  Mexico. 

Harrisburg,  Pa. — O.  L.  Preble,  Jr.,  202  Kelly  Building,  25  South  Third 
Street,  Pennsylvania  counties  as  follows:  I7ranklin,  Mifflin,  York, 
Schuylkill,  Union,  Lehigh,  Lycoming,  Cumberland,  Juanita,  Lebanon, 
Columbia,  Northumberland,  Adams,  Dauphin,  Montour. 

Los  Angeles,  Cal. — W.  H.  Steele  &  Co.,  302  East  Fourth  Street,  Metro¬ 
politan  5457.  Southern  California,  south  of  a  line  east  and  west 
twenty  miles  south  of  Fresno,  Cal. 

Miami,  Fla. — Paul  E.  Shipe,  King-Bowman  Steel  Products  Co.,  1019 
Olympia  Building,  Telephone  6776. 

Minneapolis,  Minn. — Fred  O.  Routh,  136  North  Twelfth  Street.  Kansas. 

Nashville,  Tenn. — Geo.  W.  Ruth  &  Co.,  151  Fourth  Avenue,  North,  Ma. 
2565.  Nashville,  Tenn. 

New  Haven,  Conn. — H.  G.  Voight,  P.  O.  Box  1329,  State  of  Connecticut. 

New  Orleans,  La. — L.  C.  Dorgan  &  Co.,  429  Carondelet  Street,  Tele¬ 
phone  Raymond  3817.  Territory  included  within  line  traced  from 
New  Orleans  along  Gulf  coast  to  and  including  Mobile,  thence  to 
Meridian,  Miss.,  then  west  to  Vicksburg  and  over  and  around  Louisi¬ 
ana  including  entire  state. 

New  York,  N.  Y. — Chas.  R.  Smith,  200  Varick  Street,  Walker  7520. 
New  York  state  except  territory  west  of  a  line  drawn  north  and  south 
ten  miles  east  of  Buffalo  and  Niagara  Falls;  state  of  New  Jersey 


north  of  Trenton;  Wilkes-Barre,  Scranton  and  Allentown,  Pa.;  Penn¬ 
sylvania  counties  as  follows:  Susquehanna,  Bradford,  Wyoming, 
Monroe,  Pike,  Luzerne,  Lackawana,  Wayne,  Northampton. 

Omaha,  Neb. — E.  S.  Lewis  &  Co.,  501  Sunderland  Building,  Atlantic 
1996.  State  of  Nebraska. 

Peoria,  Ill. — H.  F.  Kircher  &  Co.  Peoria,  Ill. 

Phoenix,  Ariz. — Walter  Dubree,  Box  145,  Tel.  8195.  State  of  Arizona. 

Philadelphia,  Pa. — H.  S.  Hendrickson,  521  Commerce  Street,  both 
phones.  Reading,  Pa.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  Wilmington,  Del.,  Atlantic 
City,  N.  J.,  Ocean  City,  N.  J.,  Trenton,  N.  J.;  Pennsylvania  counties 
as  follows:  Perry,  Lancaster,  Philadelphia,  Chester,  Delaware,  Bucks. 

Salt  Lake  City,  Utah — Niels  E.  Larsen,  921  East  First,  South,  Was. 
8945-J.  State  of  Utah. 

St.  Louis,  Mo. — W.  E.  Way,  825  Chemical  Building,  Gar.  3777.  St. 
Louis  and  East  St.  Louis. 

San  Francisco,  Cal. — D.  A.  Pancoast  Co.,  room  505,  West  Coast  Life 
Building,  605  Market  Street,  Kearney  3719.  Upper  California  south 
to  a  line  east  and  west  through  Fresno,  Cal. 

Seattle,  Wash. — R.  F.  Bevers,  521  Thirtieth  Avenue,  South,  Beacon  5187. 
States  of  Washington  and  Oregon. 

Tampa,  Fla. — King-Bowman  Steel  Products  Co.,  404  South  Fremont 
Avenue,  Telephone  H-1348.  Southern  two-thirds  of  the  state  of  Flor¬ 
ida  making  the  north  line  Levy  County,  Marion  County  and  Volusia. 

Waterloo,  Iowa — Iowa  Building  Material  Co.,  302  West  Fourth  Street, 
Tel.  1387.  Eastern  half  of  Iowa  from  the  Mississippi  River  to  and 
through  the  following  counties:  Ringgold,  Union,  Adair,  Guthrie, 
Carroll,  Calhoun,  Pocahontas,  Palo  Alto,  Emmet. 

FOREIGN 

Australia — Sydney,  N.  S.  W.,  F.  Lindsay  Thompson,  52  Sydney  Arcade, 
King  Street. 

Belleville,  Ont. — Springer  Lock  Manufacturing  Co. 

Japan — Osaka,  F.  W.  Horn  Company,  36  Kawaguchicho  Nishiku. 

Honolulu,  Hawaii — Lewers  &  Cooke. 

Mayaquez,  Porto  Rico — Dario  Nuin. 

Santiago  de  Chile — Morris  Rosen,  P.  O.  Box  3327. 


VONNEGUT  HARDWARE  CO.,  Manufacturers 

Indianapolis,  Indiana,  U.  S.  A. 

FOR  SALE  BY  ALL  HARDWARE  DEALERS 

Also  in  “Sweets”  Index. 


U.  S.  factory,  Indianapolis,  Ind. 


Canadian  factory,  Belleville,  Ontario 


TABLE  of  CONTENTS 

We  Make  Fifteen  Distinct  Types  of  Panic  Devices 


AUTHOR’S  NOTE:  This  great  assortment  is  due,  partially,  to  the  fact  that  many  municipalities  prefer  to  use  types  they  have 
used  for  many  years,  thus  standardizing,  thereby  reducing  maintenance  expense,  other  types  have  been  created  for  special  conditions. 


ALPHABETICAL  INDEX,  SEE  PAGES  156-157.  NUMERICAL  INDEX.  SEE  PAGES  158-159. 

COMPARABLE  MAKES  LIST,  SEE  PAGES  144-145.  FINISH  LIST,  SEE  PAGE  148. 
DIRECTIONS  FOR  MEASUREMENTS  NECESSARY  IN  ORDERING,  SEE  PAGES  146-147. 

CHART  OF  OTHER  VON  DUPRIN  DEVICES  THAN  TYPE  “B”,  WITH  SAME  OPERATION  AS 
TYPE  “B”,  USING  TYPE  “B”  AS  A  BASIS.  SEE  PAGE  149. 


Type 

“A” 

“B” 


“C 


“D” 

“E2” 

“F” 

“G” 

“H” 

“J” 

“K” 


“L” 


‘M” 


“N” 

<‘p»» 

“Q” 

“R” 


Material 


VON  DUPRIN  rim  lock,  Type  “A”,  Underwriters’  Approved  Devices  Brass  or  bronze 


VON  DUPRIN  mortise  lock,  Type  “B”,  Underwriters’  Approved 

“super-extra  heavy”  highest  grade,  non-competitive . Brass  or  bronze 

Heavy  standard  mortise  lock,  “Type  “C”,  highest  grade  single-acting 

device . Brass  or  bronze 

Standard  mortise  lock.  Type  “D”,  single  acting . Brass  or  bronze 

Standard  Mortise  Lock,  Type  “E2”,  double  cylinder,  single  acting  .  Brass  or  bronze 
Malleable  iron,  gray  iron  and  steel  mortise  lock,  Type  “F”  .  .  .  Malleable  iron 

Standard  mortise  lock,  Type  “G”,  “New  York  Special”  and  “Oakland”  Brass  or  bronze 

Gravity  vertical  rod,  mortise,  Type  “H” . Brass  or  bronze 

Gravity  vertical  rod,  mortise  lock,  Type  “J” . Brass  or  bronze 

Standard  mortise  lock,  Type  “K”,  competitive,  double-acting,  Under¬ 
writers’  Approved  .  Brass  or  bronze 

Standard  vertical  rod  and  lock  type  for  steel  factory  doors,  LR1527L 

and  LR1523L . Brass  or  bronze 


Double-acting,  Type  “MB”,  “MC”,  “MK”,  transformer  room  door  de¬ 


vices,  1147MB,  6147MC,  2147MK . Brass  or  bronze 

Double-acting  Type  “N”  transformer  room  door  devices  ....  Malleable  iron 

Concealed  vertical  rod  devices  “Rapp  &  Rapp” . Brass  or  bronze 

Malleable  iron  Underwriters’  Approved  three-point  devices  .  .  .  Malleable  iron 

Double-acting  transformer  room  (Type  “R”)  devices . Brass  or  bronze 


All  cross  bars  in  brass  or  bronze  devices  are  1"  seamless  tubes 


Illustrated  and 
Described  on 
Pages 

8  to  13,  inc. 

14  to  25,  inc. 

26  to  37,  inc. 

38  to  43,  inc. 

44A  to  47,  inc. 

48  to  53,  inc. 

54  to  57,  inc. 

58  to  69,  inc. 

70A  to  73,  inc. 

74  to  87.  inc. 

88  to  89,  inc. 

90 

91 

92  to  93,  inc. 

94 

95 


General  Architects’  Information 


Type  “A” 
Pages 

Type  "B” 
Pages 

Type  “C” 
Pages 

Type  “D” 
Pages 

Type  ‘‘E2” 
Pages 

Type  '  F” 
Pages 

Type  “H” 
Pages 

Type  "J” 
Pages 

Type  “K” 
Pages 

(1)  Details  of  devices  and  functioning  members . 

130,  131 

133 

135 

137 

139 

141 

(3)  Combinations  suitable  for  various  types  of 
doors.  (See  each  type  of  device)  . 

17,  19, 
21 , 23 

29,  31, 
33,  35 
134 

61,  63, 
65,  67 
138 

77,  79, 
81,  83 
140 

41 

45 

51 

71 

(4)  Metal  door  reinforcements.  . 

129 

132 

136 

(5)  Metal  door  lock  positions . 

129 

132 

134 

136 

138 

140 

(6)  Special  strikes,  pages  121  to  125 . 

(7)  Measurements  required  for  ordering, 
pages  146,  147 . . 

(8)  Special  trims,  pages  96  to  100 .  . 

(9)  Special  thresholds  with  strikes  cast  integral, 
page  120 . 

TIME  FOR  APPLICATION  (approximated  on  experience,  page  147).  Shipping  weights  are  gross.  Tare,  wood  boxes,  14 
pounds.  Tare,  cardboard  cases,  6  pounds.  Two  devices  can  be  shipped  in  one  case. 

Unless  finish  is  specified,  finish  10,  polished  brass,  will  be  sent  on  brass  devices ;  polished  bronze  on  bronze  devices. 

Although  we  make  all  finishes  on  metal  (see  chart,  page  148),  we  suggest  that  panic  bolts  be  made  in  polished  brass  or  bronze 
(brass  preferred),  because  they  show  more  prominently  in  darker  hallways  in  these  finishes. 

Ask  your  Indemnity  Insurance  Counsel  regarding  a  saving  in  your  insurance  by  using  VON  DUPRIN  devices  on  your  en¬ 
trance  and  exit  doors. 


Type  A 

Approved  by  the  Underwriters’  Laboratories  SA-163  Under  Life  Hazard,  Casualty  Department 


The  following  pages  Von  ffluprin  Type  “A” 

Pages  9  to  13 

FOR  DOORS  OPENING  OUTWARD  ONLY— NOT  REVERSIBLE 

The  highest  grade  rim  lock  device,  embodying  all  the 
refinements  known  to  panic  device  construction.  Cross 
bar  action  on  the  inside  of  the  door  toward  the  door. 

Featured  to  unlatch  latch  bolts  from  inside  by  touch  against 
cross  bar  at  any  point  at  all  times. 

Not  suitable  for  double  doors  without  mullions. 

The  features  of  this  device  are  that  the  principal  function¬ 
ing  members  are  milled  and  machined  and  the  contact  points 
are  covered  with  case-hardened  steel  sleeves,  making  anti¬ 
friction  points,  rather  than  wearing  points. 

All  interior  parts  are  of  special  hard  bronze.  Bars  and  ex¬ 
ternal  members  are  brass  or  bronze. 

A  dogging  feature  is  provided  at  each  end  of  the  cross  bar, 
this  being  a  cylindrical  device  controlled  by  two-point  key, 
one  at  the  main  center  case,  the  other  on  the  hinged  end  case. 
These  enter  the  levers  through  case-hardened  steel  sleeves,  re¬ 
ducing  the  wear  bv  pressure  to  a  minimum,  and  insuring  abso¬ 
lute  rigidity. 

Phosphorus  bronze  compression  springs  are  used  throughout. 

Latch  bolts  (except  1125)  are  upset  to  give  a  very  long 
easy-spring  action,  which  subjects  them  to  the  normal  check 
operation. 

Extra  heavy  exterior  hardware,  see  the  various  pages  for 
description  of  trims. 

See  pages  129,  130  and  13 1  for  Reinforcing  Metal  Door 
Chart  and  inner  functioning  member  details. 

NOTE:  We  have  made  rim  lock  panic  devices  since  1913. 


^on  Buprin  type  «a« 

Self-Releasing  Shop  Door  Devices  Nos.  102 5 A,  NL1025A  "Bulldog” 

W  ith  heavy  rim  cylinder  lock.  For  single  entrance  door,  also  double  entrance  door  with  mullion.  FOR  DOORS  OPENING 
OUTWARD. 

Especially  built  for  high-class  shop  and  school  entrance  door.  Featured  to  eliminate  many  troubles  heretofore  had  with  shop  door 
locks.  Made  with  outside  deadlocking  and  unlatching  feature. 


Fig.  1025A 


Case  Measures  4"  Wide,  7"  High 
Inside  Elevation 

Special  Features  Described  on  Page  8 
Not  Reversible 


Fig.  NL1C25A 


OPERATION 

No.  1025A  "Bulldog” — At  closing  time  the  watchman  turns  his  key  in  the  inside  cylinder,  locking  the  door, 
barring  admittance  (except  by  key),  yet  permitting  the  door  to  be  opened  from  the  inside  by  a  touch  against 
the  cross  bar  at  any  point.  When  door  is  again  closed  the  lock  automatically  locks  itself.  Outside  cylinder  has 
night  latch  movement.  When  the  lock  is  unlocked  from  outside  it  is  unnecessary  to  again  lock  it  from  the  in¬ 
side,  as  it  automatically  locks  itself.  Furnished  with  grip  and  thumbpiece. 

No.  NL1025A  "Bulldog” — Has  night  latch  action,  grip  without  thumbpiece,  latch  retracting  feature  from 
operation  of  key  through  inside  cylinder. 

Latch  bolt  extra  heavy  hinged  car  door  type,  extra  easy  in  movement,  and  impossible  to  bind.  Cross  bar  can 
be  dogged  by  special  key  dogging  devices  on  both  ends  of  cross  bar  for  both  Nos.  1025A  and  NL1025A.  In  esti¬ 
mating  the  back  set  take  into  consideration  the  fact  that  theHock  sets  back  from  edge  of  door  to  clear  stop 
or  rabbet. 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 


Outside 

Cylinder 


Device  1025 A  .  3216 

Catalog,  page  .  117 

Device  NL1025A  .  3216 

Catalog,  page  .  117 


Inside 

Cylinder 

Strike 

Trim 

3217 

296J 

2620R 

117 

124 

98 

3217 

296J 

NL2620R 

117 

124 

98 

Shipping 

pacing 

Back  Set 

Weight 

4  ft" 

2"  plus 
Rabbet 

29  lbs. 

4  ft" 

2"  plus 
Rabbet 

29  lbs. 

All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  brass  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 
Prefix  NL  indicates  night  latch  action. 


Before  ordering,  see  pages  1-16,  147.  Detail  of  construction  (Functioning  Member  Parts  Chart),  see  page 
130.  Metal  Door  Reinforcement  Chart,  see  page  129.  Special  exterior  trims,  see  pages  98.  99.  Approximate 
time  required  for  application  for  estimating  purposes,  see  page  147. 


^on  Buprtn  type  «a« 

Self-Releasing  Shop  Door  Devices  Nos.  1026A,  NL1026A,  1028A  "Bulldog” 


With  heavy  rim-cylinder  lock.  For  single  entrance  door,  also  double  entrance  door  with  mullion.  FOR  DOORS  OPENING 
OUTWARD.  Especially  built  for  high-class  shop  and  school  entrance  door.  Featured  to  eliminate  many  troubles  heretofore  had 
with  shop  door  locks.  Made  with  outside  deadlocking  and  unlatching  feature. 


Inside  Elevation 

Case  Measures  4"  Wide,  7"  High 
Special  Features  Described  on  Page  8.  Not  Reversible 

OPERATION 

No.  1026A  “Bulldog” — The  outside  cylinder  has  the  feature  of  deadlocking  the  thumb  latch.  Exit  is  normal 
from  inside  by  a  push  on  the  cross  bar.  The  same  is  again  automatically  locked  when  the  door  closes.  Fur¬ 
nished  with  grip  and  thumb  piece  on  the  outside  of  the  door. 

No.  NL1026A  “Bulldog” — As  1026A,  omitting  thumb  piece — night  latch  action  only. 

No.  1028A  “Bulldog” — For  exit  only.  No  outside  unlatching  feature. 

In  estimating  the  back  set,  take  into  consideration  the  fact  that  the  lock  sets  back  from  edge  of  door  to  clear 
stop  or  rabbet.  Latch  bolt  extra  heavy  car  door  type,  extra  easy  in  movement  and  impossible  to  bind.  Cross 
bar  can  be  dogged  by  special  dogging  device  on  both  ends  of  cross  bar. 

SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 


Cylinder 

Strike 

Trim 

Spacing 

Back  Set 

Shipping 

Weight 

Device  1026A  . . . . , 
Catalog,  page  . 

. . .  3216 
...  117 

296J 

124 

2620R 

98 

4  A" 

2"  plus 
Rabbet 

29  lbs. 

Device  NL1026A  . . 
Catalog,  page  . 

. . .  3216 
...  117 

296J 

124 

NL2620R 

98 

2"  plus 
Rabbet 

29  lbs. 

Device  1028A  . 

Catalog,  page  . 

. . .  None 

296J 

124 

None 

2"  plus 
Rabbet 

26  lbs. 

All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  brass  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 
Prefix  NL  indicates  night  latch  action. 


Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147.  Detail  of  construction  (Functioning  Member  Parts  Chart),  see  page 
130.  Metal  Door  Reinforcement  Chart,  see  page  129.  Special  exterior  trims,  see  pages  98,  99.  Approximate 
time  required  for  application  for  estimating  purposes,  see  page  147. 


No.  1028 A  “Bulldog” 


"^Ton  Buprin  type  «a” 

Self-Releasing  Fire  Exit  Devices  Nos.  122 5 A,  NL122  5A,  1228A  "Bulldog” 


With  heavy  rim-cylinder  lock.  For  single  entrance  door,  also  double  entrance  door  with  mullion.  FOR  DOORS  OPENING 
OUTWARD.  Especially  built  for  school  house,  church,  auditorium  or  assembly  hall,  factory  and  corridor  door.  Made  with  outside 
deadlocking  and  unlatching  feature. 


No.  NL1225A  “Bulldog” 


Inside  Elevation 

Case  Measures  4"  Wide  6iV'  High 
Special  Features  Described  on  Page  8.  Not  Reversible 

OPERATION 

No.  1225A  “Bulldog” — Furnished  with  2l/\"  knob  and  2k2"x8"  escutcheon  on  outside  of  door;  latch  operated 
from  outside  in  same  manner  as  any  ordinary  lock  and  latch  device.  Featured  to  unlatch  latch  bolt  from  inside 
by  touch  against  bar  at  any  point,  even  though  deadlocked  from  outside. 

No.  NL1225A  “Bulldog” — Omitting  knob  and  escutcheon,  and  has  night  latch  action.  When  door  is  closed 
it  automatically  locks — to  be  unlocked  from  outside  by  key.  No  outside  hardware  except  cylinder. 

No.  1228A  “Bulldog” — For  exit  only.  No  hardware  on  outside.  No  outside  unlocking  feature. 

In  estimating  the  back  set,  take  into  consideration  the  fact  that  the  lock  sets  back  from  edge  of  door  to  clear 
stop  or  rabbet.  Cross  bar  can  be  dogged  by  special  dogging  device  on  both  ends  of  cross  bar.  Latch  bolt  extra 
heavy  car  door  type,  extra  easy  in  movement  and  impossible  to  bind. 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 

Shipping 

Cylinder  Strike  Trim  Spacing  Back  Set  Weight 


Device  1225A  .  3216  296J  2600  23/s"  2"  plus  27  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  .  117  124  96  Rabbet 

Device  NL1225A  .  3216  296J  None  ....  2"  plus  25  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  .  117  124  Rabbet 

Device  1228A  .  None  296J  None  ....  2"  plus  24  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  .  124  Rabbet 


All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  brass  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 
Prefix  NL  indicates  night  latch  action. 


Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147.  Detail  of  construction  (Functioning  Member  Parts  Chart),  see  page 
131.  Metal  Door  Reinforcement  Chart,  see  page  129.  Special  exterior  trims,  see  page  96.  Approximate  time 
required  for  application  for  estimating  purposes,  see  page  147. 


[11] 


No.  1228A  “Bulldog’ 


^on  Buprin  type  «a” 

Self-Releasing  Fire  Exit  Devices  Nos.  1125A,  NL112  5A,  11 28 A 


With  rim-cylinder  lock.  For  single  entrance  door,  also  double  entrance  door  with  mullion.  FOR  DOORS  OPENING  OUT¬ 
WARD.  Especially  suitable  for  sheet  metal  door,  narrow  stile  door,  or  wood  door  too  thin  for  mortise  lock. 

Designed  for  school  house,  church,  auditorium  or  assembly  hall,  factory  and  corridor  door.  Made  with  outside  deadlocking  and 
unlatching  feature.  REGULAR  CHAMPFERED  LATCH  BOLT. 


NL112SA 


1128A 


Inside  Elevation.  Not  Reversible 
Case  Measures  3)4"  Wide,  SW  High 


OPERATION 

No.  1125A — For  single  entrance  door.  Furnished  with  cast  brass  2)4"  knob  and  2k2"x8"  cast  crass  escutch¬ 
eon.  Latch  opera  ed  in  same  manner  as  any  ordinary  lock  and  latch  device.  Cross  bar  action — a  push  against 
the  bar  releases  bolts  from  their  housings,  permitting  door  to  open. 

No.  NL1125A — For  single  entrance  door.  Furnished  with  cylinder  only  outside,  which  is  operated  in  same 
manner  as  a  night  latch.  Door  is  automatically  locked  when  it  closes;  unlatched  by  cylinder  key  from  outside. 

No.  1128A — For  single  exit  door.  Furnished  with  cross  bar  and  lock  on  inside.  No  outside  control.  Cross 
bar  action  toward  the  door. 

All  have  bar  dogging  feature  on  both  ends  of  cross  bar.  In  estimating  back  set,  take  into  consideration  the 
fact  that  the  lock  sets  back  from  edge  of  door  to  clear  stop  or  rabbet. 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF 

Cylinder  Strike 

Device  1125 A  .... 

. .  3216 

277J 

Catalog,  page  . . . . 

117 

124 

Device  NL1125A  . 

. .  3216 

277) 

Catalog,  page  . 

.  117 

124 

Device  1 128A  .... 

. .  None 

277) 

Catalog,  page  .... 

124 

STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 

Shipping 

Trim 

Spacing 

Back  Set 

Weight 

2600 

96 

2  ft" 

1  ft"  plus 
Rabbet 

20  lbs. 

None 

1-iV'  plus 
Rabbet 

19  lbs. 

None 

1ft*  plus 
Rabbet 

18)4  lbs. 

All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  brass  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 
Prefix  NL  indicates  night  latch  action. 


Before  ordering,  see  pages  146.  147.  Detail  of  construction  (Functioning  Member  Parts  Chart),  see  page 
131.  Metal  Door  Reinforcement  Chart,  see  page  129.  Special  exterior  trims,  see  page  96.  Approximate  time 
required  for  application  for  estimating  purposes,  see  page  147. 

1  12] 


'tJon  ©uprin  type  «a« 

Self-Releasing  Fire  Exit  Devices  Nos.  NL1325A,  1328A 

With  cylinder  half-mortise  lock  for  single  entrance  door,  also  double  entrance  door  with  mullion.  FOR 
DOORS  OPENING  OUTWARD. 

Especially  designed  for  school  house,  church,  auditorium  or  assembly  hall,  factory  and  corridor  door.  Made 
u  ith  outside  deadlocking  and  unlatching  feature  night  latch  action. 


NL1325A 


Inside  Elevation.  Not  Reversible 


1328A 


OPERATION 

No.  NL1325A — Furnished  with  grip  on  outside  of  door.  No  thumb  piece.  Unlocked  from  outside  by  key. 
Has  distinctive  night  latch  action.  LOCK  IS  HALF-MORTISE,  RECESSED  FACE  AND  ABSOLUTELY 
NON-PICKABLE. 

No.  1328A — For  single  exit  door.  No  outside  unlatching  feature.  Cross  bar  operates  toward  the  door,  un¬ 
latching  latch  bolts. 

All  have  bar  dogging  feature  on  both  ends  of  cross  bar. 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 


Shipping 

Cylinder  Strike  Trim  Back  Set  Weight 


Device  NL1325A  .  3215  235J  NL2640R  2 y&"  23  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  .  117  124  98 

Device  1328A  .  None  235J  None  ..  21  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  .  124 


All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  bias's  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 
Prefix  NL  indicates  night  latch  Action. 


Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147.  Special  exterior  trims,  see  pages  98,  99.  Approximate  time  required 
for  application  for  estimating  purposes,  see  page  147. 

[  13] 


VON  DUPRIN  TYPE  “B” 


a> 

a) 

a> 

i' 

Mf 

D 

The  following  pages  15  to  25  show  Type  “B” 

The  highest  grade,  double  acting,  extra  heavy  mortise  lock  type  panic  device 
made,  embodying  all  of  the  refinements  known  to  panic  bolt  construction.  Ap¬ 
proved  by  the  Underwriters’  Laboratories  SA-163  under  Life  Hazard 
and  Casualty  Department,  approvals,  see  page  6. 

Symmetrically  designed,  sturdy  in  construction,  built  to  endure. 

All  interior  parts  are  made  of  special  hard  bronze,  bars  and  external  members 

brass  or  bronze  only. 

FEATURES 

“Featured  to  unlatch  latch  bolts  from  inside  by  touch  against, 

Feature  or  pull  up  on  cross  bar  at  any  point  at  all  times.” 

No. 

1.  Cross  bar  double  acting  (to  or  from  the  door)  full  1",  16-gauge  seamless 
brass  or  bronze  tube. 

2.  Ball  compensating  vertical  rod  construction,  enabling  rods  to  compensate 
with  the  action  of  winding  or  warping  doors,  prevents  binding  rods. 

3.  Improved  method  of  dogging  the  cross  bars  dozen — a  direct  drive  into 
the  lever  arms  controlled  by  two-point  key.  The  housing  is  lined  with 
seamless  steel  sleeve.  (See  feature  11),  a  drive  fit.  Dogging  feature  fur¬ 
nished  on  both  ends  of  the  cross  bar  insuring  absolute  rigidity. 

4.  New  axle  so  constructed  that  axle  can  not  lose  out  or  be  removed  by 
children. 

5.  Easy  spring  Pullman  type,  long-swing,  vertical  latches  subject  to  normal 
check  operation  (entirely  independent  of  each  other),  page  133. 

6.  Special  phosphorus  bronze  compression  springs  in  main  case  augmented 
by  special  phosphorus  bronze  compression  springs  in  hinged  end  case  of 
cross  bar. 

7.  Working  parts  machined  and  milled.  Stumps  receiving  unusual  shocks 
and  wear  are  covered  with  case-hardened  steel  sleeves,  eliminating  fric¬ 
tion  and  wear. 

8.  Collapsible  Strike  No.  250J  for  single  entrance  door  cylinder  locks, 
eliminating  sticking  of  latches  in  terrific  jams.  Ordinary  pressure  will 
draw  the  bolts  to  a  given  point  where  strike  completely  collapses,  leaving 
free  exit.  (See  full  description  and  detail,  page  123.) 

9.  No.  247J  adjustable  strike  for  mortise  cylinder  lock,  to  take  up  the  gaps 
caused  by  shrinking  double  doors,  and  preventing  picking.  For  full  de¬ 
scription  and  detail,  see  page  125. 

10.  Buffer  and  plates  No.  248  for  active  door  of  double  doors,  preventing 
crowding  of  door  past  the  strike  engagement  plane,  which  function  would 
release  auxiliary  bolt  and  permit  picking  of  main  latch  bolt. 

11.  Cross  bar  lever  showing  holes  drilled  for  axle  and  dogging  feature,  both 
housings  are  lined  with  case-hardened  steel  sleeve,  eliminating  all  friction 
and  wear. 

12.  Extra  heavy  exterior  trim.  (See  description,  pages  96-100.) 

13.  Long-life  cylinder  locks  made  especially  for  panic  bolt  service. 

(See  pages  108-116.)  N<)t  reversible. 


[  14] 


^on  Btiprin  type  "b” 

For  Double  Exit  Doors  Opening  Outward 

Both  doors  equipped  with  a  complete  device  is  preferable  (see  Combination  No.  15B,  page  17).  No.  1172B, 
however,  is  more  economical  in  price.  Has  no  outside  unlatching  feature. 

Not  satisfactory  on  doors  less  than  28"  wide  with  5"  stiles. 


No.  1172B 


Inside  Elevation  1172B 

Special  Features  Described  on  Page  14.  Not  Reversible 


OPERATION 

Featured  to  unlatch  bolts  from  inside  by  touch  against  or  pull  up  on  bar  at  any  point.  Latch  bolts  can  be 
dogged  in  retracted  position  by  cylindrical  lock  feature  on  main  cross  bar  case  and  on  hinged  end  of  cross  bar, 
insuring  absolute  rigidity. 

Latch  Case  No.  20B,  see  page  133. 

No.  272  Latch  Retractor  Head,  see  page  119.  On  special  order  only,  specify  No.  LR1172B. 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 


Lower 

Upper 

Shipping 

Strike 

Strike 

Weight 

Device  1172B  . 

.  251L 

273U 

38  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

.  121 

122 

All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  brass  furnished  unless  other¬ 
wise  ordered. 


For  “travel  control”  of  double  doors  with  overlapping  astragal,  see  page  116A.  Before  ordering,  see  pages 
146,  147.  Detail  of  construction  (Functioning  Member  Parts  Chart),  see  page  133.  VON  DUPRIN  metal 
thresholds,  see  page  120.  Metal  Door  Reinforcement  Chart,  see  page  132.  Approximate  time  required  for  appli¬ 
cation  for  estimating  purposes,  see  page  147. 

[15] 


"^on  ©uprin  type  «b” 

For  Double  Entrance  Doors  Opening  Outward 


WHERE  THRESHOLD  IS  USED 


•u  s*  **■ 


Inactive  Door  1127B  Active  Door  1123B 

Inside  Elevation  Combination  No.  11B 
Special  Features  Described  on  Page  14.  Not  Reversible 


Active  1123B 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 


For  Active  Door 


Cylinder 

Lower 

Strike 

Upper 

Strike 

Trim 

Spacing 

Shipping 

Weight 

Device  1123B  . 

Catalog,  page  . 

.  3216 

117 

25 1L 
121 

273U 

122 

2580 

96 

3*" 

29  lbs. 

Device  1123Bx2660  Ittner. 
Catalog,  page  . 

.  3216 

117 

25 1L 
121 

273U 

122 

2660 

97 

3tV' 

30  lbs. 

For 

Inactive  Door 

Lower 

Strike 

Upper 

Strike 

Device  1127B  . 

Catalog,  page  . 

None 

25 1L 
121 

273U 

122 

None 

28  lbs. 

All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  brass  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 
Prefix  LR  indicates  latch  retractor  head,  see  page  119. 


Proper  astragal  for  double  doors  to  insure  1007e  efficiency  (full  size  details,  see  page  146). 


For  "travel  control”  of  double  doors  with  overlapping  astragal,  see  page  116A.  Before  ordering,  see  pages 
146,  147.  Detail  of  construction  (Functioning  Member  Parts  Chart),  see  page  133.  VON  DUPR1N  metal 
thresholds,  see  page  120.  Metal  Door  Reinforcement  Chart,  see  page  132.  Special  exterior  trims,  see  pages  96, 
97.  Approximate  time  required  for  application  for  estimating  purposes,  see  page  147. 


f  16] 


1123Bx2660  Inner 


Practical  Combinations  for  Double  Doors 

WHERE  THRESHOLD  IS  USED 


No.  1127B  No.  1123B 

Combination  No.  11B 


COMBINATION  NO.  1  IB  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  1127B,  Type  “B”  VON  DUPRIN 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  1123B,  Type  “B”  VON  DUPRIN 


COMBINATION  NO.  01  IB  ITTNER  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 


Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  1127B,  Type  “B”  VON  DUPRIN 

Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  1123Bx2660  Ittner, 

Type  “B”  VON  DUPRIN 


Architect’s  Note — If  inactive  door  should  have  dummy  trim,  specify  so. 


F 


■>  r 


No.  1127B  No.  1127B 

Combination  No.  15B 


COMBINATION  NO.  15B  DOUBLE  EXIT  DOORS 
Both  doors  to  be  equipped  with  No.  1127B,  Type  “B”  VON  DUPRIN 


Author’s  Note — Every  architect  has  his  own  individuality  in  specifying  hardware, 
therefore  we  only  brief  the  combinations. 

Zinc  etchings  only  suggest  various  combinations.  Detail  of  devices  will  be  found 

on  opposite  page. 


[17] 


'Uon  SBuprin  type  «b” 

For  Double  Entrance  Doors  Opening  Outward 

WHERE  THRESHOLD  IS  NOT  USED 


Inactive  1 137B 


1 1 33 Bx2660  Ittner 


Inactive  Door  1137B  Active  Doorll33B 

Inside  Elevation  Combination  No.  LR11B 
Special  Features  Described  on  Page  14.  Not  Reversible 


Proper  astragal  fur 
double  doors  to  insure 
100%  efficiency 
(full  size  details, 
see  page  146). 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 


For  Active  Door 


Cylinder 

Lower 

Upper 

Shipping 

Strike 

Strike 

Trim 

Spacing 

Weight 

Device  1133B  . 

.  3216 

242 L 

271U 

2580 

3tV' 

29  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

.  117 

122 

122 

96 

Device  1133Bx2660 

Ittner..  3216 

242L 

271U 

2660 

3*" 

30  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

.  117 

122 

122 

97 

For  Inactive  Door 


Lower 

Upper 

Strike 

Strike 

Device  1137B  . 

242 L 

271U 

Catalog,  page  . 

122 

122 

All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  brass  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 
Prefix  LR  indicates  latch  retractor  head,  see  page  119. 


Special  Concrete 
Flush  Bottom  Strike 
No.  242  L 


bor  "travel  control”  of  double  doors  with  overlapping  astragal,  see  page  116A. 
Before  ordering,  see  pages  146.  147. 

Detail  of  construction  (Functioning  Member  Parts  Chart),  see  page  133. 

VON  DUPRIN  metal  thresholds,  see  page  120. 

Metal  Door  Reinforcement  Chart,  see  page  132. 

Special  exterior  trims,  see  pages  96,  97. 

Approximate  time  required  for  application  for  estimating  purposes,  see  page  147. 

[  IX] 


Practical  Combinations  for  Double  Doors 

WHERE  THRESHOLD  IS  NOT  USED 


>  r 


No.  1137B  No.  1 133  B 

Combination  No.  LR11B 


COMBINATION  NO.  LR11B  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  1137B,  Type  “B”  VON  DUPRIN 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  1133B,  Type  “B”  VON  DUPRIN 


>  r 


No.  1137B  No.  1133Bx2660  Ittner 
Combination  No.  LR011B 


COMBINATION  NO.  LR011B  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  1137B,  Type  “B”  VON  DUPRIN 

Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  11336x2660  Ittner, 

Type  “B”  VON  DUPRIN 

Architect’s  Note — If  inactive  door  should  have  dummy  trim,  specify  so. 


No.  1137B  No.  1137B 

Combination  No.  LR15B 


k 


COMBINATION  NO.  LR15B  DOUBLE  EXIT  DOORS 


Both  doors  to  be  equipped  with  No.  1137B,  Type  “B”  VON  DUPRIN 


Author’s  Note — Every  architect  has  his  own  individuality  in  specifying  hardware, 
therefore  we  only  brief  the  combinations. 

Zinc  etchings  only  suggest  various  combinations.  Detail  of  devices  will  be  found 

on  opposite  page. 


¥fon  ©uprin  type  "b” 

For  Double  Entrance  Doors  Opening  Outward 


WHERE  THRESHOLD  IS  USED 


Inactive  1127B 


ImL 


Inactive  Door  1127B  Buffer  No.  248  Active  Door  1724B 
Inside  Elevation  Combination  No.  12B 
Special  Features  Described  on  Page  14.  Not  Reversible 


Active  1724B 


Active  NL1724B 


Active  1722B  Active  NL1741B 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 

For  Active  Door 


Lock 

Cylinder 

Adjble 

Shipping 

Strike 

Trim 

Buffer  Spacing 

Back  Set 

Weight 

Device  1724B  . . 

24 

3215 

247J 

2620R 

248 

4  A" 

2V8" 

28  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . . 

110 

117 

125 

98 

122 

Device  NL1724B 

NL24 

3215 

247J 

NL2620R 

248 

4  A" 

2Vs" 

28  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . . 

110 

117 

125 

98 

122 

Device  1722B  . . 

22 

3215 

247J 

2590 

248 

33V' 

2Vs" 

28  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . . 

108 

117 

125 

96 

122 

Device  NL1741B 

NL24 

3215 

247J 

None 

248 

4  A" 

2Vs" 

24  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . . 

110 

117 

125 

122 

Device  1730B  . . 

30 

None 

294J 

None 

248 

3" 

23  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . . 

106 

125 

122 

Device  1127B  .. 
Catalog,  page  . . 


For  Inactive  Door 

Lower  Upper 

Strike  Strike 

,.  251L  273U 

121  122 


28  lbs. 


All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  brass  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 
Prefix  NL  indicates  night  latch  action. 

Prefix  LR  indicates  latch  retractor  head,  see  page  119. 


Proper  astragal  for  double  doors  to  insure  100% 
efficiency  (full  size  details,  see  page  146). 


Por  “travel  control”  of  double  doors  with  overlapping  astragal,  see  page  116A. 
Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147. 

Detail  of  construction  (Functioning  Member  Parts  Chart),  see  page  133. 

VON  DUPR1N  metal  thresholds,  see  page  120. 

Metal  Door  Reinforcement  Chart,  see  page  132. 

Special  exterior  trims,  see  pages  96,  98,  99. 

Approximate  time  required  for  application  for  estimating  purposes,  see  page  147. 


[20] 


Practical  Combinations  for  Double  Doors 

WHERE  THRESHOLD  IS  USED 


COMBINATION  NO.  12B  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  1127B,  Type  “B”  VON  DUPRIN 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  1724B,  Type  “B”  VON  DUPRIN 


No.  1127B  No.  1724B 

Combination  No.  12B 


v 


/ 


v  r 


No.  1127B  No.  NL1724B 
Combination  No.  13B 


No.  1127B  No.  NL1741B 

Combination  No.  14J4B 


COMBINATION  NO.  13B  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  1127B,  Type  “B”  VON  DUPRIN 

Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  NL1724B, 

Type  “B”  VON  DUPRIN 


COMBINATION  NO.  14B  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  1127B,  Type  “B”  VON  DUPRIN 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  1722B,  Type  “B”  VON  DUPRIN 


COMBINATION  NO.  Uy2B  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  1127B,  Type  “B”  VON  DUPRIN 

Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  NL1741B, 

Type  “B”  VON  DUPRIN 


r 


->  r 


No.  1127B  No.  1730B 

Combination  No.  16B 


COMBINATION  NO.  16B  DOUBLE  EXIT  DOORS 


Ik 


Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  1127B,  Type  “B”  VON  DUPRIN 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  1730  B,  Type  “B”  VON  DUPRIN 


Author’s  Note — Every  architect  has  his  own  individuality  in  specifying  hardware,  therefore  we  only  brief  the  combinations. 
Zinc  etchings  only  suggest  various  combinations.  Detail  of  devices  will  be  found  on  opposite  page. 


[21] 


Von  ©uprin  type  "bm 

For  Double  Entrance  Doors  Opening  Outward 

WHERE  THRESHOLD  IS  NOT  USED 


Inactive  1137B 


Inactive  Door  1137B  Buffer  No.  248  Active  Door  1724B 
Inside  Elevation  Combination  No.  LR12B 
Special  Features  Described  on  Page  14.  Not  Reversible 


Active  1724B 


Active  NL1724B 


Active  1722B  Active  NL1741B 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 

For  Active  Door 


Lock- 

Cylinder 

Adjble 

Strike 

Trim 

Buffer 

Spacing  Back  Set 

Shipping 

Weight 

Device  1724B  .. 

24 

3215 

247J 

2620R 

248 

4  A" 

27/s" 

28  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . . 

110 

117 

125 

98 

122 

Device  NL1724B 

NL24 

3215 

247 J 

NL2620R 

248 

Ah" 

27/s" 

28  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . . 

110 

117 

125 

98 

122 

Device  1722B  .. 

22 

3215 

247J 

2590 

248 

Ui" 

27/s" 

28  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . . 

108 

117 

125 

96 

122 

Device  NL1741B 

NL24 

3215 

247J 

None 

248 

Ah" 

27/s" 

24  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  .  . 

110 

117 

125 

122 

Device  1730B  .. 

30 

None 

294J 

None 

248 

3" 

23  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  .  . 

106 

125 

122 

For 

Inactive  Door 

Lower 

Strike 

Upper 

Strike 

Device  1 137 B  .. 

242 L 

271U 

28  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . . 

122 

122 

All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  brass  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 
Prefix  NL  indicates  night  latch  action. 

Prefix  LR  indicates  latch  retractor  head,  see  page  119. 


Proper  astragal  for  double  doors  to  insure  100%  Special  Concrete  Plush 

efficiency  (full  size  details,  see  page  146).  Strike  No.  242L 

For  “travel  control’*  of  double  doors  with  overlapping  astragal,  see  page  116A. 
Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147. 

Detail  of  construction  (Functioning  Member  Parts  Chart),  see  page  133. 

VON  DUPRIN  metal  thresholds,  see  page  120. 

Metal  Door  Reinforcement  Chart,  see  page  132. 

Special  exterior  trims,  see  pages  96,  98,  99. 

Approximate  time  required  for  application  for  estimating  purposes,  sec  page  147. 


Practical  Combinations  for  Double  Doors 


No.  1137B  No.  1724B 

Combination  No.  LK12B 


WHERE  THRESHOLD  IS  NOT  USED 


k 


COMBINATION  NO.  LR12B  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  1137B,  Type  “B”  VON  DUPRIN 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  1724B,  Type  “B”  VON  DUPRIN 


No.  1137B  No.  NL1724B 

Combination  No.  LR13B 


COMBINATION  NO.  LR13B  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  1137B,  Type  “B”  VON  DUPRIN 

Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  NL1724B, 

Type  “B”  VONDUPRIN 


No.  1137B  No.  1722B 

Combination  No.  LR14B 


/ 


■>  r 


No.  1137B  No.  NL1741B 

Combination  No.  LK14J4B 


COMBINATION  NO.  LR14B  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  1137B,  Type  “B”  VON  DUPRIN 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  1722B,  Type  “B”  VON  DUPRIN 


COMBINATION  NO.  LR1472B  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  1137B,  Type  “B”  VON  DUPRIN 

Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  NL1741B. 

Type“B”  VON  DUPRIN 


COMBINATION  NO.  LR16B  DOUBLE  EXIT  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  1137B,  Type  “B’’  VON  DUPRIN 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  1730B,  Type  “B”  VON  DUPRIN 


Author’s  Note — Every  architect  lias  his  own  individuality  in  specifying  hardware,  therefore  we  only  brief  the  combinations. 
Zinc  etchings  only  suggest  various  combinations.  Detail  of  devices  will  be  found  on  opposite  page. 


Ik 


No.  1137B  No.  1730B 

Combination  No.  LR16B 


[23] 


^on  Buprin  type  «b” 

For  Single  Entrance  Doors  Opening  Outward 


1124B 


1122B 


Inside  Elevation 

Special  Features  Described  on  Page  14.  Not  Reversible 


NL1124B 


NL1141B 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 


Device  1124B  .... 

Lock 

24 

Catalog,  page  .... 

110 

Device  NL1124B.. 

NL24 

Catalog,  page  .... 

110 

Device  1122B  .... 

22 

Catalog,  page  .... 

108 

Device  NL1141B.. 

NL24 

Catalog,  page  .... 

110 

Strike 

Cylinder  Collapsible 

Trim 

3215 

250J 

2620R 

117 

124 

98 

3215 

250J 

NL2620R 

117 

124 

98 

3215 

250J 

2590 

117 

124 

96 

3215 

250J 

None 

117 

124 

Spacing 

Back  Set 

Shipping 

Weight 

4  A" 

27/s" 

28  lbs. 

4&" 

2Vs" 

28  lbs. 

33V' 

2%" 

28  lbs. 

4&" 

27A" 

24  lbs. 

All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  brass  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 
Prefix  NL  indicates  night  latch  action. 


Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147. 

Detail  of  construction  (Functioning  Member  Parts  Chart),  see  page  133. 

Metal  Door  Reinforcement  Chart,  see  page  132. 

Special  exterior  trims,  see  pages  96,  98,  99. 

Approximate  time  required  for  application  for  estimating  purposes,  see  page  147. 


[24] 


■£Xon  Buprin  type  «b» 

For  Single  Doors  Opening  Outward 

CORRIDOR  TO  FIRE  TOWERS— FIRE  ESCAPE  DOORS 


K1126B 


1129J4B 


Inside  Elevation 

Special  Features  Described  on  Page  14.  Not  Reversible 


1130B 


1129B 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 


For  Active  Door 


Lock 

Strike 

Trim 

Back  Set 

Shipping 

Weight 

Device  K1126B  . 

.  26K 

226J 

2610 

2/2" 

25  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

.  107 

124 

96 

Device  1129B  . 

.  29 

226J 

None 

2Y2" 

25  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

.  106 

124 

Device  1129p2B  . 

.  R29 y2 

229RJ 

None 

2Ya" 

25  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

.  106 

124 

Device  1130B  . 

.  30 

307J 

None 

3" 

25  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

.  106 

124 

All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  brass  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 
Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147. 


Detail  of  construction  (Functioning  Member  Parts  Chart),  see  page  133. 

Metal  Door  Reinforcement  Chart,  see  page  132. 

Special  exterior  trims,  see  page  96. 

Approximate  time  required  for  application  for  estimating  purposes,  see  page  147. 


[25] 


Type  C 

For  Doors  Opening  Outward 

(NOT  REVERSIBLE),  SINGLE-ACTING  CROSS  BAR,  TOWARD  THE  DOOR 

The  following  pages  27  to  37  show  Type  “C” 


The  highest  grade  single  acting  extra  heavy 
mortise  lock  type  panic  device,  embodying  such 
of  the  Type  “B”  refinements  as  are  shown  below. 
In  size  and  contour  same  as  Type  “B”. 

Symmetrically  designed,  sturdy  in  construction. 


Featured  to  unlatch  latch  bolts  from  inside  by 
touch  against  cross  bar  at  any  point  at  all  times. 

All  interior  parts  are  made  of  special  hard  brass, 
bars  and  external  members  are  made  of  brass  or 
bronze. 


Feature 

No. 

1. 


FEATURES 


As  Type  ‘B” 
Feature 
No. 


3. 


Cross  bar  single-acting  (toward  door),  full  1"  16- 

gauge  seamless  brass  or  bronze  tube .  1 

Improved  method  of  dogging  the  cross  bars  down — a 
direct  drive  into  the  lever  arm  controlled  by  two-point 
key.  The  housing  is  lined  with  seamless  steel  sleeve 
(see  feature  11),  a  drive  fit.  Dogging  feature  fur¬ 
nished  on  both  ends  of  the  cross  bar,  insuring  absolute 

rigidity  .  3 

New  axle  so  constructed  that  axle  cannot  lose  out  or 
be  removed  by  children .  4 


Page 


14 


14 


14 


4.  Easy  spring  Pullman-type  long-swing  vertical  latches 

subject  to  normal  check  operation  (entirely  independ¬ 
ent  of  each  other) .  5 

5.  Special  phosphorus  bronze  wire  compression  springs  in 

main  case  augmented  by  phosphorus  bronze  compres¬ 
sion  spring  in  hinged  end  case  of  cross  bar .  6 

6.  Working  parts  machined  and  milled.  Stumps  receiving 

unusual  shocks  and  wear  are  covered  with  case-hard¬ 
ened  steel  sleeves  eliminating  friction  and  wear .  7 

7.  Buffer  Plates  No.  248  for  active  door  of  double  doors, 

preventing  crowding  of  door  past  the  strike  engage¬ 
ment  plane,  which  function  would  release  auxiliary 
bolt  and  permit  picking  of  main  latch  or  lock  bolt  with 
knife  or  other  instrument .  10 


14 

14 

14 


14 


8.  Cross  bar  levers  showing  hole  drilled  for  axle  and  dog¬ 
ging  feature,  housing  of  dogging  feature  hole  is  lined 
with  case-hardened  steel  sleeves,  eliminating  all  fric¬ 
tion  and  wear .  11  14 


9.  Long-life  cylinder  locks  made  especially  for  panic  bolt 
service,  see  pages  108  to  1 16. 

Illustration  of  feature  of  interior  works,  Type  “C",  will  be  found  on 
page  135. 

For  detailed  information  regarding  “Type  C  ’,  see  pages  27  to  37. 


Refer  to  page  149  for  guide  of  other  VON  DUPRIN  devices  than  Type  “B”  and 
their  numbers  comparable  for  general  operation,  using  Type  “B”  as  a  basis. 

See  pages  144  and  145  for  other  manufacturers’  competitive  devices. 


••C>IC 


[26] 


TYPE  "C” 

For  Double  Exit  Doors  Opening  Outward 

WHERE  THRESHOLD  IS  USED 


Both  doors  equipped  with  a  complete  device  is  preferable  (see  Combination  No.  65C,  page  29).  No.  6172C,  however,  is  more 
economical  in  price.  Has  no  outside  unlatching  feature. 

NOT  SATISFACTORY  ON  DOORS  LESS  THAN  28"  WIDE  WITH  5"  STILES. 


6172C 


Inside  Elevation  6172C 

Special  Features  Described  on  Page  26.  Not  Reversible 


OPERATION 

Featured  to  unlatch  latch  bolts  from  inside  by  touch  against  bar  at  any  point. 
Latch  bolts  can  be  dogged  in  retracted  position  by  cylindrical  lock  feature  on  main 
cross  bar  case,  and  on  hinged  end  of  cross  bar  case,  insuring  absolute  rigidity. 
Latch  Case  No.  20C,  see  page  135. 

If  no  threshold  is  used,  use  No.  LR272  Latch  Retractor  Head,  see  page  119.  On 
special  order  only,  specify  LR6172C. 

SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 


Device  6172C 
Catalog,  page 


Lower 

Upper 

Shipping 

Strike 

Strike 

Weight 

.  251L 

273U 

38  lbs. 

.  121 

122 

For  “travel  control”  of  double  doors  with  overlapping  astragal,  see  page  116A. 
Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147. 

Detail  of  construction  (Functioning  Member  Parts  Chart),  see  page  135. 

VON  DUPRIN  metal  thresholds,  see  page  120. 

Metal  Door  Reinforcement  Chart,  see  page  134. 

Approximate  time  required  for  application  for  estimating  purposes,  see  page  147. 

[27] 


TYPE  "C” 

For  Double  Entrance  Doors  Opening  Outward 

WHERE  THRESHOLD  IS  USED 


Inactive  6127C 


6123Cx2660 


Inside  Elevation  Combination  No.  61 C 
Inactive  Door  6127C  Active  Door  6123C 

Special  Features  Described  on  Page  26.  Not  Reversible 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 
For  Active  Door 


Lower 

Upper 

Shipping 

Cylinder 

Strike 

Strike 

Trim 

Spacing 

Weight 

Device  6123C  . 

....  3216 

251L 

273U 

2580 

3*" 

29  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

....  117 

121 

122 

96 

Device  6123Cx2660  ... 

. . . .  3216 

251L 

273U 

2660 

3*" 

29  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

....  117 

121 

122 

97 

For  Inactive  Door 


Lower  Upper 

Strike  Strike 

Device  6127C  .  None  251L  273U 

Catalog,  page  .  121  122 


28  lbs. 


All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  brass  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 
Prefix  LR  indicates  latch  retractor  head,  see  page  119. 


Proper  astragal  for  double  doors  to  insure  100% 
efficiency  (full  size  details,  see  page  146). 


For  “travel  control”  of  double  doors  with  overlapping  astragal,  see  page  116A. 
Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147. 

Detail  of  construction  (Functioning  Member  Parts  Chart),  see  page  135. 

VON  DUPRIN  metal  thresholds,  see  page  120. 

Metal  Door  Reinforcement  Chart,  see  page  134. 

Special  exterior  trims,  see  pages  96,  97. 

Approximate  time  required  for  application  for  estimating  purposes,  see  page  147. 


[28] 


Active  6123C 


Practical  Combinations  for  Double  Doors 

WHERE  THRESHOLD  IS  USED 


COMBINATION  NO.  61C  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 


Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  6127C,  Type  “C” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  6123C,  Type  “C” 


r 


No.  6127C  No.  6123Cx2660 

Combination  No.  06 1C 


COMBINATION  NO.  061C  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 


Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  6127C,  Type  “C” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  6123Cx2660,  Type  “C” 


r 

I 

k 


No.  6127C  No.  6127C 

Combination  No.  65C 


COMBINATION  NO.  65C  DOUBLE  EXIT  DOORS 


Both  doors  to  be  equipped  with  No.  6127C,  Type  “C” 


Author’s  Note — Every  architect  has  his  own  individuality  in  specifying  hardware, 
therefore  we  only  brief  the  combinations. 

Zinc  etchings  only  suggest  various  combinations.  Detail  of  devices  will  be  found 

on  opposite  page. 


TYPE  "C” 

For  Double  Entrance  Doors  Opening  Outward 

WHERE  THRESHOLD  IS  NOT  USED 


Inactive  6137C 


6133C.\2660 


Inside  Elevation  Combination  No.  LR61C 
Inactive  Door  6137C  Active  Door  6133C 

Special  Features  Described  on  Page  26.  Not  Reversible 


Proper  astragal  for 
double  doors  to  insure 
100%  efficiency 
( full  size  details, 
see  page  146). 


Special  Concrete 
Flush  Bottom  Strike 
No.  242L 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 
For  Active  Door 


Cylinder 

Lower 

Strike 

Upper 

Strike 

Trim 

Spacing 

Shipping 

Weight 

Device  6133C  . 

. . . .  3216 

242 L 

271U 

2580 

3*" 

28  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

....  117 

122 

122 

96 

Device  6133Cx266l)  . . . 

....  3216 

242 L 

27 1U 

2660 

3*" 

29  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . . 

....  117 

122 

122 

97 

For 

Inactive  Door 

Lower 

Strike 

Upper 

Strike 

Device  6137C  . 

242  L 

271U 

None 

27  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

122 

122 

All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  brass  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 
Prefix  LR  indicates  latch  retractor  head,  see  page  119. 


For  “travel  control”  of  double  doors  with  overlapping  astragal,  see  page  116A. 
Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147. 

Detail  of  construction  (Functioning  Member  Parts  Chart),  see  page  135. 

VON  DUPRIN  metal  thresholds,  see  page  120. 

Metal  Door  Reinforcement  Chart,  see  page  134. 

Special  exterior  trims,  see  pages  96,  97. 

Approximate  time  required  for  application  for  estimating  purposes,  see  page  147. 

[  20  ] 


Practical  Combinations  for  Double  Doors 

WHERE  THRESHOLD  IS  NOT  USED 


>  r 


No.  6137C  No.  6133C 

Combination  No.  LR61C 


COMBINATION  NO.  LR61C  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  6137C,  Type  “C” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  6133C,  Type  “C” 


No.  6137C  No.  61330x2660 

Combination  No.  LR061C 


COMBINATION  NO.  LR061C,  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  6I37C,  Type  “C” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  6133Cx2660,  Type  “C” 

Architect’s  Note — II  inactive  door  should  have  dummy  trim,  specify  so. 


No.  6137C  No.  6137C 

Combination  No.  LR65C 


COMBINATION  NO.  LR65C  DOUBLE  EXIT  DOORS 


Both  doors  to  be  equipped  with  No.  6137C,  Type  “C” 


Author’s  Note — Every  architect  has  his  own  individuality  in  specifying  hardware, 
therefore  we  only  brief  the  combinations. 

Zinc  etchings  only  suggest  various  combinations.  Detail  of  devices  will  lie  found 

on  opposite  page. 


41 


Inactive  6127C 


Active  NL6724C 


TYPE  "C” 


For  Double  Entrance  Doors  Opening  Outward 


WHERE  THRESHOLD  IS  USED 


Inactive  Door  6127C  Buffer  No.  248  Active  Door  6724C 

Inside  Elevation  Combination  No.  62C 
Special  Features  Described  on  Page  26.  Not  Reversible 


Active  6722C  Active  NL6741C 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 

For  Active  Door 


Lock 

Cylinder  Strike 

Trim  Buffer 

Spacing 

Back  Set 

Shipping 

Weight 

Device  6724C . 

24 

3215 

245J 

2640R 

248 

4A" 

2%" 

28  lbs. 

Catalog,  page . 

110 

117 

125 

98 

122 

Device  NL6724C.  . 

NL24 

3215 

245J 

NL2640R 

248 

4*" 

2%" 

27  lbs. 

Catalog,  page . 

110 

117 

125 

98 

122 

Device  6722C . 

22 

3215 

245J 

2590 

248 

o  7  n 

032 

2  Vt" 

27  lbs. 

Catalog,  page . 

108 

117 

125 

96 

122 

Device  NL6741C.  . 

NL24 

3215 

245J 

None 

248 

4  A" 

2  Vi" 

23  lbs. 

Catalog,  page . 

110 

117 

125 

122 

Device  6730 . 

30 

None 

294J 

None 

248 

3" 

21  lbs. 

Catalog,  page . 

106 

125 

122 

For  Inactive  Door 

Lower 

Strike 

Upper 

Strike 

Device  6127C . 

251L 

273U 

27  lbs. 

Catalog,  page . 

121 

12.2 

All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  brass  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 
Prefix  NL  indicates  night  latch  action. 

Prefix  LR  indicates  latch  retractor  head,  see  page  119. 


For  “travel  control”  of  double  doors  with  overlapping  astragal, 
see  page  116A 

To  overcome  door  shrinkage,  see  Adjustable  Strike  No.  247J 
(can  be  furnished  at  additional  charge),  see  page  113. 

Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147. 

Detail  of  construction  (Functioning  Member  Parts  Chart),  see 
page  135. 

VON  DUPRIN  metal  thresholds,  see  page  120. 

Metal  Door  Reinforcement  Chart,  see  page  134. 

Special  exterior  trims,  see  pages  96,  98,  99. 

Approximate  time  required  for  application  for  estimating  pur¬ 
poses,  see  page  147. 


Proper  astragal  tor 
double  doors  to  insure 
100%  efficiency 
(full  size  details, 
see  page  146). 


[32] 


Practical  Combinations  for  Double  Doors 

WHERE  THRESHOLD  IS  USED 

COMBINATION  NO.  62C  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  6127C,  Type  “C” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  6724C,  Type  “C” 

9 

No.  6127C  No.  6724C 

Combination  No.  62C 


if 


COMBINATION  NO.  63C  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  6127C,  Type  “C” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  NL6724C,  Type  “C” 


■*  r 


No.  6127C  No.  6722C 

Combination  No.  64C 


COMBINATION  NO.  64C  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  6127C,  Type  “C” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  6722C,  Type  “C” 


No.  6127C  No.  NL6741C 

Combination  No.64j4C 


COMBINATION  NO.  64>^C  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  6127C,  Type  “C” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  NL6741C,  Type  “C” 


/ 


■>  r 


No.  6127C  No.  6730C 

Combination  No.  66C 


COMBINATION  NO.  66C  DOUBLE  EXIT  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  6127C,  Type  “C” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  6730C,  Type  “C” 


Author’s  Note — Every  architect  has  his  own  individuality  in  specifying  hardware,  therefore  we  only  brief  the  combinations. 
Zinc  etchings  only  suggest  various  combinations.  Detail  of  devices  will  be  found  on  opposite  page. 


[33] 


Inactive  6137C 


rr 


' 


HBBI 

Active  XL  6724C 


TYPE  "C” 

For  Double  Entrance  Doors  Opening  Outward 

WHERE  THRESHOLD  IS  NOT  USED 


Inactive  Door  6137C  Buffer  No.  248  Active  Door  6724C 

Inside  Elevation  Combination  No.  LR62 
Special  Features  Described  on  Page  26.  Not  Reversible 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 


For  Active  Door 


Lock 

Cylinder  Strike 

Trim  Buffer 

Spacing 

Back  Set 

Weight 

Device  6724C . 

24 

3215 

245J 

2640R 

248 

4A" 

m" 

28  lbs. 

Catalog,  page . 

110 

117 

125 

98 

122 

Device  NL6724C.  . 

NL24 

3215 

245J 

NL2640R 

248 

4&" 

2W 

27  lbs. 

Catalog,  page . 

110 

117 

125 

98 

122 

Device  6722C . 

22 

3215 

245J 

2590 

248 

3  372  " 

2Ys" 

27  lbs. 

Catalog,  page . . 

108 

117 

125 

96 

122 

Device  NL6741C.  . 

,  NL24 

3215 

245J 

None 

248 

4*" 

21/t" 

23  lbs. 

Catalog,  page . 

110 

117 

125 

122 

Device  6730 . 

30 

None 

294J 

None 

248 

3" 

22  lbs. 

Catalog,  page . 

106 

125 

122 

For  Inactive  Door 

Lower 

Upper 

Strike 

Strike 

Device  6137C . 

242L 

27 1U 

27  lbs. 

Catalog,  page . 

122 

122 

All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  brass  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 
Prefix  NL  indicates  night  latch  action. 

Prefix  LR  indicates  latch  retractor  head,  see  page  119. 


Proper  astragal  for  double  doors  to  insure  100% 
efficiency  (full  size  details,  see  page  146). 


Special  Concrete 
Flush  Strike 
No.  242L 


For  “travel  control”  of  double  doors  with  overlapping  astragal,  see  page  116A. 

To  overcome  door  shrinkage,  see  Adjustable  Strike  No.  247J  (can  be  furnished  at  addi¬ 
tional  charge),  see  page  123. 

Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147. 

Detail  of  construction  (Functioning  Member  Parts  Chart),  see  page  135. 

VON  DUPRIN  metal  thresholds,  see  page  120. 

Metal  Door  Reinforcement  Chart,  see  page  134. 

Special  exterior  trims,  see  pages  96,  98,  99. 

Approximate  time  required  for  application  for  estimating  purposes,  see  page  147. 


[34] 


Practical  Combinations  for  Double  Doors 


- *  t 


r - 

1 - e 

.7 

No.  6137C  No.  6724C 

Combination  No.  LR62C 


WHERE  THRESHOLD  IS  NOT  USED 


COMBINATION  NO.  LR62C  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  6137C,  Type  “C” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  6724C,  Type  “C” 


u 


No.  6137C  No.  NL6724C 

Combination  No.  LR63C 


f 


No.6137C  No.  6722C 

Combination  No.  LR64C 


No.  6137C  No.  NL6741C 


Combination  No.  LR64^C 


No.  6137C  No.  6730C 

Combination  No.  LR66C 


COMBINATION  NO.  LR63C  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  6137C,  Type  “C” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  NL6724C,  Type  “C” 


COMBINATION  NO.  LR64C  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  6137C,  Type  “C” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  6722C,  Type  “C” 


COMBINATION  NO.  LR64^C  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  6137C,  Type  “C” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  NL6741C,  Type  “C” 


COMBINATION  NO.  LR66C  DOUBLE  EXIT  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  6137C,  Type  “C” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  6730C,  Type  “C” 


Author’s  Note — Every  architect  has  his  own  individuality  in  specifying  hardware,  therefore  we  only  brief  the  combinations. 
Zinc  etchings  only  suggest  various  combinations.  Detail  of  devices  will  be  found  on  opposite  page. 

[35] 


TYPE  "C” 

For  Single  Entrance  Doors  Opening  Outward 


6124C 


Inside  Elevation 

Special  Features  Described  on  Page  26.  Not  Reversible 


NL6124C 


6122C 


NL6141C 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 


Lock 

Cylinder 

Strike 

Trim 

Spacing 

Back  Set 

Shipping 

Weight 

Device  6124C  . 

24 

3215 

244J 

2640R 

4  A" 

2fc" 

27  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

110 

117 

124 

98 

Device  NL6124C  . . . 

. ...  NL24 

3215 

244J 

NL2640R 

4A" 

2&" 

27  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

110 

117 

124 

98 

Device  6122C  . 

22 

3215 

244J 

2590 

3&" 

2?s" 

27  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

108 

117 

124 

96 

Device  NL6141C  . . . . 

...  NL24 

3215 

244J 

None 

4A" 

2?'s" 

23  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

110 

117 

124 

All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  brass  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 
Prefix  NL  indicates  night  latch  action. 


Collapsible  Strike  No.  250J  (can  be  furnished  at  an  additional  charge),  see  page  123. 
Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147. 

Detail  of  construction  (Functioning  Member  Parts  Chart),  see  page  135. 

Metal  Door  Reinforcement  Chart,  see  page  134. 

Special  exterior  trims,  see  pages  96,  98.  99. 

Approximate  time  required  for  application  for  estimating  purposes,  see  page  147. 
136] 


TYPE  "C” 

For  Single  Doors  Opening  Outward 

CORRIDOR  TO  FIRE  TOWERS— FIRE  ESCAPE  DOORS 


6129  J4C 


Inside  Elevation 

Special  Features  Described  on  Page  26.  Not  Reversible 


6129C 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 


Lock 

Strike 

Trim 

Back  Set 

Weight 

Shipping 

Device  K6126C  . 

.  26K 

226J 

2610 

2y2" 

19  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

.  107 

124 

96 

Device  6129C  . 

.  29 

226J 

None 

2y2" 

18  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

.  106 

124 

Device  6129]4C  . 

.  R29 

229RJ 

None 

2Ya" 

18  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

.  106 

124 

Device  6130C  . 

.  30 

307 J 

None 

3" 

18  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

.  106 

124 

All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  brass  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 
Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147. 


Detail  of  construction  (Functioning  Member  Parts  Chart),  see  page  135. 

Metal  Door  Reinforcement  Chart,  see  page  134. 

Special  exterior  trims,  see  page  96. 

Approximate  time  required  for  application  for  estimating  purposes,  see  page  147. 


[37] 


Type  D 

For  Doors  Opening  Outward.  (Not  Reversible),  Single  Acting 

The  following  pages  39  to  43  showing  Type  “D” 

STANDARD  medium  weight  single  acting  mortise  lock  type 
panic  device,  embodying  such  of  the  Type  “B”  refinements 
as  are  shown  below. 

Sturdy  in  construction,  in  contour  as  Type  “B”. 

Featured  to  unlatch  latch  bolts  from  inside  by  touch 
against  cross  bar  at  any  point  at  all  times. 

All  interior  parts  are  made  of  special  hard  brass,  bars  and 
external  members  are  made  of  brass  or  bronze. 


As  Type  ‘B’ 

y 

Feature 

Feature 

No. 

No. 

Page 

1.  Cross  bar  single-acting  (toward  the  door),  full  1" 
16-gauge  seamless  brass  or  bronze  tube . 

1 

14 

2.  Easy  spring  Pullman-type  long-swing  vertical  latches 
subject  to  normal  check  operation  (entirely  independ¬ 
ent  of  each  other) . 

5 

14 

3.  Wire  compression  springs  in  main  case  augmented  by 
special  compression  spring  in  hinged  end  case  of  cross 
bar. 


4.  Buffer  Plate  No.  248  for  active  door  of  double  doors, 
preventing  crowding  of  door  past  the  strike  engage¬ 
ment  plane,  which  function  would  release  auxiliary 
bolt  and  permit  picking  of  main  latch  or  lock  bolt  with 

knife  or  other  instrument .  10  14 

5.  Long-life  cylinder  locks  made  especially  for  panic  bolt 
service,  see  pages  108  to  116. 

For  dogging  devices,  use  Nos.  46D,  47D  or  49D  shown  on  page  119. 

Illustration  of  feature  of  interior  work,  Type  “D”  will  be  found  on 
page  137. 

For  detailed  information  regarding  Type  “D”,  see  pages  39  to  43. 
Vertical  rod  devices  cannot  be  made  with  latch  retracting  device. 

Refer  to  page  149  for  guide  of  other  VON  DUPRIN  devices  than  Type  “D”  and 
their  numbers  comparable  for  general  operation,  using  Type  “B”  as  a  basis. 

See  pages  144  and  145  for  other  manufacturers’  competitive  devices. 


TYPE  "D” 


For  Double  Exit  Doors  Opening  Outward 

Both  doors  equipped  with  a  complete  device  is  preferable.  See  Combination  No.  55,  page  41.  This  No.  5172D,  however,  is  more 
economical  in  price.  Has  no  outside  unlatching  feature. 

NOT  SATISFACTORY  ON  DOORS  LESS  THAN  28"  WIDE  AND  5"  STILES. 


Inside  Elevation  5172D 

Special  Features  Described  on  page  38.  Not  Reversible 


OPERATION 

Featured  to  unlatch  latch  bolts  from  inside  by  touch  against  bar  at  any 
point.  Latch  bolts  can  be  dogged  in  retracted  position  by  Dogging  Hook 
No.  5446.  See  page  119. 

Latch  Case  No.  20D,  see  page  137. 

Latch  retractor  head  cannot  be  used  on  Type  “D”. 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 


Device  5172D 
Catalog,  page 


Lower 

Upper 

Shipping 

Strike 

Strike 

Weight 

251L 

273U 

38  lbs. 

121 

122 

All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  brass  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 

For  “travel  control”  of  double  doors  with  overlapping  astragal,  see  page  116A. 
Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147. 

Detail  of  construction  (Functioning  Member  Parts  Chart),  see  page  137. 

VON  DUPRIN  metal  thresholds,  see  page  120. 

Metal  Door  Reinforcement  Chart,  see  page  136. 

Approximate  time  required  for  application  for  estimating  purposes,  see  page  147. 


5172D 


[39] 


TYPE  "D” 

For  Double  Entrance  Doors  Opening  Outward 

WHERE  THRESHOLD  IS  USED 


OH 

▼ 

Inactive  5127D 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 

For  Active  Door 

Shipping 


Lock 

Cylinder 

Strike 

Trim 

Buffer 

Spacing  Back  Set 

Weight 

Device  5724D .  .  .  . 

24 

3215 

245J 

2640R 

248 

4ft"  2  7/s" 

2-5  lbs. 

Catalog,  page . 

110 

117 

125 

98 

122 

Device  NLS724D. 

.  NL24 

3215 

245J 

NL2640R 

248 

4*"  27/8" 

25  lbs. 

Catalog,  page . 

110 

117 

125 

98 

122. 

Device  5722D . 

22 

3215 

245J 

2590 

248 

3sV'  27/s" 

25  lbs. 

Catalog,  page . 

108 

117 

125 

96 

122 

Device  NL5741D.  . 

.  NL24 

3215 

24  5 J 

None 

248 

4ft"  27/s " 

24  lbs. 

Catalog,  page . 

110 

117 

125 

122 

Device  5730 . 

30 

None 

294J 

None 

248 

3" 

23  lbs. 

Catalog,  page . 

106 

125 

122 

For  Inactive  Door 

Lower 

Upper 

Strike 

Strike 

Device  5127D  .  .  .  . 

251L 

273U 

25  lbs. 

Catalog,  page . 

121 

1 22 

All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  brass  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 
Prefix  NL  indicates  night  latch  action. 

Latch  retractor  head  cannot  be  used  on  Type  D. 


Proper  astragal  for 
double  doors  to  insure 
100%  efficiency 
(full  size  details, 
see  page  146). 


For  “travel  control”  of  double  doors  with  overlapping  astra¬ 
gal,  see  page  116A. 

To  overcome  door  shrinkage,  see  Adjustable  Strike  No.  247J 
(can  be  furnished  at  additional  charge),  see  page  123. 

Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147. 

Detail  of  construction  (Functioning  Member  Parts  Chart),  see 
page  137. 

VON  DUPRIN  metal  thresholds,  see  page  120. 

Metal  Door  Reinforcement  Chart,  see  page  136. 

Special  exterior  trims,  see  pages  96.  98,  99. 

Approximate  time  required  for  application  for  estimating  pur¬ 
poses,  see  page  147. 


Active  NL5741D 


[40] 


Practical  Combinations  for  Double  Doors 

WHERE  THRESHOLD  IS  USED 


A 


5 


COMBINATION  NO.  52D  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  5127D,  Type  “D” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  5724D,  Type  “D” 


COMBINATION  NO.  53D  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  5127D,  Type  “D’’ 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  NL5724D,  Type  “D” 


k 


Ik 


COMBINATION  No.  54D  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  5127D,  Type  “D” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  5722D,  Type  “D” 


COMBINATION  NO.  54^D  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  5127D,  Type  “D” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  NL5741D,  Type  “D” 


ik 


No.  5127D  No.  NL5741D 

Combination  No.  54^iD 


COMBINATION  NO.  55D  DOUBLE  EXIT  DOORS 
Both  doors  to  be  equipped  with  No.  5127D,  Type  “D” 


No.  5127D  No.  5127D 

Combination  No.  55D 


COMBINATION  NO.  56D  DOUBLE  EXIT  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  5127D,  Type  “D” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  5730D,  Type  “D” 


Author’s  Note — Every  architect  has  his  own  individuality  in  specifying  hardware,  therefore  we  only  brief  the  combinations. 
Zinc  etchings  only  suggest  various  combinations.  Detail  of  devices  will  be  found  on  opposite  page. 

[41] 


TYPE  "D” 


For  Single  Entrance  Doors  Opening  Outward 


5124D 


5122D 


'  >1" 


m 


I 


J  \  <  - 


'-r-r; . 


•JKv'r  J*  * 


■■ 


sis 


;V 


_ 


Inside  Elevation 

Special  Features  Described  on  Page  38.  Not  Reversible 


NL5124D 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 


Lock 

Cylinder 

Device  5124D  . 

24 

3215 

Catalog,  page  . 

....  no 

117 

Device  NL5124D  . . . 

. ...  NL24 

3215 

Catalog,  page  . 

110 

117 

Device  5122D  . 

22 

3215 

Catalog,  page  . . 

. . . .  108 

117 

Device  NL5141D  .... 

...  NL24 

3215 

Catalog,  page  . 

...  110 

117 

Shipping 


Strike 

244J 

124 

Trim 

2640R 

98 

Spacing 

4A" 

Back  Set 

2V% 

Weight 

25  lbs. 

244J 

124 

NL2640R 

98 

4A" 

2  W 

25  lbs. 

244J 

124 

2590 

96 

3&" 

2V&" 

25  lbs. 

244J 

None 

4  A" 

2Vs" 

24  lbs. 

124 


All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  brass  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 
Prefix  NL  indicates  night  latch  action. 


Collapsible  Strike  No.  250J  (can  be  furnished  at  an  additional  charge),  see  page  123. 
Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147. 

Detail  of  construction  (Functioning  Member  Parts  Chart),  see  page  137. 

Metal  Door  Reinforcement  Chart,  see  page  136. 

Special  exterior  trims,  see  pages  96,  98,  99. 

Approximate  time  required  for  application  for  estimating  purposes,  see  page  147. 


NL5141D 


[42] 


TYPE  "D” 

For  Single  Doors 

CORRIDOR  TO  FIRE  TOWERS— FIRE  ESCAPE  DOORS  OPENING  OUTWARD 


5129J4D 


5129D 


Inside  Elevation  5130D 

Special  Features  Described  on  Page  38.  Not  Reversible 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 


Lock 

Strike 

Trim 

Back  Set 

Shipping 

Weight 

Device  K5126D  . 

.  26K 

226J 

2610 

iy2" 

17  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

.  107 

124 

96 

Device  5129D  . 

.  29 

226J 

None 

2j4" 

16  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

.  106 

124 

Device  5129p2D  . 

.  R29 

229RJ 

None 

2M" 

16  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

.  106 

124 

Device  S130D  . 

.  30 

307J 

None 

3" 

17  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

.  106 

124 

All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  brass  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 


Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147. 

Detail  of  construction  (Functioning  Member  Parts  Chart),  see  page  137. 

Metal  Door  Reinforcement  Chart,  see  page  136. 

Special  exterior  trims,  see  page  96. 

Approximate  time  required  for  application  for  estimating  purposes,  see  page  147. 
[43] 


TYPE  "E2”  DOUBLE  CYLINDER 


For  Double  Entrance  Doors  Opening  Outward 


WHERE  THRESHOLD  IS  USED 


Gravity 


Inactive  Door  3127E2  Buffer  No.  248  Active  Door  3725E2 

Inside  Elevation  Combination  No.  32E2 
Special  Features  Described  on  Page  44A.  Not  Reversible 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 

For  Active  Door 


Lock  Cylinder  Strike 


Device  3725E2. ... 

-25 

3215 

245J 

Catalog,  page . 

114 

117 

125 

Device  NL3725E2. 

NL25 

3215 

245J 

Catalog,  page . 

114 

117 

125 

Device  3723E2.... 

23 

3215 

245J 

Catalog,  page . 

112 

117 

125 

Device  NL374SE2. 

NL25 

3215 

2451 

Catalog,  page . 

114 

117 

125 

Trim  Buffer  Spacing  Back  Set  Shipping 


2640R 

98 

248 

122 

4  A" 

2%" 

Weight 
19  lbs. 

NL2640R 

98 

248 

122 

4  i5s" 

2K" 

19  lbs. 

2590 

96 

248 

122 

33V' 

2Vs" 

18  lbs. 

None 

248 

122 

4t5s" 

2Vt" 

17  lbs. 

Fcr  Inactive  Door 


Lower 

Strike 

Device  3127E2 .  ...  251L 

Catalog,  page .  121 


LTpper 

Strike 

281U  .  20  lbs. 

122 


All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  brass  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 
Prefix  NL  indicates  night  latch  action. 


Proper  astragal  for 
double  doors  to  insure 
100%  efficiency 
(full  size  details, 
see  page  146). 


For  “travel  control’*  of  double  doors  with  overlapping  astra¬ 
gal,  see  page  116A. 

To  overcome  door  shrinkage,  see  Adjustable  Strike  No.  247J 
(can  be  furnished  at  additional  charge),  see  page  123. 

Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147. 

VON  DUPRIN  metal  thresholds,  see  page  120. 

Special  exterior  trims,  see  pages  96,  98,  99. 

Approximate  time  required  for  application  for  estimating  pur¬ 
poses,  see  page  147. 


s 


Type  "E2" 

Gravity  Acting  Vertical  Rods  (Not  Reversible),  Single  Acting, 

Toward  the  Door 

The  following  pages  44  to  47  show  Type  “ E2 


A  standard  single  acting  double  cylinder  mortise  lock  type  panic  device,  embodying  such 
of  the  Type  “B”  refinements  as  are  shown  below. 

Sturdy  in  construction. 

Featured  to  unlatch  latch  bolts  from  inside  by  touch  against  cross  bar  at  any  point  at 
all  times. 


All  interior  parts  are  made  of  special  hard  brass,  bars  and  external  members  are  made  of 
brass  or  bronze. 


Feature  FEATURES  ^/eatur'e® 

No.  No. 

1.  Cross  bar,  single-acting  (toward  the  door),  full  1-inch,  16-gauge  seamless  brass  or  bronze  tube  1 

2.  Improved  method  of  dogging  the  cross  bars  down — a  direct  drive  into  the  lever  arm  controlled 

by  two-point  key.  The  housing  is  lined  with  seamless  steel  sleeve  (see  feature  11),  a  drive  fit. 
Dogging  feature  furnished  on  both  ends  of  the  cross  bar,  insuring  absolute  rigidity .  3 

3.  Vertical  rods  (gravity  controlled)  and  cases  top  and  bottom  have  long  swing  pullman  type 
vertical  latches  both  terminals.  Rods  are  entirely  independent  of  each  other,  giving  easy  action 
which  subjects  them  to  the  normal  check  operation  without  extra  tension,  and  insures  latching 
at  all  times,  regardless  of  how  it  comes  in  contact  with  strike. 

4.  Special  phosphorous  bronze  wire  compression  springs  in  main  case  and  hinged  end  of  mortise 
lock  type  devices. 

5.  Buffer  plate  No.  248  for  active  door  of  double  doors,  preventing  crowding  of  door  past  the 

strike  engagement  plane,  which  function  would  release  auxiliary  bolt  and  permit  picking  of 
main  latch  or  lock  bolt  with  knife  or  other  instrument  .  10 


1‘age 

14 


14 


14 


6.  Cross  bar  levers  showing  hole  drilled  for  axle  and  dogging  feature,  housing  of  dogging  feature 

is  lined  with  case-hardened  steel  sleeves,  eliminating  all  friction  and  wear .  11  14 

7.  Long-life  cylinder  locks  made  especially  for  Panic  bolt  service,  see  pages  108  to  116. 

For  detailed  information  regarding  Type  “E2”  see  pages  44  to  47. 


Refer  to  page  149  for  guide  of  other  VON  DUPRIN  devices  than  Type  “13”  and 
their  numbers  comparable  for  general  operation,  using  Type  “B"  as  a  basis. 

See  pages  144  and  145  for  other  manufacturers’  competitive  devices. 


[  44A  ] 


Practical  Combinations  for  Double  Doors 

WHERE  THRESHOLD  IS  USED 


f 


COMBINATION  NO.  32E2  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  3127E2,  Type  “E2” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  3725E2,  Type  “E2” 


No.  3127E2  No.  3725E2 

Combination  No.  32E2 


COMBINATION  NO.  33E2  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  3127E2,  Type  “E2” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  NL3725E2,  Type  “E2” 


No.  3127E2  No.  NL3725E2 

Combination  No.  33E2 


/ 


1  i: 

T1  . . • 

"  '■ 

L 

Ik 


COMBINATION  NO.  34E2  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  3127E2,  Type  “E2” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  3723E2,  Type  “E2’’ 


No.  3127E2  No.  3723E2 

Combination  No.  34E2 


COMBINATION  No.  3 4>^E2  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  3127E2,  Type  “E2” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  NL3745E,  Type  “E2” 


\ 


No.  3127E2  No.  NL3745E2 
Combination  No.  34 E2 


k 


COMBINATION  NO.  35E2  DOUBLE  EXIT  DOORS 
Both  doors  to  be  equipped  with  No.  3127E2,  Type  “E2'’ 


No.  3127E2  No.  3127E2 

Combination  No.  35E2 


COMBINATION  NO.  36E2,  DOUBLE  EXIT  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  3127E2,  Type  “E2" 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  3730E2,  Type  “E2” 


'k 


No.  3127E2  No.  3730E2 

Combination  No.  36E2 


Author’s  Note — Every  architect  has  his  own  individuality  in  specifying  hardware,  therefore  we  only  brief  the  combinations. 
Zinc  etchings  only  suggest  various  combinations.  Detail  of  devices  will  be  found  on  opposite  page. 

[45] 


TYPE  "E2”  DOUBLE  CYLINDER 

For  Single  Entrance  Doors  Opening  Outward 


3125E2 


Inside  Elevation 

Special  Features  Described  on  Page  44A.  Not  Reversible 


NL3125E2 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 


Lock 

Device  3125E2  .  25 

Catalog,  page  .  114 

Device  NL3125E2  .  NL25 

Catalog,  page  .  114 

Device  3123E2  .  23 

Catalog,  page  .  112 

Device  NL3145E2  .  NL25 

Catalog,  page  .  114 


Cylinder 

Strike 

Trim 

3215 

244J 

2640R 

117 

124 

98 

3215 

244J 

NL2640R 

117 

124 

98 

3215 

244J 

2590 

117 

124 

96 

3215 

117 

244J 

124 

None 

Spacing 

Back  Set 

Shipping 

Weight 

4A" 

2^" 

19  lbs. 

4A" 

2V&" 

19  lbs. 

3*" 

27A" 

18  lbs. 

4  *" 

2%" 

17  lbs. 

All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  brass  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 

Prefix  NL  indicates  night  latch  action. 

Collapsible  Strike  No.  250J  (can  be  furnished  at  an  additional  charge),  see  page  123. 


Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147. 

Special  exterior  trims,  see  pages  96,  98,  99. 

Approximate  time  required  for  application  for  estimating  purposes,  see  page  147. 


3123E2 


XL3145E2 


[46] 


TYPE  "E2” 

For  Single  Doors 

CORRIDOR  TO  FIRE  TOWERS— FIRE  ESCAPE  DOORS  OPENING  OUTWARD 


K3126E2 


312954  E2 


Inside  Elevation 

Special  Features  Described  on  Page  44A.  Not  Reversible 


3130E2 


3129E2 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 


Lock 

Strike 

Trim 

Back  Set 

Weight 

Device  K3126E2  . 

.  26K 

226J 

2610 

2  ys 

13  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

.  107 

124 

96 

Device  3129E2  . 

.  29 

226J 

None 

2y2" 

12  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

.  106 

124 

Device  3129^E2  . 

.  R29 

229RJ 

None 

2Va" 

12  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . . 

.  106 

124 

Device  3130E2  . 

.  30 

307J 

None 

3" 

12  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . . 

.  106 

124 

All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  brass  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 


Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147. 

Special  exterior  trims,  see  page  96. 

Approximate  time  required  for  application  for  estimating  purposes,  see  page  147. 


[47] 


Type  F 


Gravity  Acting  Vertical  Rods  (Not  Reversible),  Single  Acting 
Toward  the  Door,  Opening  Outward 

The  following  pages  49  to  53  show  Type  “F” 

STANDARD  single  acting  mortise  lock  type  panic  device, 


embodying  such  of  Type  “B”  refinements  as  are  shown 


below. 


Sturdy  in  construction. 

Featured  to  unlatch  latch  bolts  from  inside  by  touch 
against  cross  bar  at  any  point  at  all  times. 

Cast  parts  are  made  of  malleable  iron  and  gray  iron,  bars 
and  vertical  rods  of  steel.  Bars  can  be  had  of  brass. 


As  Type “B” 
Feature 

No.  Page 


FEATURES 


Feature 

No. 


1.  Cross  bars  single  acting  (toward  the  door). 

2.  Vertical  rods  (gravity  controlled),  subject  to  normal 
check  operation  without  extra  tension,  and  insures 
latching  at  all  times  regardless  of  how  it  comes  in  con¬ 
tact  with  trip-off. 

3.  Buffer  Plate  No.  248  for  active  door  of  double  doors, 
preventing  crowding  of  door  past  the  strike  engage¬ 
ment  plane,  which  function  would  release  auxiliary 
bolt  and  permit  picking  of  main  latch  or  lock  bolt  with 

knife  or  other  instrument .  10  14 

4.  Long-life  cylinder  locks  made  especially  for  panic  bolt 

service,  see  pages  108  to  116 .  13  14 

Can  be  furnished  with  key  dogging  device  for  cross  bars. 

Vertical  Rod  Devices  9127  reversible. 

Refer  to  page  149  for  guide  of  other  VON  DUPRIN  devices  than  Type  “B”  and 
their  numbers  comparable  for  general  operation,  using  Type  “B”  as  a  basis. 

See  pages  144  and  145  for  other  manufacturers'  competitive  devices. 


TYPE  "F” 

For  Double  Exit  Doors  Opening  Outward 

GRAVITY  LOCKING  TWO-POINT  DEVICE  WITH  SELF-RELEASING  FEATURE 

An  extra-heavy  positive  operating  device.  Designed  for  factory,  workshop,  etc.,  etc.,  double  doors. 

Operated  from  the  inside  by  touch  against  cross  bar  at  any  point,  this  action  automatically  locking  the 
vertical  bars  in  a  released  position,  when  the  door  is  closed  the  automatic  coming  in  contact  with  the  soffit 
strike  will  release  itself,  again  engaging  bolt  heads  into  the  opening  of  the  strikes,  again  locking  the  door. 
Made  in  malleable  iron  and  steel.  Bronze  bearings  furnished  on  special  order. 

NOT  SATISFACTORY  ON  DOORS  LESS  THAN  28"  AND  5"  STILES. 


No.  9172F.  Inside  Elevation.  Not  Reversible 


No.  9172F.  Unpolished,  dead  black. 

No.  9172/IF.  Unpolished,  dead  black,  brass  cross  bar. 

No.  9172/3F.  Polished  brass  case  and  external  members, 
polished  brass  vertical  rods,  polished  brass  cross  bars. 

Can  be  furnished  with  bronze  bearings  (see  price  list). 
Dogging  feature  can  be  furnished  (see  price  list). 

Shipping  weight,  44  lbs. 

For  “travel  control”  of  double  doors  with  overlapping 
astragal,  see  page  116A. 

Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147. 

VON  DUPRIN  metal  thresholds,  see  page  120. 
Approximate  time  required  for  application  for  estimating 
purposes,  see  page  147. 


Dimensions  of  Center  Case 
Case  254"  Wide 
Case  754"  High 


No.  295U 
Upper  Strike 
Page  122 


Showing  Automatic 
Latch  Engaging 
Bolt  Head 


[49] 


No.  243L 
Bottom  Strike 
Page  122 


Inactive  9127F 
Gravity 


Active  NL9724F 


TYPE  "F” 

For  Double  Entrance  Doors  Opening  Outward 

SUITABLE  WITH  OR  WITHOUT  THRESHOLD 


HHBk 

Inactive  Door  9127F  Buffer  No.  248  Active  Door  9724F 

Inside  Elevation  Combination  No.  92F 
Special  Features  Described  on  Page  48.  Not  Reversible 
Dogging  Feature  Can  Be  Furnished,  See  Price  List 


Lock  Cylinder 

Strike 

Trim  Buffer  Spacing 

Back  Set 

Weight 

24 

3215 

245J 

2640R 

248 

4*" 

2  Vz" 

20  lbs. 

110 

117 

125 

98 

122 

NL24 

3215 

245J 

NL2640R 

248 

4  A" 

2  X" 

20  lbs. 

110 

117 

125 

98 

122 

22 

3215 

245J 

2590W 

248 

3g7s" 

2  Vs" 

19  lbs. 

108 

117 

125 

96 

122 

BK22 

None 

245J 

2597WBK 

248 

3  A" 

2Vs" 

18  lbs. 

108 

125 

96 

112 

NL24 

3215 

245J 

None 

248 

4A" 

2  Vi" 

18  lbs. 

110 

117 

125 

122 

30 

None 

294J 

None 

248 

3" 

17  lbs. 

106 

125 

122 

SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 

For  Active  Door 


Device  9724F.. 

Catalog,  page.  .  . 

Device  NL9724F 
Catalog,  page.  .  . 

Device  9722F.. 

Catalog,  page..  . 

Device  BK9722F 
Catalog,  page .  . . 

DeviceNL9741F 
Catalog,  page... 

Device  973:0... 

Catalog,  page. .  . 

For  Inactive  Door 

Lower  Upper 

Strike  Strike 

Device  9127F .  243L  295U 

Catalog,  page..  122  122 

Device  9 127/ IF — as  above,  with  brass  cross  bars. 

Device  9127/3F — all  brass  polished. 

Malleable  iron  and  steel  dead  black.  Polished 
otherwise  ordered. 

Prefix  NL  indicates  night  latch  action. 

BK  indicates  bit  key. 

For  “travel  control’’  of  double  doors  with  overlapping  astra¬ 
gal,  see  page  116A. 

To  overcome  door  shrinkage,  see  Adjustable  Strike  No.  247J 
(can  be  furnished  at  additional  charge),  see  page  123. 

Proper  astragal  for  Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147. 

double  doors  to  insure  VON  DUPRIN  metal  thresholds,  see  page  120. 

100%  efficiency  Special  exterior  trims,  see  pages  96,  98,  99. 

(full  size  details.  Approximate  time  required  for  application  for  estimating  pur- 

see  page  146).  poses,  see  page  147. 


22  lbs. 


brass  trim  furnished  unless 


Active  9722  F 


Active  NL9741F 


[50] 


h 


Practical  Combinations  for  Double  Doors 

SUITABLE  WITH  OR  WITHOUT  THRESHOLD 


A 


COMBINATION  NO.  92F  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  9127F,  Type  “F” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  9724F,  Type  “F” 


No.  9127F  No.  9724F 

Combination  No.  92F 


COMBINATION  NO.  93F  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  9127F,  Type  “F” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  NL9724F,  Type  “F” 


No.  9127F  No.  NL  9724F 

Combination  No.  93F 


k 


COMBINATION  NO.  94F  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  9127F,  Type  “F” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  9722F,  Type  “F” 


No.  9127F  No.  9722F 

Combination  No.  94F 


COMBINATION  NO.  94^F  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  9127F,  Type  “F” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  NL9741F,  Type  “F” 


No.  9127F  No.  NL9741F 

Combination  No.  94HF 


COMBINATION  NO.  95F  DOUBLE  EXIT  DOORS 
Both  doors  to  be  equipped  with  No.  9127F,  Type  “F’’  • 


No.  9127F  No.  9127F 

Combination  No.  95F 


COMBINATION  NO.  96F  DOUBLE  EXIT  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  9127F,  Type  “F” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  9730F,  Type  “F” 


No.  9127F  No.  9730F 

Combination  No.  96F 


\ 


Author’s  Note — Every  architect  has  his  own  individuality  in  specifying  hardware,  therefore  we  only  brief  the  combinations. 
Zinc  etchings  only  suggest  various  combinations.  Detail  of  devices  will  be  found  on  opposite  page. 

[51] 


TYPE  "F” 

For  Single  Entrance  Doors  Opening  Outward 


9124F 


Inside  Elevation 

Special  Features  Described  on  Page  48 
Dogging  Feature  Can  Be  Furnished,  See  Price  List 
Not  Reversible 


NL9124F 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 


Lock 

Cylinder 

Device  9124F . 

24 

3215 

Catalog,  page . 

110 

117 

Device  NL9124F... 

..  NL24 

3215 

Catalog,  page . 

110 

117 

Device  9122F . 

22 

3215 

Catalog,  page . 

108 

117 

Device  BK9722F.  . . 

. .  BK22 

None 

Catalog,  page . 

108 

Device  NL9141F.  .  . 

.  .  NL24 

3215 

Catalog,  page . 

110 

117 

Malleable  iron  and  steel,  dead  black, 
otherwise  ordered. 

Prefix  NL  indicates  night  latch  action. 
BK  indicates  bit  key. 


Strike 

Trim  Spacing 

Back  Set 

Shipping 

Weight 

244J 

124 

2640R  4  ft" 
98 

2W' 

20  lbs. 

244J 

124 

NL2640R  4ft" 
98 

2?A" 

20  lbs. 

244J 

124 

2590W  33V' 
96 

2Vs" 

19  lbs. 

244J 

124 

2597WBK  3SV' 
96 

2%" 

19  lbs. 

244J 

124 

None  4ft" 

2%" 

18  lbs. 

Polished  brass  trim  furnished  unless 


Collapsible  Strike  No.  250J  (can  be  furnished  at  an  additional  charge),  see 
page  123. 

Before  ordering  see  pages  146  and  147. 

Special  Exterior  Trims,  see  pages  96,  98  and  99. 

Approximate  time  required  for  application  for  estimating  purposes,  see  page  147. 


TYPE  "F” 

For  Single  Doors  Opening  Outward 

CORRIDOR  TO  FIRE  TOWERS— FIRE  ESCAPE  DOORS 


K9126F 


9129MF 


Inside  Elevation  9130F 

Special  Features  Described  on  Page  48 
Dogging  Feature  Can  Be  Furnished,  See  Price  List 
Not  Reversible 


9129F 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 


Lock 

Strike 

Trim 

Back  Set 

Shipping 

Weight 

Device  K9126F  . 

.  26K 

226J 

2610 

2V2" 

18  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

.  107 

124 

96 

Device  9129F  . 

.  29 

226J 

None 

2  y2" 

17  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

.  106 

124 

Device  9129E>F  . 

.  R29 

229RJ 

None 

2H" 

17  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

.  106 

124 

Device  9130F  . 

.  30 

307 J 

None 

3" 

18  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

.  106 

124 

All  malleable  iron  and  steel  dead  black  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 


Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147. 

Special  exterior  trims,  see  page  96. 

Approximate  time  required  for  application  for  estimating  purposes,  see  page  147. 
[53] 


TYPE  "G2” 


For  Single  Main  Entrance  Doors  Opening  Outward  No.  NL712  5G2  Oakland 

Has  Automatic  Outside  Dead-Locking  and  Key  Unlatching  Night  Latch  Feature 


Tribar  Patent  Applied  For 


NL2806 

For  4 Yi"  and  Wider 
Stiles 

Outside  Plate  3"xl4" 
Inside  Plate 
2%”xl0!4" 


Collapsible  Strike 
No.  250J 
Details,  Page  123 


Inside  Elevation 


Mortise  Cylinder  Lock  No.  NL25  Oakland.  For  Description 
of  Action,  See  Page  114 


Not  Reversible 


Furnished  regularly  with  3"xl4"  plate  and  grip  on  outside  of  door.  Featured  to  unlatch  bolts  from  inside 
by  touch  against  bars  at  any  point,  even  though  dead-locked  from  outside.  Latch  bolts  can  be  retracted 
back  into  lock  case  by  setting  automatic  features  controlled  by  five-pin  tumbler  cylinder  from  inside,  outside 
cylinder  is  night  latch  action. 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 


Lock 

Cylinder 

Strike 

Trim 

Spacing 

Back  Set 

Shipping 

Weight 

Device  NL7125G2  .. 

. ..  NL25 

3215 

250J 

NL2806 

4A" 

27/8" 

29  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

114 

117 

124 

100 

All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  bronze  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 

Prefix  NL  indicates  night  latch  action. 

Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147.  Special  exterior  trims,  see  page  100.  Approximate  time  required  for 
application  for  estimating  purposes,  see  page  147. 


Type  G  Tribar 

Single  Acting  Bar  Toward  the  Door,  Opening  Outward  (Not  Reversible) 


The  following  pages  56  to  57  show  Type  “G” 


SINGLE  ACTING  extra  heavy  mortise  lock  type  panic  devices, 
three  bars.  Sturdy  in  construction. 

Featured  to  unlatch  latch  bolts  from  inside  by  touch 
against  cross  bar  at  any  point  at  all  times. 

All  interior  parts  are  made  of  Cast  brass  or  bronze. 

Made  to  special  requirements  of  New  York  Board  of  Edu- 
sation.  Patent  applied  for. 


Feature 


FEATURES 


1.  Cross  bars  single  acting  (toward  the  door),  three  full  16-gauge 
seamless  tube.  Bars  furnished  regularly  21"  on  centers — for  flush 
doors. 


2.  Made  for  single  doors  and  furnished  with  No.  250J  Collapsible 
Strike,  see  page  123. 

3.  Extra  heavy  exterior  trim,  see  description,  page  100. 

4.  Long-Life  Cylinder  and  Bit  Key  Locks  Nos.  NL24  N.  Y.  and 
LR32BK  made  especially  for  panic  bolt  service,  see  pages  110,  112. 

5.  For  new  work  a  latch  protecting  device  No.  P1234  (see  page  116)  is 
furnished  with  main  entrance  and  pupils’  entrance  doors. 


Refer  to  page  149  for  guide  of  other  VON  DUPRIN  devices  than  Type  “B”  and 
their  numbers  comparable  for  general  operation ,  using  Type  “B”  as  a  basis. 

See  pages  144  and  145  for  other  manufacturers’  competitive  devices. 


[55] 


TYPE  "G” 


For  Single  Main  Entrance  Doors  Opening  Outward,  New  York  Board  of  Education 

No.  NL7124G  New  York 


(Formerly  G9124  N.  Y.) 

Has  Automatic  Outside  Dead-Locking  and  Key  Unlatching  Night  Latch  Feature 

Patent  Applied  For 


r 


NL2806 

For  414"  and  Wider 
Stiles 

Outside  Plate 
3"xl4" 

Inside  Plate 
2^"xlOJ4." 
Bolted  to  Outside 
of  Plate 


Collapsible  Strike 
No.  250J 
Details,  page  123 


Inside  Elevation 

Standard  Length  “Tribar”  21"  O.  C.  Does  Not  Extend  Across  Full  Width  of  Door 
Features  Described  on  Page  55.  Not  Reversible 
Mortise  Cylinder  Lock  No.  NL24  N.  Y.  For  Description  of  Action,  See  Page  110. 


NL7124G  New  York 


Furnished  regularly  with  3"xl4"  plate  and  grip  on  outside  of  door.  Featured  to  unlatch  bolts  from  inside  by 
touch  against  bars  at  any  point,  even  though  dead-locked  from  outside.  Latch  bolts  can  be  retracted  back 
into  lock  case  by  setting  automatic  features  controlled  by  five-pin  tumbler  cylinder. 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 


Shipping 

Lock  Cylinder  Strike  Trim  Spacing  Back  Set  Weight 

Device  NL7124G  N.  Y .  NL24  3215  250J  NL2806  4A"  2 Ji”  29  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  .  110  117  124  100 


See  trim  NL9806  malleable  iron  and  steel  for  extra-heavy  duty,  page  100. 


P1234  VON  DUPRIN 
Armored  Latch  Protector. 
Priced  extra,  not  included  in 
price  of  device. 


Fig.  P1234 

NB.  WHEN  USED  FOR  NEW  YORK  SCHOOLS,  USE  ARMORED  LATCH  PROTECTOR  PLATE 
NO.  1234  VON  DUPRIN,  page  116. 


All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  bronze  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 

Prefix  NL  indicates  night  latch  action. 

Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147.  Special  exterior  trims,  see  page  100.  Approximate  time  required  for 
application  for  estimating  purposes,  see  page  147. 


[56] 


TYPE  "G” 


For  Single  Pupils’  Entrance  Doors  Opening  Outward,  New  York  Board  of  Education 

No.  BK7132G  New  York 


(Formerly  G9124^BK  N.  Y.) 

Latch  Retracting  Feature  by  Key  from  Inside 
Patent  Applied  For 


Fig.  2807 

For  4J4"  and  Wider 
Stiles 

Outside  Plate 
2  ^"x  10  54" 
Inside  Plate 
2^"xl054" 
Bolted  to  Outside 
of  Plate 


Collapsible  Strike 
No.  25  0J 
Details,  Page  123 


Inside  Elevation 

Standard  Length  “Tribar”  21"  O.  C.  Does  Not  Extend  Across  Full  Width  of  Door 
Features  Described  on  Page  55.  Not  Reversible 
Mortise  Bit  Key  Lock  No.  LR32BK  N.  Y.  Special.  For  Description  of  Action,  See  Page  112. 


BK7132G  New  York 


Furnished  regularly  with  2^£"xl0j4"  plate  and  grip  on  outside  of  door.  Featured  to  unlatch  bolts  from 
inside  by  touch  against  bars  at  any  point.  Latch  bolts  can  be  retracted  back  into  lock  case  by  setting  auto¬ 
matic  features  controlled  by  bit  key. 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 


Lock  Strike  Trim 

Device  BK7132G  N.  Y .  LR32BK  N.  Y.  250J  NL2807 

Catalog,  page  .  112  124  100 


See  trim  NL9807  malleable  iron  and  steel  for  extra-heavy  duty,  page  100. 


P1234  VON  DUPRIN 
Armored  Latch  Protector. 

Priced  extra,  not  included  in 
price  of  device. 


Shipping 
Back  Set  Weight 

2?4"  27  lbs. 


NB.  WHEN  USED  FOR  NEW  YORK  SCHOOLS,  USE  ARMORED  LATCH  PROTECTOR  PLATE 
NO.  1234  VON  DUPRIN,  page  116. 


All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  bronze  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 

Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147.  Special  exterior  trims,  see  page  100.  Approximate  time  required  for 
application  for  estimating  purposes,  see  page  147. 


[57] 


3  9  '/4 


Type  H” 

Gravity  Acting  Vertical  Rods  (Not  Reversible),  Single  Acting,  Toward  the  Door 

The  following  pages  59  to  69  show  Type  “H” 

A  STANDARD  single  acting  mortise  lock  type  panic  device, 
embodying  such  of  Type  “B”  refinements  as  are  shown 
below. 

Sturdy  in  construction. 

Featured  to  unlatch  latch  bolts  from  inside  by  touch 
against  cross  bar  at  any  point  at  all  times. 

All  interior  parts  are  made  of  special  hard  brass.  Bars  and 
external  members  are  made  of  brass  or  bronze. 


Feature 

No. 


FEATURES 


As  Type  “B” 
Feature 

No.  Page 


1.  Cross  bar  single  acting  (toward  the  door),  full  1" 

16-gauge  seamless  brass  or  bronze  tube .  1  14 

2.  Improved  method  of  dogging  the  cross  bars  doivn — a 
direct  drive  into  the  lever  arm  controlled  by  two-point 
key.  The  housing  is  lined  with  seamless  steel  sleeve 
(see  feature  11),  a  drive  fit.  Dogging  feature  fur¬ 
nished  on  both  ends  of  the  cross  bar  insuring  absolute 

rigidity  .  3  14 


3.  New  axle  so  constructed  that  axle  cannot  lose  out  or 

be  removed  by  children .  4  14 

4.  Vertical  rods  diam.  (gravity  controlled)  and  cases 
top  and  bottom  have  long  swing  Pullman  type  vertical 
latches  both  terminals.  Rods  are  entirely  independent 
of  each  other,  giving  easy  action  which  subjects  them 
to  the  normal  check  operation  without  extra  tension, 
and  insures  latching  at  all  times  regardless  of  how  it 
comes  in  contact  with  strike. 


5.  Special  phosphorus  bronze  wire  compression  springs  in 

main  and  hinged  end  case  of  mortise  lock  type  devices.  14 

6.  Buffer  Plate  No.  248  for  active  door  of  double  doors, 
preventing  crowding  of  door  past  the  strike  engage¬ 
ment  plane,  which  function  would  release  auxiliary 
bolt  and  permit  picking  of  main  latch  or  lock  bolt  with 

knife  or  other  instrument .  10  14 


7.  Cross  bar  levers  showing  hole  drilled  for  axle  and  dog¬ 

ging  feature,  housing  of  dogging  feature  hole  is  lined 
with  case-hardened  steel  sleeves,  eliminating  all  fric¬ 
tion  and  wear .  11  14 

8.  Long-life  cylinder  locks  made  especially  for  panic  bolt 
serivce,  see  pages  108  to  116. 

Illustration  of  feature  of  interior  work  Type  “H”  will  be  found  on 
page  139. 

For  detailed  information  regarding  Type  “H”,  see  pages  59  to  69. 


Refer  to  page  149  for  guide  of  other  VON  DUPR1N  devices  than  Type  “B”  and 
their  numbers  comparable  for  general  operation,  using  Type  “B”  as  a  basis. 

See  pages  144  and  145  for  other  manufacturers’  competitive  devices. 


-t>i: 


[58] 


TYPE  "H” 


Gravity  Action,  for  Double  Exit  Doors  Opening  Outward 


Both  doors  equipped  with  a  complete  device  is  preferable.  See  Combination  No.  85H,  page  61.  No.  8172H,  however,  is  more 
economical  in  price.  Has  no  outside  unlatching  feature. 

NOT  SATISFACTORY  ON  DOORS  LESS  THAN  28"  WIDE  AND  5"  STILES. 


8172H 

Gravity 


Inside  Elevation  8172H 

Special  Features  Described  on  Page  58.  Not  Reversible 
Latch  Case  No.  53H,  see  Page  139. 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 


Lower 

Upper 

Shipping 

Strike 

Strike 

Weight 

Device  8172H  . 

.  251L 

281 U 

34  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

.  121 

122 

All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  brass  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 


For  “travel  control”  of  double  doors  with  overlapping  astragal,  see  page  116A. 
Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147. 

Detail  of  construction  (Functioning  Member  Parts  Chart),  see  page  139. 

VON  DUPRIN  metal  thresholds,  see  page  120. 

Metal  Door  Reinforcement  Chart,  see  page  138. 

Approximate  time  required  for  application  for  estimating  purposes,  see  page  147. 

[59] 


Ai 


\ 


Inactive  8127H 
Gravity 

MB.  A 


O- — i 


8123Hx2660 

Lravity 


TYPE  "H” 

For  Double  Entrance  Doors  Opening  Outward 

WHERE  THRESHOLD  IS  USED 


111 


at  >*- 


Inactive  Door  8127H  Active  Door  8123H 

Inside  Elevation  Combination  No.  81H 
Special  Features  Described  on  Page  58.  Not  Reversible 


Active  8123H 
Gravity 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 
For  Active  Door 


Cylinder 

Lower 

Upper 

Shipping 

Strike 

Strike 

Trim 

Spacing 

Weight 

Device  8123H  . 

.  3216 

251L 

281U 

2580 

3*" 

22  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

.  117 

121 

122 

96 

Device  8123Hx2660  . 

.  3216 

251L 

281U 

2660 

3*" 

23  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

.  117 

121 

122 

97 

For  Inactive  Door 


Lower  Upper 

Strike  Strike 

Device  8127H .  251L  281U 

Catalog,  page  .  121  122 

All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  brass  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 
Prefix  LR  indicates  latch  retractor  head,  see  page  66. 


21  lbs. 


Proper  astragal  for  double  doors  to  insure  100% 
efficiency  (full  size  details,  see  page  146). 


For  “travel  control”  of  double  doors  with  overlapping  astragal,  see  page  116A. 
Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147. 

Detail  of  construction  (Functioning  Member  Paris  Chart),  see  page  139. 

VON  DUPRIN  metal  thresholds,  see  page  120. 

Metal  Door  Reinforcement  Chart,  see  page  138. 

Special  exterior  trims,  see  pages  96,  97. 

Approximate  time  required  for  application  for  estimating  purposes,  see  page  147. 


[60] 


Practical  Combinations  for  Double  Doors 


WHERE  THRESHOLD  IS  USED 


>  r 


COMBINATION  NO.  81H  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  8127H,  Type  “H” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  8123H,  Type  “H” 


No.  8127H  No.  8123Hx2660 
Combination  No.  081 H 


COMBINATION  NO.  081H  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  8127H,  Type  “H” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  8123Hx2660,  Type  “H” 


Architect’s  Note — If  inactive  door  should  have  dummy  trim,  specify  so. 


- >  r 


COMBINATION  NO.  85H  DOUBLE  EXIT  DOORS 
Both  doors  to  be  equipped  with  No.  8127H,  Type  “H" 


Author’s  Note — Every  architect  has  his  own  individuality  in  specifying  hardware, 
therefore  we  only  brief  the  combinations. 

Zinc  etchings  only  suggest  various  combinations.  Detail  of  devices  will  be  found 

on  opposite  page. 


[61  ] 


Inactive  LR8127H 
Gravity 


LR8123Hx2660 

Gravity 


TYPE  "H” 

For  Double  Entrance  Doors  Opening  Outward 

WHERE  THRESHOLD  IS  NOT  USED 


Inactive  Door  LR8127H  Active  Door  LR8123H 

Inside  Elevation  Combination  No.  LR81H 
Special  Features  Described  on  Page  58.  Not  Reversible 


Active  LR8123H 
Gravity 


Proper  astragal  for 
double  doors  to  insure 
100%  efficiency 
(full  size  details, 
see  page  146). 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 
For  Active  Door 


Lower 

Upper 

Weight 

Cylinder 

Strike 

Strike 

Trim 

Spacing 

Shipping 

Device  LR8123H  . 

. .  3216 

251L 

286U 

2580 

3rV' 

22  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

. .  117 

121 

122 

96 

Device  LR8123Hx2660  . 

. .  3216 

251L 

286U 

2660 

3*" 

23  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

..  117 

121 

122 

97 

For  Inactive  Door 

Lower  Upper 

Strike  Strike 

Device  LR8127H  .  251L  286U  .  21  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  .  121  122 


All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  brass  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 


For  “travel  control  ’  of  double  doors  with  overlapping  astragal,  see  page  116A. 
Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147. 

Detail  of  construction  (Functioning  Member  Parts  Chart),  see  page  139. 

VON  DUPRIN  metal  thresholds,  see  page  120. 

Metal  Door  Reinforcement  Chart,  see  page  138. 

Special  exterior  trims,  see  pages  96.  97. 

Approximate  time  required  for  application  for  estimating  purposes,  see  page  147. 
[62] 


Practical  Combinations  for  Double  Doors 

WHERE  THRESHOLD  IS  NOT  USED 


No.  LR8127H  No.  LR8123H 
Combination  No.  LR81H 


COMBINATION  NO.  LR81IT  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 


Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  LR8127H,  Type  “H” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  LR8123H,  Type  “H” 


No.  LR8127H  No.  LR8123Hx2660 
Combination  No.  LR081H 


COMBINATION  NO.  LR081H  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  LR8127H,  Type  “H” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  LR8123Hx2660,  Type  “H” 

Architect’s  Note — If  inactive  door  should  have  dummy  trim,  specify  so. 


r 


"»  r 


No.  LR8127H  No.  LR8127H 
Combination  No.  LR85H 


COMBINATION  NO.  LR85H  DOUBLE  EXIT  DOORS 
Both  doors  to  be  equipped  with  No.  LR8127H,-Type  “H” 


Author’s  Note — Every  architect  has  his  own  individuality  in  specifying  hardware, 
therefore  we  only  brief  the  combinations. 

Zinc  etchings  only  suggest  various  combinations.  Detail  of  devices  will  be  found 

on  opposite  page. 


[63] 


TYPE  "H” 

For  Double  Entrance  Doors  Opening  Outward 

WHERE  THRESHOLD  IS  USED 


Special  Features  Described  on  Page  58.  Not  Reversible 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 


For  Active  Door 


Lock 

Device  8724H .  24 

Catalog,  page .  110 

Device  NL8724H..  NL24 

Catalog,  page .  110 

Device  8722H .  22 

Catalog,  page .  108 

Device  NL8741H..  NL24 

Catalog,  page .  110 

Device  8730H .  30 

Catalog,  page .  106 


Cylinder  Strike 

Trim 

3215 

117 

245J 

125 

2640R 

98 

3215 

117 

245J 

125 

NL2640R 

98 

3215 

117 

245J 

125 

2590 

96 

32,15 

117 

245J 

125 

None 

None 

294J 

125 

None 

Back 

Shipping 

Buffer 

Spacing 

Set 

Weight 

248 

122 

4A" 

2V»" 

20  lbs. 

248 

122 

4*" 

2V%" 

20  lbs. 

248 

122 

3  372  " 

2Vs" 

20  lbs. 

248 

122 

4&" 

2Vs" 

17  lbs. 

248 

122 

3" 

16  lbs. 

Device  8127H.... 
Catalog,  page . 


For  Inactive  Door 

Lower  Upper 

Strike  Strike 

25 1L  281U 

121  122 


21  lbs. 


All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  brass  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 
Prefix  NL  indicates  night  latch  action. 

Prefix  LR  indicates  latch  retractor  head,  see  page  66. 


Proper  astragal  for 
double  doors  to  insure 
100%  efficiency 
(full  size  details, 
see  page  146). 


For  “travel  control”  of  double  doors  w'ith  overlapping  astra¬ 
gal,  see  page  116A. 

To  overcome  door  shrinkage,  see  Adjustable  Strike  No.  247J 
(can  be  furnished  at  additional  Charge),  see  page  125. 

Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147. 

Detail  of  construction  (Functioning  Member  Parts  Chart),  see 
page  139. 

VON  DL1PRIN  metal  thresholds,  see  page  120. 

Metal  Door  Reinforcement  Chart,  see  page  138. 

Special  exterior  trims,  see  pages  96,  98,  99. 

Approximate  time  required  for  application  for  estimating  pur¬ 
poses,  see  page  147. 


Active  NL8724H  Active  8722H 


Active  NL8741H 


[  64  1 


Practical  Combinations  for  Double  Doors 


No.  8127H  No.  8724H 

Combination  No.  82H 


! 


/ 


■>  r 


No.  8127H  No.  8722H 

Combination  No.  84H 


■>  r 


1 

L  4 

x - r 

_ ii 

No.  8127H  No.  NL8741H 

Combination  No.  84J4H 

- >  f - 


ll - 1 

!  i 

-II 

No.  8127H  No.  8730H 

Combination  No.  86H 


■> 


WHERE  THRESHOLD  IS  USED 


COMBINATION  NO.  82H  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  8127H,  Type  “H” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  8724H,  Type  “H” 


COMBINATION  NO.  83H  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  8127H,  Type  “H” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  NL8724H,  Type  “H” 


COMBINATION  NO.  84H  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  8127H,  Type  “H” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  8722H,  Type  “H” 


COMBINATION  NO.  84>4H  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  8127H,  Type  “H” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  NL8741H,  Type  “H” 


COMBINATION  NO.  86H  DOUBLE  EXIT  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  8127H,  Type  “H” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  8730H,  Type  “H” 


Author’s  Note — Every  architect  has  his  own  individuality  in  specifying  hardware,  therefore  we  only  brief  the  combinations. 


Zinc  etchings  only  suggest  various  combinations.  Detail  of  devices  will  be  found 

on  opposite  page. 


TYPE  "H” 

For  Double  Entrance  Doors  Opening  Outward 

WHERE  THRESHOLD  IS  NOT  USED 


Inactive  LR8127H 
Gravity 


Inactive  Door  LR8127H  Buffer  No.  248  Active  Door  8724H 

Inside  Elevation  Combination  No.  LR82H 


Special  Features  Described  on  Page  58.  Not  Reversible 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 
For  Active  Door 

Shipping 


Lock 

Cylinder 

Strike 

Trim 

Buffer 

Spacing  Back  Set 

Weight 

Device  8724H  .  .  .  . 

24 

3215 

245J 

2640R 

248 

4 " 

2%" 

20  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

110 

117 

125 

98 

122 

Device  NL8724H  . 

.  NL24 

3215 

245J 

NL2640R 

248 

4  A" 

2  W 

20  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

110 

117 

125 

98 

122 

Device  8722H  .  .  .  . 

22 

3215 

245J 

2590 

248 

3SY' 

2  Vs" 

20  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

108 

117 

125 

96 

122 

Device  NL8741H  . 

.  NL24 

3215 

245J 

None 

248 

4  A" 

2%" 

17  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . .  .  . 

110 

117 

125 

122 

Device  8730H  .  .  .  . 

30 

None 

294J 

None 

248 

None 

3" 

16  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . .  . . 

106 

125 

122 

For  Inactive  Door 

Lower  Upper 
Strike  Strike 

Device  LR8127H .  251L  286U  .  21  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  .  121  125 

All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  brass  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 

Prefix  NL  indicates  night  latch  action. 


Proper  astragal  for 
double  doors  to  insure 
100%  efficiency 
(full  size  details, 
see  page  146). 


For  “travel  control”  of  double  doors  with  overlap¬ 
ping  astragal,  see  page  116A. 

To  overcome  door  shrinkage,  see  Adjustable  Strike 
No.  247J  (can  be  furnished  at  additional  charge),  sec 
page  125. 

Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147. 

Detail  of  construction  (Functioning  Member  Parts 
Chart),  see  page  139. 

VON  DUPRIN  metal  thresholds,  see  page  120. 

Metal  Door  Reinforcement  Chart,  see  page  138. 

Special  exterior  trims,  see  pages  96,  98,  99. 

Approximate  time  required  for  application  for  esti¬ 
mating  purposes,  see  page  147. 


[66] 


Practical  Combinations  for  Double  Doors 


WHERE  THRESHOLD  IS  NOT  USED 


No.  LR8127H  No.  8724H 

Combination  No.  LR82H 


/ 

, 


/ 


■>  r 


No.  LR8127H  No.  NL8741H 
Combination  No.  LR84S4H 


r 


1 

,1 — 1 

1  1 

*1 - J 

_ _ _JI 

No.  LR8127H  No.  8730H 

Combination  No.  LR86H 


u 


'k 


COMBINATION  NO.  LR82H  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  LR8127H,  Type  “H” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  8724H,  Type  “H” 


COMBINATION  NO.  LR83H  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 


Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  LR8127H,  Type  “H” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  NL8724H,  Type  “H” 


COMBINATION  NO.  LR84H  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  LR8127H,  Type  “H” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  8722H,  Type  “H” 


COMBINATION  NO.  LR84><H  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  LR8127H,  Type  “H” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  NL8741H,  Type  “H” 


COMBINATION  NO.  LR86H  DOUBLE  EXIT  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  LR8127H,  Type  “H” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  8730H,  Type  “H” 


Author’s  Note — Every  architect  has  his  own  individuality  in  specifying  hardware,  therefore  we  only  brief  the  combinations. 

Zinc  etchings  only  suggest  various  combinations.  Detail  of  devices  will  be  found 

on  opposite  page. 


TYPE  "H” 

For  Single  Entrance  Doors  Opening  Outward 


8124H 


8122H 


Inside  Elevation 

Special  Features  Described  on  Page  58.  Not  Reversible 


NL8124H 


8141 H 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 


Lock  Cylinder 

Strike 

Trim 

Spacing 

Back  Set 

Shipping 

Weight 

Device  8124H  . 

24 

3215 

244J 

2640 R 

4ft" 

2V*," 

20  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

110 

117 

124 

98 

Device  NL8124H  .. 

..  NL24 

3215 

244J 

NL2640R 

4ft" 

2V*," 

20  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

110 

117 

124 

98 

Device  8122H  . 

22 

3215 

244J 

2590 

33V' 

2V*," 

20  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

108 

117 

124 

96 

Device  NL8141H  . . 

..  NL24 

3215 

244J 

None 

4ft" 

2V*," 

17  lbs. 

Catalog,  Page  . 

110 

117 

124 

All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  brass  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 
Prefix  NL  indicates  night  latch  action. 


Collapsible  Strike  No.  250J  (can  be  furnished  at  an  additional  charge),  see 
page  123. 

Before  ordering,  see  pages  146-147. 

Detail  of  construction  (Functioning  Member  Parts  Chart),  see  page  139. 

Metal  Door  Reinforcement  Chart,  see  page  138. 

Special  exterior  trims,  see  pages  96,  98,  99. 

Approximate  time  required  for  application  for  estimating  purposes,  see  page  147. 


[68] 


TYPE "H” 

For  Single  Doors  Opening  Outward 

CORRIDOR  TO  FIRE  TOWERS— FIRE  ESCAPE  DOORS 


K8126H 


8 1 29  54  H 


8130H 


Special  Features  Described  on  Page  58.  Not  Reversible 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 


Lock 

Strike 

Trim 

Back  Set 

Shipping 

Weight 

Device  K8126H  . . . . 

....  26K 

226J 

2610 

2y2" 

13  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

. . . .  107 

124 

96 

Device  8129H  . 

....  29 

226J 

None 

21/" 

12  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

. . . .  106 

124 

Device  81291/  H  . . . . 

....  R29 

229RJ 

None 

2  X" 

12  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

. . . .  106 

124 

Device  8130H  . 

. . . .  30 

307 J 

None 

3" 

13  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

. . . .  106 

124 

All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  brass  furnished  unless  otherwise  specified. 

Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147. 

Detail  of  construction  (Functioning  Member  Parts  Chart),  see  page  139. 

Metal  Door  Reinforcement  Chart,  see  page  138. 

Special  exterior  trims,  see  page  96. 

Approximate  time  required  for  application  for  estimating  purposes,  see  page  147. 


[69] 


8129H 


Inactive  41 27 J 
Gravity 


TYPE  "J” 

For  Double  Entrance  Doors  Opening  Outward 

WHERE  THRESHOLD  IS  USED 


SJ3] 


Inactive  Door  4127J  Buffer  No.  248  Active  Door  4724J 

Inside  Elevation  Combination  No.  42J 


mMmm, 


Special  Features  Described  on  Page  70A.  Not  Reversible 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 


For  Active  Door 


Lock  Cylinder  Strike 

Device  4724T  .  .  .  . 

24 

3215 

245J 

Catalog,  page  .  . .  . 

110 

117 

125 

Device  NL4724J  . 

.  NL24 

3215 

245J 

Catalog,  page  .  . .  . 

110 

117 

125 

Device  4722J  .  . . . 

22 

3215 

245J 

Catalog,  page  . . .  . 

108 

117 

125 

Device  BK4722J  . 

.  RK22 

None 

245J 

Catalog,  page  .  .  . . 

108 

125 

Device  NL4741T  . 

.  NL24 

3215 

245J 

C  atalog,  page  .  . .  . 

110 

117 

125 

Device  4730J  .  .  .  . 

30 

None 

294J 

Catalog,  page  .  .  . . 

106 

125 

Trim 

Buffer 

SpacingBack  Set 

Shipping 

Weight 

2640R 

98 

248 

122 

4  A  " 

2W 

19  lbs 

NL2640R 

98 

248 

122 

4ft" 

2V&" 

19  lbs. 

2590W 

96 

248 

122 

3  A" 

2%" 

18  lbs. 

2597BKW 

96 

248 

122 

3  A" 

2Vs" 

18  lbs. 

None 

248 

122 

4ft" 

2%" 

17  lbs. 

None 

248 

122 

3" 

16  lbs. 

For  Inactive  Door 

Lower  Copper 

Strike  Strike 

Device  4127J .  251L  281U 

Catalog,  page  .  121  122 


20  lbs. 


All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  brass  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 
Prefix  NL  indicates  night  latch  action. 


Prefix  LR  indicates  latch  retractor  head. 
Prefix  BK  indicates  bit  key. 


Proper  astragal  for 
double  doors  to  insure 
100%  efficiency 
(full  size  details, 
see  page  146). 


For  “travel  control”  of  double  doors  with  overlapping  astra¬ 
gal,  see  page  116A. 

To  overcome  door  shrinkage,  see  Adjustable  Strike  No.  247J 
(can  be  furnished  at  additional  charge),  see  page  123. 

Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147. 

VON  DUPRIN  metal  thresholds,  see  page  120. 

Special  exterior  trims,  see  pages  96,  98,  99. 

Approximate  time  required  for  application  for  estimating  pur¬ 
poses,  see  page  147. 


[70] 


Active  NL4724J 


Active  4722J 


Active  NL4741J 


Practical  Combinations  for  Double  Doors 


WHERE  THRESHOLD  IS  USED 


COMBINATION  NO.  42J  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  4127J,  Type  “J” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  4724J,  Type  “J’’ 


Type "J” 

Gravity  Acting  Vertical  Rods  (Not  Reversible),  Single  Acting,  Toward  the  Door 

The  following  pages  70  to  73  show  Type  “J” 


A  standard  single  acting  mortise  lock  type 
panic  device,  embodying  such  of  the 
Type  “B”  refinements  as  are  shown  below. 
Sturdy  in  construction. 

Featured  to-  unlatch  latch  bolts  from  in¬ 


side  by  touch  against  cross  bar  at  any  point 
at  all  times. 

All  interior  parts  are  made  of  special 
hard  brass,  bars  and  external  members  are 
made  of  brass  or  bronze. 


Feature  No. 


FEATURES 


As  Type  “B” 
Feature  No. 


1.  Single  acting  (toward  the  door),  full  l"  16-gauge 

seamless  brass  or  bronze  tube  cross  bar .  1 

2.  Vertical  rods  RV  diam.  (gravity  controlled)  and  cases 
top  and  bottom  have  long  swing  Pullman  type  vertical 
latches  both  terminals.  Rods  are  entirely  independent 
of  each  other,  giving  easy  action  which  subjects  them 
to  the  normal  check  operation  without  extra  tension, 
and  insures  latching  at  all  times  regardless  of  how  it 
comes  in  contact  with  strike. 

3.  German  piano  wire  springs  in  main  and  end  case  of 
mortise  lock  types. 

4.  Buffer  Plate  No.  248  for  active  door  of  double  doors, 

preventing  crowding  of  door  past  the  strike  engage¬ 
ment  plane,  which  function  would  release  auxiliary 
bolt  and  permit  picking  of  main  latch  or  lock  bolt  with 
knife  or  other  instrument .  10 

5.  Long-life  cylinder  locks  made  especially  for  panic  bolt 
service,  see  pages  108  to  116. 


Page 

14 


14 


Refer  to  page  149  for  guide  of  other  VON  DUPRIN  devices  than  Type  “ B”  and 
their  numbers  comparable  for  general  operation,  using  Type  “ B ”  as  a  basis. 

See  pages  144  and  145  for  other  manufacturers'  competitive  devices. 


3RS 


I  Ik 


IS 


[70A] 

COMBINATION  NO.  46J  DOUBLE  EXIT  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  4127J,  Type  “J” 

Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  4730J,  Type  “J” 

No.  4127J  No.  4730J 

Combination  No.  46J 


'k 


Author’s  Note — Every  architect  has  his  own  individuality  in  specifying  hardware,  therefore  we  only  brief  the  combinations. 

Zinc  etchings  only  suggest  various  combinations.  Detail  of  devices  will  be  found 

on  opposite  page. 


TYPE  "J” 

For  Single  Entrance  Doors  Opening  Outward 


Inside  Elevation 

Special  Features  Described  on  Page  70A.  Not  Reversible 


NL4124J 


NL4141J 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 


Shipping 

Lock  Cylinder  Strike  Trim  Spacing  Back  Set  Weight 


Device  4124J  . 

Catalog,  page  . 

_  24 

110 

3215 

117 

244J 

124 

2640R 

98 

4  A" 

2Vs" 

19  lbs. 

Device  NL4124J  .  . .  . 

Catalog,  page  . 

.  NL24 

....  110 

3215 

117 

244J 

124 

NL2640R 

98 

4  A" 

2%" 

19  lbs. 

Device  4122J  . 

Catalog,  page  . 

.  22 

....  108 

3215 

117 

244J 

124 

2590W 

96 

3  A" 

2Vi" 

18  lbs. 

Device  BK4122J  .  .  . . 
Catalog,  page  . 

.  BK22 

....  108 

None 

244J 

124 

2597BKW 

96 

3  A" 

2W 

18  lbs. 

Device  NL4141J  . 

Catalog,  page  . 

.  ..  .  NL24 
....  110 

3215 

117 

244J 

124 

None 

4  A" 

2V&" 

17  lbs. 

All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  brass  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 
Prefix  NL  indicates  night  latch  action. 

Prefix  BK  indicates  hit  key. 


Collapsible  Strike  No.  250J  (can  be  furnished  at  an  additional  charge),  see 
page  123. 

Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147. 

Special  exterior  trims,  see  pages  96,  98,  99. 

Approximate  time  required  for  application  for  estimating  purposes,  see 
page  147. 


[72] 


TYPE  "J” 

For  Single  Doors  Opening  Outward 

CORRIDOR  TO  FIRE  TOWERS— FIRE  ESCAPE  DOORS 


K4126J 


4129J4J 


4129J 


Inside  Elevation 

Special  Features  Described  on  Page  70A.  Not  Reversible 


4130J 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 


Lock 

Strike 

Trim 

Back  Set 

Shipping 

Weight 

Device  K4126J  .... 

.  26K 

226J 

2610 

2  y2" 

12  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

.  107 

124 

96 

Device  4129J  . 

.  29 

226J 

None 

2y2" 

11  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

.  106 

124 

Device  4129p^J  . 

.  R29 

229 RJ 

None 

2  H" 

11  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . . 

.  106 

124 

Device  4130J  . . 

.  30 

307 J 

None 

3" 

12  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . . 

.  106 

124 

All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  brass  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 


Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147. 

Special  exterior  trims,  see  page  96. 

Approximate  time  required  for  application  for  estimating  purposes,  see  page  147. 


[73] 


Type K” 

Approved  by  the  Underwriters *  Laboratories  SA-i^s  Under  Life  Hazard  and  Casualty  Department 


Double  Acting  Cross  Bar  to  or  from  the  Door  (Not  Reversible) 


The  following  pages  75  to  87  show  Type  “K” 


STANDARD  double  acting  mortise  lock  type  panic  device,  em¬ 
bodying  such  of  the  Type  “B”  refinements  as  are  shown 
below. 

Symmetrically  designed,  sturdy  in  construction. 

Featured  to  unlatch  latch  bolts  from  inside  by  touch 
against  or  pull  up  on  cross  bar  at  any  point  at  all  times. 

All  interior  parts  are  made  of  special  hard  brass,  bars  and 
external  members  are  made  of  brass  or  bronze  only. 


Feature 

No. 


FEATURES 


As  Type  “B” 
Feature 

No.  Page 


1.  Double  acting  (to  or  from  the  door),  full  l"  16-gauge 

seamless  brass  or  bronze  tube  cross  bar .  1 

2.  Improved  method  of  dogging  the  cross  bar  down — a 
direct  drive  into  the  lever  arm  controlled  by  two-point 
key.  The  housing  is  lined  with  seamless  steel  sleeve 
(see  feature  11),  a  drive  fit.  Dogging  feature  fur¬ 
nished  on  both  ends  of  the  cross  bar,  insuring  absolute 


rigidity  .  3 

3.  New  axle  so  constructed  that  axle  cannot  lose  out  or 

be  removed  by  children .  4 

4.  Easy  spring  Pullman  type  long  swing  vertical  latches 

subject  to  normal  check  operation  (entirely  independ¬ 
ent  of  each  other) .  5 

5.  Special  phosphorus  bronze  wire  compression  springs 

in  main  and  hinged  end  case .  6 

6.  Buffer  Plates  No.  248  for  active  door  of  double  doors, 
preventing  crowding  of  door  past  the  strike  engage¬ 
ment  plane,  which  function  would  release  auxiliary 
bolt  and  permit  picking  of  main  latch  or  lock  bolt  with 


knife  or  other  instrument .  10 

7.  Cross  bar  levers  showing  hole  drilled  for  axle  and  dog¬ 
ging  feature,  housing  of  dogging  feature  hole  is  lined 
with  case-hardened  steel  sleeve,  eliminating  all  friction 
and  wear .  11 


14 


14 

14 

14 

14 


14 


14 


8.  Long-life  cylinder  locks  made  especially  for  panic  bolt 
service,  same  as  Type  “B”,  see  pages  108  to  1 16. 

For  reinforcing  metal  doors,  see  chart,  page  140. 

For  detailed  information  regarding  Type  “K”,  see  pages  75  to  87. 
For  interior  functioning  member  details,  see  page  141. 

Made  in  brass  or  bronze  only. 


Refer  to  page  149  for  guide  of  other  VON  DUPRIN  devices  than  Type  “B”  and 
their  numbers  comparable  for  general  operation,  using  Type  “B”  as  a  basis. 

See  pages  144  and  145  for  other  manufacturers'  competitive  devices. 


[74] 


TYPE  "K” 


For  Double  Exit  Doors  Opening  Outward 

Both  doors  equipped  with  a  complete  device  is  preferable  (see  Combination  No.  25K,  page  77).  No.  2172K,  however,  is  more 
economical  in  price.  Has  no  outside  unlatching  feature. 

NOT  SATISFACTORY  ON  DOORS  LESS  THAN  28"  WIDE  AND  5"  STILES. 


Inside  Elevation 

Special  Features  Described  on  Page  74.  Not  Reversible 


OPERATION 

Featured  to  unlatch  latch  bolts  from  inside  by  touch  against  or  pull  up  on  bar 
at  any  point.  Latch  bolts  can  be  dogged  in  retracted  position  by  cylindrical  lock 
feature  on  main  cross  bar  case,  and  on  hinged  end  of  cross  bar,  insuring  absolute 
rigidity. 


Latch  Case  20K,  see  page  141. 

Latch  retractor  head,  see  page  119.  On  special  order  only,  specify  LR2172K. 
SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 

Lower  Upper  Shipping 


Str.ke  Strike  Weight 

Device  2172K  .  2S1L  273U  34  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  .  121  122 


All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  brass  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 

For  “travel  control”  of  double  doors  with  overlapping  astragal,  see  page  116A. 

Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147. 

Detail  of  construction  (Functioning  Member  Parts  Chart),  see  page  141. 

VON  DUPRIN  metal  thresholds,  see  page  120. 

Metal  Door  Reinforcement  Chart,  see  page  140. 

Approximate  time  required  for  application  for  estimating  purposes,  see  page  147. 

[75] 


2172K 


TYPE "K” 

For  Double  Entrance  Doors  Opening  Outward 

WHERE  THRESHOLD  IS  USED 


Inactive  2127K 


♦ 

Inactive  Door  2127K  Active  Door  2123K 

Inside  Elevation  Combination  No.  21K 
Special  Features  Described  on  Page  74.  Not  Reversible 


Active  2123K 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 


For  Active  Door 

Lower 

Upper 

Shipping 

Cylinder 

Strike 

Strike 

Trim 

Spacing 

Weight 

Device  2123K  . 

.  3216 

251L 

273U 

2580 

3iV' 

22  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

117 

121 

122 

96 

Device  2123Kx2660  . 

.  3216 

251L 

273U 

2660 

Catalog,  page  . 

117 

121 

122 

97 

For  Inactive  Door 

Lower 

Upper 

Strike 

Strike 

Device  2127K  . 

251L 

273U 

21  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

121 

122 

All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  brass  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 
Prefix  LR  indicates  latch  retractor  head,  see  page  119. 


Proper  astragal  for  double  doors  to  insure  100% 
efficiency  (full  size  details,  see  page  146). 


For  "travel  control"  of  double  doors  with  overlapping  astragal,  see  page  116A. 
Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147. 

Detail  of  construction  (Functioning  Member  Parts  Chart),  see  page  141. 

VON  DUPRIN  metal  thresholds,  see  page  120. 

Metal  Door  Reinforcement  Chart,  see  page  140. 

Special  exterior  trims,  see  pages  96.  97. 

Approximate  time  required  for  application  for  estimating  purposes,  see  page  147. 


[76] 


2133K.x2660 


Practical  Combinations  for  Double  Doors 

WHERE  THRESHOLD  IS  USED 


>  r 


COMBINATION  NO.  21K  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  2127K,  Type  “K” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  2123K,  Type  “K” 


No.  2127K  No.  2123Kx2660 
Combination  No.  021K 


COMBINATION  NO.  021K  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  2127K,  Type  “K’’ 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  2123Kx2660,  Type  “K” 

Architect’s  Note — If  inactive  door  should  have  dummy  trim,  specify  so. 


No.  2127K  No.  2127K 

Combination  No.  25K 


COMBINATION  NO.  25K  DOUBLE  EXIT  DOORS 
Both  doors  to  be  equipped  with  No.  2127K,  Type  “K” 


Author’s  Note — Every  architect  has  his  own  individuality  in  specifying  hardware, 
therefore  we  only  brief  the  combinations. 


Zinc  etchings  only  suggest  various  combinations.  Detail  of  devices  will  be  found 

on  opposite  page. 


[77] 


Inactive  2137K 


TYPE  "K” 


For  Double  Entrance  Doors  Opening  Outward 

WHERE  THRESHOLD  IS  NOT  USED 


Inside  Elevation  Combination  No.  LR21K 
Special  Features  Described  on  Page  74.  Not  Reversible 


Active  2133K 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 


For  Active 

Door 

Lower 

LTpper 

Shipping 

Cylinder 

Strike 

Strike 

Trim 

Spacing 

Weight 

Device  2133K  . . 

. .  3216 

242 L 

271U 

2580 

3iV' 

22  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

. .  117 

122 

122 

96 

Device  2133Kx2660 

. .  3216 

242 L 

271U 

2660 

24  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

..  117 

122 

122 

97 

For  Inactive  Door 

Lower 

Upper 

Strike 

Strike 

Device  LR2137K  ... 

242L 

271U 

21  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

122 

122 

All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  brass  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 


Proper  astragal  for 

double  doors  to  insure  Special  Concrete 

100%  efficiency  blush  Strike 

(full  size  details,  vHUMWM/n  No.  242L 

see  page  146). 

For  "travel  control”  of  double  doors  with  overlapping  astragal,  see  page  116A. 
Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147. 

Detail  of  construction  (Functioning  Member  Parts  Chart),  see  page  141. 

VON  DUPRIN  metal  thresholds,  see  page  120. 

Metal  Door  Reinforcement  Chart,  see  page  140. 

Special  exterior  trims,  see  pages  96,  97. 

Approximate  time  required  for  application  for  estimating  purposes,  see  page  147. 


[78  1 


2133Kx2660 


Practical  Combinations  for  Double  Doors 


WHERE  THRESHOLD  IS  NOT  USED 


>  r 


No.  2137K  No.  2133K 

Combination  No.  LR21K 


COMBINATION  NO.  LR21K  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  2137K,  Type  “K” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  2133K,  Type  “K” 


■>  r 


No.  2 1 3 7 K  No.  2133Kx2660 

Combination  No.  LR021K 


COMBINATION  NO.  LR021K  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  2137K,  Type  “K” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  2133Kx2660,  Type  “K” 

Architect’s  Note — If  inactive  door  should  have  dummy  trim,  so  specify. 


1 1 

4 

1 

II  , 

1  1 

r 

1  1 

Jl 

No.  2137K  No.  2137K 

Combination  No.  LR25K 


COMBINATION  NO.  LR25K  DOUBLE  EXIT  DOORS 
Both  doors  to  be  equipped  with  No.  2137K,  Type  “K” 


Author’s  Note — Every  architect  has  his  own  individuality  in  specifying  hardware, 
therefore  we  only  brief  the  combinations. 


Zinc  etchings  only  suggest  various  combinations.  Detail  of  devices  will  be  found 

on  opposite  page. 


TYPE  "K” 

For  Double  Entrance  Doors  Opening  Outward 

WHERE  THRESHOLD  IS  USED 


Special  Features  Described  on  Page  74.  Not  Reversible 


Active  2722 K 


JplL  j  *  A 

<Hr  I 

\  4K  % 


Active  NL2741K 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 
For  Active  Door 


A 


Shipping 

Lock  Cylinder 

Strike 

Trim 

Buffer 

Spacing  Back  Set 

Weight 

Device  2724K  .... 

24 

3215 

245J 

2640R 

248 

2Vs" 

20  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  .... 

110 

117 

125 

98 

122 

Device  NL2724K  . 

.  NL24 

3215 

245J 

NL2640R 

248 

4  ft" 

27A" 

20  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  .... 

110 

117 

125 

98 

122 

Device  2722 K  .... 

22 

3215 

245J 

2590 

248 

3*" 

2  7A" 

20  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  .... 

108 

117 

125 

96 

122 

Device  NL2741K  . 

.  NL24 

3215 

245J 

None 

248 

to 

Ss 

17  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  .... 

110 

117 

125 

122 

Device  2730  . 

30 

294J 

248 

4ft" 

3" 

16  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  .... 

106 

125 

122 

For  Inactive  Door 

Lower 

Upper 

Strike 

Strike 

Device  2127K  . .  . . 

251L 

273U 

21  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

121 

122 

All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  brass  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 

Prefix  NL  indicates  night  latch  action. 

Prefix  LR  indicates  Latch  Retractor  Head  No.  LR 272,  see  page  119. 

For  “travel  control”  of  double  doors  with  overlapping  astra¬ 
gal,  see  page  116A. 

To  overcome  door  shrinkage,  see  Adjustable  Strike  No.  247J 
(can  be  furnished  at  additional  charge),  see  page  123. 

Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147. 

Detail  of  construction  (Functioning  Member  Parts  Chart),  see 
page  141. 

VON  DUPRIN  metal  thresholds,  see  page  120. 

Metal  Door  Reinforcement  Chart,  see  page  140. 

Special  exterior  trims,  see  pages  96.  98,  99. 

Approximate  time  required  for  application  for  estimating  pur¬ 
poses,  see  page  147. 


Proper  astragal  for 
double  doors  to  insure 
100%  efficiency 
(full  size  details, 
see  page  146). 


80' 


1 


No.  2127K  No.  2724K 

Combination  No.  22K 


i - *  f - * 


No.  2127K  No.  NL2741K 


Combination  No.  24J4K 


Practical  Combinations  for  Double  Doors 

WHERE  THRESHOLD  IS  USED 


COMBINATION  NO.  22K  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  2127K,  Type  “K” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  2724K,  Type  “Iv” 


COMBINATION  NO.  23K  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  2127K,  Type  “K” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  NL2724K,  Type  “K” 


COMBINATION  NO.  24K  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  2127K,  Type  “K” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  2722K,  Type  “K” 


COMBINATION  NO.  24>^K  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  2127K,  Type  “K” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  NL2741K,  Type  “K” 


COMBINATION  NO.  26K  DOUBLE  EXIT  DOORS 
Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  2127K,  Type  “K” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  2730K,  Type  “K” 


Ik 


No.  2127K  No.  2730K — Combination  No.  26K 

No.  2127K  No.  2734K — Combination  No.  27K 

No.  2127K  No.  K2734K — Combination  No.  K27K 


For  Underwriters’  Specification  for  "E”  Doors,  Double  Fire  Escape 

COMBINATION  NO.  27K 
Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  2127K,  Type  “K'’ 

Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  2734K,  Type  “K” 

Cross  bar  inside.  No.  34  Latch  throw 

If  No.  34  Latch  is  wanted  with  knob  inside  instead  of  cross  bar,  use 
COMBINATION  K27K 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  2127K,  Type  “K” 

Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  K2734K,  Type  “K” 

With  latch  with  knob  control 


Zinc  etchings  only  suggest  various  combinations.  Detail  of  devices  will  be  found  on  opposite  page. 

Author’s  Note — Every  architect  has  his  own  individuality  in  specifying  hardware,  therefore  we  only  brief  the  combinations. 

[81] 


TYPE  "K” 

For  Double  Entrance  Doors  Opening  Outward 

WHERE  THRESHOLD  IS  NOT  USED 


Active  NL2741K 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 


For  Active  Door 


Lock 

Device  2724K  .  24 

Catalog,  page  .  110 

Device  NL2724K  .  .  NL24 

Catalog,  page  .  110 

Device  2722K  .  22 

Catalog,  page  .  108 

Device  NL2741K  .  .  NL24 

Catalog,  page  .  110 

Device  2730K  .  30 

Catalog,  page  .  106 

Device  2734K,  Under¬ 
writers’  “E”  ....  34 

Catalog,  page  .  106 


ylinder 

Strike 

Trim 

3215 

245J 

2640R 

117 

125 

98 

3215 

245J 

NL2640R 

117 

125 

98 

3215 

245J 

2590 

117 

125 

96 

3215 

245J 

None 

117 

125 

None 

294J 

125 

None 

None 

294J 

125 

None 

For  Inactive  Door 
Lower 
Strike 

Device  2137K  .  ...  ...  242L 

Catalog,  page  .  122 


Proper  astragal  for 
double  doors  to  insure 
100%  efficiency 
(i ull  size  uetails, 
see  page  146). 


Spacing 

Back  Set 

Shipping 

Weight 

4  i5s  " 

2^" 

20  lbs. 

4  A" 

2Vs” 

20  lbs. 

3*" 

W 

20  lbs. 

4 -fa  " 

2  W 

17  lbs. 

4  ft" 

3" 

16  lbs. 

Buffer 

248 

122 

248 

122 

24S 

122 

248 

122 

248 

122 

248 

122 


Upper 
Strike 
27 1U 
122 


Special  Concrete 
Flush  Strike 
242L 


3"  16  lbs. 


21  lbs. 


All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  brass  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 

Prefix  NL  indicates  night  latch  action. 

For  “travel  control”  of  double  doors  with  overlapping  astragal,  see  page  116A. 

To  overcome  door  shrinkage,  see  Adjustable  Strike  No.  247J  (can  be  furnished  at  addi¬ 
tional  charge),  see  page  123. 

Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147. 

Detail  of  construction  (Functioning  Member  Parts  Chart),  see  page  141. 

YON  DUPRIN  metal  thresholds,  see  page  120. 

Metal  Door  Reinforcement  Chart,  see  page  140. 

Special  exterior  trims,  see  pages  96,  98,  99. 

Approximate  time  required  for  application  for  estimating  purposes,  see  page  147. 


[82] 


Active  NL2724K 


Active  2722K 


No.  2127K  No.  NL2724K 

Combination  No.  LR23K 


■*  r 


( 

1 

— , - - - - 

1  • 

r 

TLzzzr 

1 

No.  2137K  No.  2722K 

Combination  No.  LR24K 


u 


r 


i 


No.  2137K  No.  NL2741K 

Combination  No.  LR24J^K 


Practical  Combinations  for  Double  Doors 

WHERE  THRESHOLD  IS  NOT  USED 


COMBINATION  NO.  LR22K  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  2137K,  Type  “K” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  2724K,  Type  “K” 


COMBINATION  NO.  LR23K  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  2137K,  Type  “K” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  NL2724K,  Type  “K” 


COMBINATION  NO.  LR24K  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  2137K,  Type  “K” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  2722K,  Type  “K” 


COMBINATION  NO.  LR24>4K  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  2137K,  Type  “K” 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  wTith  No.  NL2741K,  Type  “K” 


COMBINATION  NO.  LR26K  DOUBLE  EXIT  DOORS 
Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  2137K,  Type  “K" 
Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  2730K,  Type  “K” 


For  Underwriters’  Specification  for  "E”  Doors,  Double  Fire  Escape 

COMBINATION  NO.  LR27K 
Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  2137K,  Type  “K” 

Active  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  2734K,  Type 


‘K” 


Xo.  2137K 
Xo.  2 1 3  7 K 
Xo.  2 1 3 7 K 


No.  2734K, 

Cross  bar  inside.  No.  34  Latch  Yi"  throw 

If  No.  34  Latch  is  wanted  with  knob  inside  instead  of  cross  bar,  use 
COMBINATION  NO.  LRK27K 
Inactive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  2137K,  Type  “K” 
\ctive  door  to  be  equipped  with  No.  K2734K,  Type  “K’’ 

No.  34  Latch  Ya"  throw  knob  control 


No.  2730K — Combination  No.  LR26K 
No.  2734K — -Combination  No.  LR27K 
No.  K2734K — Combination  No.  LRK27K 

Zinc  etchings  only  suggest  various  combinations.  Detail  of  devices  will  be  found  on  opposite  page. 

Author’s  Note — Every  architect  has  his  own  individuality  in  specifying  hardware,  therefore  we  only  brief  the  combinations. 

[83  1 


TYPE  "K” 


For  Single  Entrance  Doors  Opening  Outward 


2124K 


Inside  Elevation 

Special  Features  Described  on  Page  74.  Not  Reversible 


NL2124K 


2122K  2141K 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 


Lock 

Cylinder 

Device  2124K  . 

.  24 

3215 

Catalog,  page  . 

.  110 

117 

Device  NL2124K  .... 

.  NL24 

3215 

Catalog,  page  . 

.  110 

117 

Device  2122K  . 

?2 

3215 

Catalog,  page  . 

.  108 

117 

Device  NL2141K  .... 

.  NL24 

3215 

Catalog,  page  . 

.  110 

117 

Strike 

Trim 

Spacing 

Back  Set 

Shipping 

Weight 

244J 

2640R 

4ft" 

27A" 

20  lbs. 

124 

244J 

98 

NL2640R 

4  A" 

2A" 

20  lbs. 

124 

244J 

98 

2590 

3ft" 

27/s" 

20  lbs. 

124 

244J 

96 

None 

4ft" 

2Vs" 

17  lbs. 

124 

i  & 


Fig.  2710  Fig.  2590 BKW 
with  Set  with  Set 

BKP2174K  BKP2172K 


Lock 

Fig.  BK72 
Fig.  BK74 


Lock  Fig.  BK72K  for  Knob 
and  Escutcheon 
Lock  Fig.  BK74K  for  Grip  and 
Thumb  Piece 

Four  Tumbler  and  Master  Keyed 
Case  5^"x3%"x34".  Face  7^"xl 

For  auditorium  and  gymnasium 
doors  to  corridors.  Not  satisfactory 
for  cross  bars.  U^se  with  paddle  only. 


Device  BK2172K,  with  knob  and  esc. 

Catalog,  page  . 

Device  BK2174K,  6"  grip  and  th.  pc. 
Catalog,  page  . 


Lock 

Bit  Key  Strike 

Trim  ‘Spacing 

Back 
tSpacing  Set 

Shipping 

Weight 

UK72 

84 

303 

84 

302J 

84 

2590J4  BKW  .... 
84 

3"  2vr 

10  lbs. 

BK74 

84 

303 

84 

302J 

84 

2710,  6"  grip  4B*" 
84 

2Va" 

10  lbs. 

If  wanted  for  double  doors,  use  open  strike  No.  303J.  Specify  set  No.  BKP2772K,  BKP2774K. 
Feature:  Unlocks  from  inside  by  paddle  at  all  times — latch  bolts  automatically  retractable. 
*C'enter  of  key  hole  to  bottom  of  latch  lift. 
tCenter  of  key  hole  to  center  of  knob  hole. 


Collapsible  Strike  No.  25GJ  (can  be  furnished 
on  Locks  22,  24,  NL24  at  an  additional  charge), 
see  page  123. 

Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147. 

Detail  of  construction  (functioning  Member 
Parts  Chart),  see  page  141. 


Metal  Door  Reinforcement  Chart,  see  page  140. 
Special  exterior  trims,  see  pages  96,  98,  99. 
Approximate  time  required  for  application  for 
estimating  purposes,  see  page  147. 


[84] 


TYPE  "K” 

For  Single  Doors  Opening  Outward 

CORRIDOR  TO  FIRE  TOWERS— FIRE  ESCAPE  DOORS 


K2126K 


2129J4K 


2129K 


Inside  Elevation 

Special  Features  Described  on  Page  74.  Not  Reversible 


2130K 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 


Lock 

Strike 

Trim 

Back  Set 

Shipping 

Weight 

Device  K2126K  ... 

...  26K 

226J 

2610 

2Vi 

13  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

...  107 

124 

96 

Device  2129K  . 

...  29 

226J 

None 

2/2" 

12  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

. . .  106 

124 

Device  2129J4K  . . . 

...  R29 

229RJ 

None 

23/4" 

12  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

. . .  106 

124 

Device  2130K  . 

...  30 

307 J 

None 

3" 

13  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

. . .  106 

124 

All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  brass  furnished  unless  otherwise  specified. 

Collapsible  Strike  No.  250J  (can  be  furnished  at  an  additional  charge),  see 
page  123. 

Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147. 

Detail  of  construction  (Functioning  Member  Parts  Chart),  see  page  141. 

Metal  Door  Reinforcement  Chart,  see  page  140. 

Special  exterior  trims,  see  page  96. 

Approximate  time  required  for  application  for  estimating  purposes,  see  page  147. 


[85  ] 


TYPE  "K” 

Semi-Automatic  Bolts  Nos.  21  5  IK  and  22  5  IK 


Roller  bearing,  anti-friction,  with  quick  releasing  feature.  Suitable  for  doors  opening  outward.  Designed  for  interior  double  doors. 

For  use  on  standing  door  of  double  doors. 


Latch  bolt  of  No.  2151K  is  locked  by  stop  bolt.  When 
both  doors  are  closed  latch  bolt  is  set,  making  it  impossible  to 
release  the  standing  door.  When  active  door  is  open  stop  is 
disengaged,  latch  bolt  being  double  action,  a  slight  pressure  on 
the  door  will  release  the  latches.  Edge  of  active  door  is  pro¬ 
vided  with  a  blank  strike  for  bottom  stop  bolt.  No  hardware 


on  outside  of  doors. 

We  recommend  No.  2151 K  at  bottom  of  door. 

We  recommend  No.  2251K  at  top  of  door. 

No.  2251K  description  is  same  as  No.  2151K,  except  that  it 
has  no  dead-lock  auxiliary  stop,  leaving  the  latch  bolt  free  to 
move  at  all  times. 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 


Width  of 

Lower  L 

Length  of 

Lower 

Case 

Flange 

Bolt 

Strike 

No.  2151 K.  For  bottom 

of  door — 1-)4" 

to  1J4"  door.. 

uv 

1A"j 

c2!4" 

6" 

233  L 

Page  122 

2"  to  3"  door . 

i  pi" 

\y2": 

,  9 1  /  // 

6" 

233  L 

Page  122 

No.  225 IK.  For  top  of 

door — L}4"  to 

1J4"  door . 

1A" 

1  A  "3 

5'' 

232 U 

Page  122 

2"  to  3"  door . 

l/2" 

5" 

232U 

Page  122 

All  brass  or  bronze. 

Polished  brass 

furnished  unles 

is  otherwise 

ordered. 

When  ordering,  specify  thickness  of  door. 


TYPE  "K” 

Nos.  P2 1  5  7 K,  LRP2 1  5  7K  and  P22  5  7K  Cremorne  Bolt  with  Panic  Release  Feature 


For  doors  opening  outward.  Suitable  for  standing  door  of  pairs  of  doors.  Push  plate  is  so  designed  that  a  slight  pressure  against 
it  will  release  simultaneously  the  top  and  bottom  rods. 


No.  271U 


Special  Concrete 
Flush  Strike 
No.  242L 
Page  122 


No.  LRP2157K 
Case  2"x8" 


Strike  No.  273U 


Lower  Strike 
No.  251L 
Special  Strikes 
Page  121 


No.  P2257K 
Inside  Elevation 
Case  2l/2nx6'/2" 


Top 

Strike 


Bottom 

Strike 


“K”  Paddle 
For  Any 
Type  ‘  K” 
Mortise  Lock 
Device 


No.  LRP2157K  has  latch  retractor  head.  When  bolts  are  withdrawn  they  are  automatically  held  retracted 
until  the  door  closes,  when  the  retractor  lever  comes  in  contact  with  projected  strike,  releasing  retractor  and 
allowing  the  bolts  to  engage  in  their  housings. 

No.  P2157K  independent  acting,  easy  spring  hinged  latch  bolts.  Top  latch  head  can  be  furnished  with  re¬ 
tractor  features  No.  272,  page  119,  if  so  desired  (on  special  order  only). 

No.  P2257 — full  Cremorne  action — a  push  on  the  paddle  will  release  both  top  and  bottom  bolts. 

No.  K  Paddle  for  any  Type  “K”  mortise  lock  device — when  ordering,  prefix  P,  viz..  P2122K  Paddle  instead 
of  cross  bar. 

LRP2157K  P2157K  P2257K 

Shipping  weight  .  14  lbs.  IS  lbs.  10  lbs. 

All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  brass  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 


Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147. 

VON  DUPRIN  metal  thresholds,  page  120. 
Metal  Door  Reinforcement  Chart,  see  page  140. 


[87] 


TYPE  "L” 

*^011  Buprin  Self-Releasing  Fire  Exit  Latch 

No.  LR1527L  "Steel  Door  Special” 

WITH  SELF-RELEASING  FEATURE  FOR  DOORS  OPENING  OUTWARD 


An  Extra  Heavy  Positive  Operating  Device.  Designed  for  Factory,  Workshop,  etc.,  etc.  Metal  Doors. 

Single  or  Double  Doors,  zvith  Very  Narrow  Stiles 


No.  LR1527L — Inside  Elevation 


Top  Strike  No.  230U 
For  Detail,  see  page  122 


No.  231L 

Packed  Regularly  with  Special 
Concrete  Bottom  Strike 
Brass  Capped 
For  Detail,  see  page  122 


Center  case  iy%"  wide,  S'/z"  high  Sectional  Plan.  Detail,  showing  latch  applied.  Drawn  at 

End  case  \  W  wide,  3J4”  high  top  of  center  latch  case 


Operated  from  the  inside  by  touch  against  or  pull  up  on  bar  at  any  point,  this  action  automatically  lock¬ 
ing  the  vertical  latches  in  a  released  position,  when  the  door  is  closed  the  automatic  coming  in  contact  with  the 
soffit  strike  will  release  itself,  again  engaging  latch  heads  into  the  openings  of  the  strikes,  again  locking  the 
door.  If  dogging  feature  is  wanted,  state  it  specifically  in  order — not  furnished  regularly. 


Brass  or  Bronze  Metal 


Before  Ordering,  See  Pages  146,  147 
Details  of  Strikes,  See  Page  122 


[88] 


Shipping  Weight,  22  Pounds 


TYPE  "L” 

^on  Buprtn  Self-Releasing  Fire  Exit  Latch 

No.  LR1  523L  "Steel  Door  Special” 

WITH  SELF-RELEASING  FEATURE  FOR  DOORS  OPENING  OUTWARD 

An  Extra  Heavy  Positive  Operating  Device.  Designed  for  Factory,  Workshop,  etc.,  etc.  Metal  Doors. 

Single  or  Double  Doors,  with  Very  Narrow  Stiles 


No.  LR1523L — Inside  Elevation 


Cylinder  No.  3216,  page  117 
Center  case  1 $4"  wide,  5}4"  high 
End  case  1^4"  wide,  3J4”  high 


Top  Strike 
No.  230U 
For  Detail,  see 
page  122 


No.  23 1L 
Packed  Regularly 
with  Special  Concrete 
Bottom  Strike 
Brass  Capped 
For  Detail,  see 
Page  122 


Fig.  2588 

2*4”  Regular  Knob  and  I}4"x9" 
Cast  Brass  Escutcheon  for 
Outside  of  Door 
Standard  Spacing 


Sectional  Plan.  Detail,  showing  latch  applied.  Drawn  at 
top  of  center  latch  case 


Furnished  with  Cylinder,  Knob  and  Escutcheon  on  Outside  of  Door;  Latch  Operated  from 
Outside  in  Same  Manner  as  Any  Ordinary  Lock  and  Latch  Device 

Operated  from  the  inside  at  all  times  by  touch  acainst  or  pull  up  on  cross  bar  at  any  point,  this  action 
automatically  locking  the  vertical  bar  latches  in  a  released  position,  when  the  door  is  closed  the  automatic  com¬ 
ing  in  contact  with  the  soffit  strike  will  release  itself,  again  engaging  latch  heads  into  the  openings  of  the 
strikes,  again  locking  the  door.  If  dogging  feature  is  wanted,  state  it  specifically  on  order — not  furnished 
regularly.  ,  1  i  i  |  [  |  [  Q] 


Brass  or  Bronze  Metal 


Before  Ordering,  See  Pages  146,  147 
Details  of  Strikes,  See  Page  122 

[89] 


Shipping  Weight,  24  Pounds 


TYPE  "M” 


OU  Buprin  Self-Releasing  Fire  Exit  Latch 

For  Double-Acting  Doors 


DESIGNED  FOR  TRANSFORMER  ROOM  OR  OIL  SWITCH  COMMUNICATING  DOORS 


Featured  to  permit  attendants  to  escape  explosions  rushing 
from  one  room  to  another.  Type  “C”  operated  by  touch 
against  the  bar  (Types  “MB”  and  “MK”  operated  by  touch 
against  or  pull  up  on  bar),  permitting  exit  from  either  side, 
the  door  closing  automatically  by  double  acting  checking  floor 
hinges. 

Two  types  of  soffit  construction  are  shown  below. 

No.  1  “U”  bar,  notched  for  escapement  of  latches. 


No.  2  steel  soffit  strip  for  free  latch  movement. 

Types  “MB”,  “MC”,  “MK”  are  all  equipped  with  double 
bar  dogging  lock  feature,  one  at  each  end  of  cross  bar. 

Bolted  through  doors,  one  device  to  the  other,  by  means  of 
brass  connecting  sleeve,  threaded  both  sides,  and  machine 
screws. 

Upper  rods  only  are  furnished.  JAMB  CONDITIONS 
FORMING  KEEPERS. 


Edge  View  and  Soffit 
Construction  No.  1 


a. 


Elevation  of  Each  Side 
Dotted  Lines  Suggest  Double  Acting 
Checking  Floor  Hinges 


Edge  View  and  Soffit 
Construction  No.  2 


No.  1147M  “B”,  see  description  of  features,  Type  “B”,  page  14. 

No.  6147M  “C”,  see  description  of  features.  Type  “C”,  page  26. 

No.  2147M  “K”,  see  description  of  features,  Type  “K”,  page  74. 

WHEN  ORDERING 

Give  overall  distance  of  end  and  center  case,  allowing  for 
escapement  of  jamb.  Wider  jamb,  shorter  bar,  etc.,  etc.  Cross 
bar  should  center  36"  from  floor.  Give  height  and  thickness 
of  door. 

All  brass  or  bronze.  Polished  brass  will  be  furnished  un¬ 
less  otherwise  ordered. 

Shipping  weight,  SO  pounds 


Floor  Plan 


[90] 


TYPE  "N” 

For  Double-Acting  Doors 

DESIGNED  FOR  TRANSFORMER  ROOM  OR  OIL  SWITCH  COMMUNICATING  DOORS 


Featured  to  permit  attendants  to  escape  explosions  rush¬ 
ing  from  one  room  to  another.  Operated  hy  touch  against  the 
bar,  permitting  exit  from  either  side,  the  door  closing  auto¬ 
matically  by  action  of  overhead  double  acting  check  or  double 
acting  checking  floor  hinges.  The  latch  is  especially  built  for 
heavy  duty  with  large  rounding  bolt.  This  page  shows  a  de¬ 


tail  of  the  jamb  strip,  which  also  forms  a  jamb  strike. 

Cases  should  be  bolted  from  one  to  the  other  by  means  of 
a  connecting  sleeve  threaded  both  sides,  and  machine  screws. 

TYPE  “F”  DEVICES  USED,  see  description  of  Type“F”, 
page  48. 


236J  Strike 
Page  124 


No.  9147N 

Elevation  of  Each  Side 
Dotted  Lines  Suggest  Double  Acting 
Checking  Floor  Hinges 


Edge  View 
9147N 


WHEN  ORDERING  NO.  9147N 

Give  overall  distance  of  end  and  center  case,  allow¬ 
ing  for  escapement  of  jamb.  Wide  jamb,  shorter  bar, 
etc.,  etc.  Give  thickness  of  door  and  width.  Malleable 
iron  and  steel  furnished  regularly. 


Shipping  weight,  35  pounds 


Floor  Plans  No.  9147N 


TYPE  "P” 

Buprilt  Concealed  Vertical  Rod  Devices 

For  Double  Exit  Doors  Opening  Outward 

DESIGNED  FOR  HOLLOW  METAL  DOORS  ONLY 


BOTH  DOORS  EQUIPPED  WITH  A  COMPLETE 
DEVICE  IS  PREFERABLE.  No.  1272P,  however,  Is  more 
economical  in  price,  has  no  outside  unlatching  feature. 

NOT  SATISFACTORY  ON  DOORS  LESS  THAN  28" 
WIDE  WITH  5"  STILES. 

Featured  to  lay  close  to  the  door,  taking  up  a  very  small 


amount  of  space  for  the  extension  of  the  bar  to  neutral  posi¬ 
tion,  bringing  the  bar  in  pressed-down  position  to  1$4"  from 
the  edge  of  the  door,  as  indicated  in  the  edge  view.  Neutral 
position  21/ 2"  farthest  extension,  this  to  co-operate  with  the 
laws  of  many  states  where  the  seating  capacity  is  governed 
entirely  by  the  exit  area. 


Inside  Elevation  No.  1272P 
Patent  Applied  For 

1372  Rapp  &  Rapp  specification.  Single  cross  bar,  omitting  dogging  device  lower  rod  and 
lower  strike.  Unpolished  for  painting  except  cross  bar  polished. 

Not  Reversible 

OPERATION 

Featured  to  unlatch  latch  bolts  from  inside  by  touch  against  bar  at  any  point,  latch  bolts 
can  be  dogged  in  retracted  position  by  ball  and  socket  feature  on  main  cross  bar  case  and 
on  hinged  end  cross  bar  case,  remaining  in  this  position  until  released  by  pull  on  bar. 

A  complete  bridge  plate  template  will  be  furnished.  The  metal  door  man,  however,  must 
furnish  own  bridge  plate.  This  must  be  spot  welded  to  the  stile.  A  complete  drawing  will 
be  furnished  with  each  device  showing  application. 

SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 


Lower  Upper  Shipping 

Strike  Strike  Weight 

Device  1272P  .  292L  or  293L  287U  42  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  .  122  122 

Device  1372P  R.  &  R .  None  287U  34  lbs. 


For  "travel  control”  of  double  doors  with  overlapping  astragal,  see  page  116A. 
Prefix  LR  indicates  latch  retractor. 

Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147. 

VON  DUPRIN  metal  thresholds,  see  page  120. 


No.  1272P 


[92] 


TYPE  "P” 

¥fon  Buprtn  Concealed  Vertical  Rod  Devices 

For  Exit  Doors  Opening  Outward 

DESIGNED  FOR  HOLLOW  METAL  DOORS  ONLY 


For  use  on  active  door  of  a  pair  of  exit  doors,  or  each 
door  of  a  pair  of  doors. 

Featured  to  lay  close  to  the  door,  taking  up  a  very  small 
amount  of  space  for  the  extension  of  the  bar  to  nentral  posi¬ 
tion,  bringing  the  bar  in  pressed-down  position  to  1$4"  from 
the  edge  of  the  door,  as  indicated  in  the  edge  view.  Neutral 


position  2j/>"  farthest  extension,  this  to  co-operate  with  the 
laws  of  many  states  where  the  seating  capacity  is  governed 
entirely  by  the  exit  area.  Bars  are  controlled  by  ball  and 
socket,  always  remaining  depressed  until  released  by  pull 
on  bar. 


0 

No.  1227P 


Inside  Elevation  of  1227P 
Patent  Applied  For 

1327P  Rapp  &  Rapp  Specifications.  Single  cross  bar,  omitting 
dogging  device  lower  rod  and  strike,  unpolished  for  paint¬ 
ing,  except  cross  bar,  polished. 

Not  Reversible 


OPERATION 

Featured  to  unlatch  latch  bolt  from  inside  b3-’  touch  against  the  bar  at  any  point.  Latch 
bolts  can  be  dogged  in  retracted  position  by  ball  and  socket  feature  on  main  cross  bar  case, 
and  on  hinged  end  of  cross  bar  case,  remaining  in  this  locked-down  position  until  released  by 
pull  on  bar.  A  complete  bridge  plate  template  will  be  furnished.  The  metal  door  man,  how¬ 
ever,  must  furnish  his  own  bridge  plates.  This  must  be  spot-welded  to  the  stile.  A  complete 
drawing  will  be  furnished  with  each  device  showing  application. 


SPECIFICATIONS 

OF  STANDARD 

EQUIPMENT 

Lower 

Upper 

Shipping 

Strike 

Strike 

Weight 

Device  1227P  . 

. .  292 L  or  293L 

287U 

28  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

, .  122 

122 

Device  1327P  R.  &  R . 

.  None 

287U 

24  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

122 

Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147. 

VON  DUPRIN  metal  thresholds,  see  page  120. 

[93] 


TYPE  "Q” 

Nos.  34Q  and  T34Q 

Gravity  Three-Point  Locking  Devices  for  Doors  Opening  Outward 

WITH  SELF-RELEASING  FEATURE  MADE  TO  THE  SPECIFICATIONS  OF  AND  APPROVED  AND  LABELED  BY 
THE  “UNDERWRITERS’  LABORATORIES.”  APPROVED  UNDER  “A”  SPECIFICATION  R592-218116 

Operated  from  the  inside  by  touch  against  cross  bar  at  any  point,  this  action  automatically  locking  the 
vertical  bars  in  a  released  position,  when  the  door  is  closed  the  automatic  will  release  itself,  again  engaging 
bolt  heads  into  the  openings  of  the  strikes,  again  locking  the  doors.  Made  in  malleable  iron,  all  contact 
points  bronze  against  iron. 

Type  “A”  Underwriters’  specification,  T34Q,  three-point  on  active  door.  No.  34Q,  two-point  on  inactive  door, 
connected  by  bar,  third  point  to  ride  on  266J  strike  with  housing.  If  checks  are  used  furnish  automatic  con¬ 
trolling  device  No.  1236. 


Showing  Automatic  Latch 
Engaging  Bolt  Head 


Cut  showing  outside  of  door  and  manner 
in  which  bolts  are  made  fast  by  through 
machine  screws — as  required  by  “Lender- 
writers*  Laboratory” 

Approved  R592,  218116 


No.  291U 


No.  34Q  and  T34Q — Inside  Elevation 
Dimensions  of  Case  2J4"x7^4" 


CENTER  OF  STRIKE  TO 
BOTTOM  OF  DOOR  39  V' 

i 

No.  283J 


No.  T34Q  Has 
T  Handle 


" 

Self-Cleaning 
Strike 
No.  23/ L 


Furnished  regularly  in  dead  black.  Can  be  furnished  in  any  finish,  unpolished  or  polished. 
When  Ordering  Specify  Approved  or  Unapproved 


Prices  on  application. 

Shipping  Weight  38  pounds 


Before  Ordering,  See  Pages  146,  147 


TYPE  "R  DUQUESNE” 

Double-Acting  Cross  Bar 

BUILT  FOR  TRANSFORMER  ROOM  DOORS 
FOR  DOUBLE  ACTING  DOORS 

Vertical  rod  device.  Independent  top  and  bottom,  easy  action  roller  type  latch  bolts.  Vertical  rod 
double  acting.  Furnished  regularly  with  dogging  device  to  lock  the  latch  bolts  into  a  released  position. 


o.  1627R  Duq. 


Inside  View 
No.  1627R  Duq. 
No.  1623R  Duq. 
Not  Reversible 


Furnished  in  Polished  Brass  Unless  Otherwise  Ordered 

No.  1627R  Duq.  For  inactive  door  of  double  entrance  doors,  or  both  doors  of  exit  doors. 
No  outside  hardware. 

No.  1623R  Duq.  For  active  door  of  double  entrance  doors.  Has  cast  brass  knob  and 
escutcheon  on  outside  and  cylinder  control. 


SPECIFICATIONS  OF  STANDARD  EQUIPMENT 


Cylinder 

Lower 

Strike 

Upper 

Strike 

Trim 

Spacing 

Shipping 

Weight 

Device  1627R  . 

.  None 

289LU 

289LU 

.... 

21  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

Device  1623R  . 

.  2216 

122 

289LU 

122 

289LU 

2580 

O  IC 

21  lbs. 

Catalog,  page  . 

.  117 

122 

122 

96 

Before  ordering,  see  pages  146,  147. 

Metal  Door  Reinforcement  Chart,  see  page  140. 
Special  exterior  trims,  see  pages  96,  97. 


device 


No.l623R  Duq. 


[95] 


Outside  Hardware  Trims 


For  Devices  Nos.  1123B,  1133B,  6123C,  6133C,  2123K,  2133K,  8123H 


NOTE:  When  special  trims  other  than  regularly  furnished  are  wanted,  deduct  price  of  regular  trim  and 
add  price  of  special  trim.  For  dummy  trim,  specify  same  numbers,  suffix  DT. 


P 

Spacing  Measurements 
2580  Group 


Fig.  2581 


Fig.  2583 


Fig.  2584 


For  Devices  with  Terminal  No.  22  as  No.  1122,  Etc. 


Spacing  Measurements 

Fig.  2590 

Fig.  2600 

Fig.  2591 

2590  Group 

*Fig.  2590W 

W  rought 

For  Vertical  Latching 
Device  with  Terminal 

:ig.  No. 

Size  Plate 

Size  Knob 

Number 

2580  . 

12"x3" 

214" 

123 

2581  . 

12"x3  '-J  " 

214" 

123 

2582  . 

1 1  14  ".\3" 

214" 

123 

2583  . 

12".\3" 

214" 

123 

2584  . 

15  "x3!4" 

214" 

123 

2588  . 

9"xiyj" 

2!4" 

LR1523L 

2590  . 

8"x214" 

214" 

122  and 

722 

•2590W  . 

8"x2<A" 

214" 

122  and 

722 

2591  . 

9"x2*r 

214" 

122  and 

722 

2592  . 

8"x3" 

214" 

122  and 

722 

2593  . 

8"x3” 

214" 

122  and 

722 

2594  . 

9'A”x2%” 

214" 

122  and 

722 

*2S97BKW  . 

8"x2;4" 

214" 

BK122  and  BK722 

2600  . 

8"x2  54" 

214" 

1125  and 

1225 

2610  . 

8"x2  yi" 

214" 

126K 

2808  Paddle  . 

5"x2  14  " 

For  use  instead 

of  cross  bar 

Fig.  2592 


CAST  BRASS  OR  CAST  BRONZE  ONLY 


*  Wrought  Brass  or  Wrought  Bronze  Only 
Finish  10  Polished  Brass  Will  Be  Furnished  Unless  Otherwise  Specified 


*Fig.  2597BKW 
Wrought 


Fig.  2593 


Fig.  2610 


[%] 


Fig.  2594 


Fig.  2808 
Paddle 


AUXILIARY  BOOSTER  SPRING 


Outside  Hardware  Trims 

For  All  Vertical  Rod  Devices  1123B,  U33B,  2123K,  2133K,  6123C,  6133C,  8123H 

NOTE:  When  special  trims  other  than  regularly  furnished  are  wanted,  deduct  price  of  regular  trim  and 
add  price  of  special  trim. 


Proper  Spacing  for 
1123B,  etc. 


t. 


Fig.  2660 
Ittner 


Fig.  2661 


Fig.  2662 


Fig.  2663 


When  wanted  for  dummy  trim 
Specify  with  or  without  dummy  cylinder 

Fig.  2660DT  Fig.  2661 DT  Fig.  2662DT  Fig.  2663DT  Fig.  2666DT 


All  above  levers  supplied  with  auxiliary  (booster)  springs  as  shown  in  cross  section. 


Fig.  2666 


Fig.  No. 

Size  Plate 

Size  Grip 

Size  Lever 

2660 

16"x3’/2" 

10" 

314" 

2661 

16"x3l4" 

10" 

314" 

2662 

16  "x3H" 

10" 

314" 

2663 

17}4"x3;4" 

10" 

314" 

2666 

7%" 

214"  Size  Knob 

Furnished  in  polished  brass  unless  otherwise  specified. 

When  finishes  are  specified,  we  furnish  cross  bars,  vertical  rods,  grips  and 
levers  polished,  unless  otherwise  specified,  as  these  members  soon  wear  down  to 
the  natural  metal,  leaving  a  spotty,  undesirable  appearance. 


[97] 


Outside  Hardware  Trims 

Fcr  Mortise  Lock  Devices  1124B,  1724B,  2124K,  2724K,  5124D,  5724D,  6124C,  6724C, 
3124E2,  3724E2,  8124H,  8724H,  9124F,  9724F,  4124J,  4724J 

NOTE:  When  special  trims  other  than  regularly  furnished  are  wanted,  deduct  price  of  regular  trim  and 
add  price  of  special  trim. 


Fig.  2640R 


Fig.  2640S 


Fig.  2620R 


Fig.  2620S 


Fig.  2621 


Fig.  2622 


Fig.  2623 


Fig.  2628 


If  wanted  without  thumbpiece  for  night  latch  service,  specify  “NL”,  as  follows: 

NL2640R  NL2640S  NL2620R  NL2620S  NL2621  NL2622  NL2623  NL2628 

Unless  otherwise  ordered,  we  furnish  dummy  trim  without  cylinder  collars. 

We  furnish  the  back  plates  as  shown  in  illustration. 


DIMENSIONS 


Size 

Size 

Cylinder 

Fig.  No. 

Overall 

Grip 

Collar 

Plates 

Material 

2620R  . 

.  14" 

IVi" 

2*6" 

2W'x15/8" 

Cast  bronze  or  brass 

2640S  . 

.  15" 

l/l" 

2H"x23/4" 

2%"x2*4"x2H" 

xZy4" 

Cast  bronze  or  brass 

2620R  . 

.  14" 

8/" 

25/s" 

3W'x25/8" 

Cast  bronze  or  brass 

2620S  . 

.  14  J4" 

8  J4" 

2*4"x2%" 

Zy4"x2y4"x2y4" 

xzy4" 

Cast  bronze  or  brass 

2621  . 

.  13" 

6K" 

2y4"x2y4" 

2>v4"xzy4"x\yy 

x  1 7A " 

Cast  bronze  or  brass 

2622  . 

.  14" 

7" 

zyy'xzyy 

3%"x2/2"x17/8" 

xV/s" 

Cast  bronze  or  brass 

2623  . 

.  14 

6U" 

3"x2  y2" 

3"xzy>" 

Cast  bronze  or  brass 

2628  . 

.  17**" 

10" 

zy2"xzy" 

3M"x2  yyxzyy 

xzy2" 

Cast  bronze  or  brass 

“NL”  same  sizes  as  regular. 


Furnished  in  polished  brass  unless  otherwise  specified. 

When  finishes  are  specified,  we  furnish  cross  bars,  vertical  rods,  grips  and 
levers  polished,  unless  otherwise  specified,  as  these  members  soon  wear  down  to 
the  natural  metal,  leaving  a  spotty,  undesirable  appearance. 


[98] 


Outside  Hardware  Trims 

For  Mortise  Lock  Devices  1 1 24B,  1 724B,  2 1 24K,  2724K,  5  1 24D,  5  724D,  6 1 24C,  6724C, 
3124E2,  3724E2,  8124H,  8724H,  9124F,  9724F,  4124J,  4724J 

NOTE:  When  special  trims  other  than  regularly  furnished  are  wanted,  deduct  price  of  regular  trim  and 
add  price  of  special  trim. 


Proper  Spacing  for  Fig.  2800 

1124B,  etc. 


Fig.  2801 


Fig.  2802 


Fig.  2803 


Fig.  2804 


Fig.  2805 


If  wanted  without  thumbpiece  for  night  latch  service,  specify  “NL”,  as  follows: 


NL2800  NL2801  NL2802  NL2803  NL2804  NL2805 


Fig.  No. 

2800  . 

2801  . 

2802  . 

2803  . 

2804  . 

2805  . 

“NL”  same  sizes  as  regular. 


DIMENSIONS 


Size  Grip 

Size  Escutcheon 

Material 

8  y2" 

16"x3/" 

Cast 

bronze  or 

brass 

6 14" 

16"x3J4" 

Cast 

bronze  or 

brass 

6/4  " 

16"x3jZ" 

Cast 

bronze  or 

brass 

63/4" 

1  7/2"x3/" 

Cast 

bronze  or 

brass 

6" 

19  3/8"x37/8" 

Cast 

bronze  or 

brass 

oX 

CO 

175/8"x4" 

Cast 

bronze  or 

brass 

Furnished  in  polished  brass  unless  otherwise  specified. 

When  finishes  are  specified,  we  furnish  cross  bars,  vertical  rods,  grips  and 
levers  polished,  unless  otherwise  specified,  as  these  members  soon  wear  down  to 
the  natural  metal,  leaving  a  spotty,  undesirable  appearance. 

[99] 


Special  Trims 


Many  cities  have  special  hardware,  either  in  design  or  emblematic.  We  show  several  for  which  we  have 
patterns.  We  are  prepared  to  execute  special  patterns  if  blueprints  or  samples  are  furnished. 


Fig.  2811  B.  of  E. 


Fig.  2810  Detroit 


For  Night  Latch 
No  Thumb  Piece 

Fig.  NL2811  B.  of  E. 
NL2810,  etc.,  etc. 


Fig.  NL9807  N.  Y. 


Fig.  No. 

Size 

Plate 

Size 

Grip 

Size 

Knob 

Pattern 

Knob 

For 

Lock 

Device  Number 

2811  B.  of  E . 

.  18  "x3K" 

65/«" 

24 

1124  or  1724,  etc. 

NL2811  B.  of  E.. 

k 

fO 

X 

CO 

65/8" 

NL24 

NL1124  or  NL1724,  etc. 

2810  Detroit  . 

.  16"x3^" 

8  y2" 

24 

1124  or  1724,  etc. 

NL2810  Detroit  . . 

.  16  "x3'A" 

8y2" 

NL24 

NL1124  or  NL1724,  etc. 

NL2806  N.  Y . 

.  14 "x3" 

iy2" 

NL24 

NL7124G  N.  Y.,  etc. 

NL2807  N.  Y . 

.  10K"x2^" 

iy2" 

BK32N.  Y. 

BK7132G  N.  Y„  etc. 

2587  Toledo  . 

.  12"x3" 

2 1  " 

Oval 

1123,  etc. 

2598  Toledo  . 

.  8"x2y2" 

2y2" 

Oval 

22 

1122,  etc. 

2812  Masonic  .... 

.  16"x3'/2" 

8'A" 

24 

1124  and  1724,  etc. 

Cast  brass  or  bronze  only. 

Finish  10  polished  brass  furnished  unless  otherwise  ordered. 


EXTRA  HEAVY  DUTY  STEEL  AND  MALLEABLE  IRON  TRIM  FOR 
NEW  YORK  DEVICES,  TYPE  “G” 


NL9806  .  14"x3"  6"  ....  NL24  N.  Y.  NL7124G  N.  Y.xNL9806 

NL9807  .  \0H"x3"  6"  ....  BK32N.Y.  BK7132G N.Y.xNL9807 


Fig.  2598  Toledo 


[  100  ] 


Emblematic  Hardware 


Fig.  506 

Knights  of  Columbus 


Fig.  507 


Eagles 


Fig.  508 
Odd  Fellows 


The  above  patterns  have  been  added  to  our  stock  since  the  printing  of  catalog. 

Fig.  500  Commandery  Emblem  measures  2 1/2"  wide,  3$4"  high. 
Fig.  501  Masonic  Emblem  measures  1^4"  diameter. 

Fig.  502  Shrine  Emblem  measures  wide,  1  y$"  high. 

Fig.  503  Masonic  Emblem  measures  2 y2"  wide,  2y%"  high. 

Fig.  504  B.  P.  O.  Elks’  Emblem  measures  2tV'  wide,  2*4"  high. 
Fig.  505  Masonic  Emblem  measures  1^4"  diameter. 

Fig.  506  Knights  of  Columbus  Emblem  measures 
Fig.  507  Eagle  Emblem  measures  1^4". 

Fig.  508  Odd  Fellows’  Emblem  measures  1^4"  wide,  2*4"  high. 
Fig.  513  B.  of  E.  Emblem  measures  1  y%"  diameter. 


Emblematic  Hardware 


While  our  stock  of  emblems  is  limited,  we  are  prepared  to  execute  any  emblem  required.  We  should,  how¬ 
ever,  have  blueprint  drawings  of  what  is  required.  Applying  to  escutcheons  or  knobs  carries  a  labor  charge. 
In  ordering  be  sure  to  note  first,  whether  the  emblem  is  of  correct  dimension  to  permit  the  application. 


Commandery 


Fig.  505 
Masonic 


Fig.  502 
Shrine 


Fig.  503 
Masonic 


Fig.  504 
B.  P.  O.  Elks 


No.  360  YJon  Buprin  Automatic  Locking  Window  Operator 

and  Adjuster 

FOR  EXTRA  LARGE  AND  HEAVY  FRENCH  CASEMENT  WINDOWS  OPENING  OUTWARD.  A  VERY  HIGH- 

CLASS  DEVICE— COMMENDABLE  ON  ACCOUNT  OF  EASE  OF  ACTION 

The  screen  rail  straddles  it;  the  sash  is  operated  from  the  inside  of  the  house  without  raising  the  screen. 

Very  strong  and  positive  in  its  action.  Made  in  brass  or  bronze  metal  only.  Sash  is  always  locked  in  any  posi¬ 
tion.  Wind  pressure  can  not  close  the  sash  when  the  gravity  lock  is  engaged. 


Right-Hand  Window  (Closed) 


Right-Hand  Window  (Partly  Ajar) 


No.  360,  finish  10,  brass  metal,  polished,  will  be  sent  unless  otherwise  ordered. 
In  ordering,  specify  whether  sash  opens  out  to  right  or  left.  (See  illustration.) 


f  101  ] 


Door  Holders 


of  Door  No.  227 A 
H"—16  Thr.x5"  Bolt  ~ 


Where  expansions  are  shown,  same  are  included  with  holders.  Cast  brass  or  bronze  only, 
ished  brass  furnished  unless  otherwise  specified.  . 


Finish  10  pol- 


Buprin  Malleable  Iron  Automatic  Door  Holder 

Very  heavy,  designed  to  automatically  engage  the  door  at  the  farthest  terminal  from  the  closing  point  with¬ 
out  the  necessity  of  engaging  same  by  hand  or  foot.  Disengaged  by  foot  pressure.  Nothing  projecting  from 
the  door  upon  which  clothing  can  be  caught.  Door  cup  made  in  brass  or  bronze  metal  only.  Base  with  concrete 
anchor  made  of  malleable  iron.  Regularly  equipped  for  stone  or  concrete.  Finn  is  furnished  to  anchor  the  plate 
securely  to  help  take  the  shock.  Special  bolts  }i"^3/2n  with  expansions  furnished  regularly  insure  a  firm  hold¬ 
ing  feature.  See  page  118. 


I 

No.  9240—10"  High 


I  L 


M- 


_  \ 

r - °rs  '< 

No.  2240 — Door  Holder  Cup  Only 
Showing  front  side  of  socket  with  metal  door 
detail.  This  plate  is  typical  on  all 
No.  9240  Holders 


No.  9240—7" 


I  103  ] 


YJon  ©uprtn  Automatic  Door  Holder 

A  high-class  device,  very  heavy,  designed  to  engage  the  door  at  the  farthest  terminal  from  the  closing  point 
without  the  necessity  of  engaging  and  disengaging  same  by  foot  or  hand  pressure.  Nothing  projecting  from 
the  door  upon  which  clothing  can  be  caught.  Made  for  wall  or  floor.  For  wood,  concrete  or  stone.  Made  in 
brass  or  bronze  metal  and  brass  or  bronze  holder  cup  with  malleable  iron  base  only.  Acts  as  a  buffer  as  well 
as  holder. 


h 


II 


4 


1 

I 


This  No.  36 
door  holder  cup 
is  typical  on 
either  style  of 
door  holder 
for  Holders 
Nos.  37,  38,  238, 
239, 9238, 9239. 
Elevation  showing 
plate  and  base  of 
No.  38  Holder 
engaged. 


No.  38—324"  High 


Showing  underside  of  Nos.  238  and  239  Hold¬ 
ers  as  regularly  equipped  for  stone  or  concrete. 
Finn  to  anchor  the  plate  securely  to  help  take 
the  shock.  No.  224,  page  118.  Yz"x2y2"  special 
head  brass  bolts  with  expansions  furnished 
regularly,  insure  a  firm  holding  feature. 


No.  36  Door  Holder  Cup  Only 

Showing  reverse  side  of  No.  36  door  holder  cup  with  metal  door  detail 


[  104  ] 


^on  Buprin  Automatic  Door  Holder 

A  high-class  device,  VERY  EXTRA  HEAVY,  designed  to  engage  the  door  at 
the  farthest  terminal  from  the  closing  point  without  the  necessity  of  engaging  and 
disengaging  same  by  foot  or  hand  pressure.  Nothing  projecting  from  the  door  upon 
which  clothing  can  be  caught.  For  wood,  concrete  or  stone.  Acts  as  a  buffer  as  well 
as  a  holder.  Specify  height  as  shown  for  No.  238.  Specify  heights  and  width  of 
span  wanted  on  Double  Door  Holders  Nos.  239.  No.  36  door  cup  used  with  all  this 
series  door  holders,  see  detail  on  page  104. 


No.  Height 

38,  35 4" 
238,  4 H" 
654" 
9/" 
1054" 
12" 


9238,  454" 
6*4  " 
9*4" 
1054" 
12" 


239,  4 ->4" 
454" 
43/8" 
454" 
6*4" 
654" 
6*4" 
6  >4" 
954" 
954" 
954" 
9  54" 
1054" 
1054" 
1054" 
1054" 
12" 
12" 
12" 
12" 

9239,  454" 
4->4" 
4 54" 
454" 
654" 
654" 
654" 
654" 
954" 
954" 
954" 
954" 
1054" 
1054" 
1054" 
1054" 

9239,  12" 
12" 


Spread 


4" 


654" 

7" 

4" 

5" 


654" 


7" 

4" 


654" 

7" 

4" 

5" 

6/2" 

7" 

4" 

5" 

654" 

7" 

4" 

5" 

654" 

7" 

4" 

5" 

654" 

7" 

4" 


b" 

654" 

7" 

4" 

5" 

654" 

7" 

4" 

5" 

654" 

7" 


No.  238.  Brass  or  bronze.  Packed  with  No.  224 
54"x254" — 16  thread  acorn  head  “V”  screw  slot. 
Bronze  bolts  and  expansion. 

No.  9238.  Malleable  iron  base.  Brass  or  bronze 
cup.  Packed  with  54"x3"  lag  and  expansion 
bolts. 


No.  38.  Brass  or  bronze. 
Packed  with  2"  ma¬ 
chine  screws  and  ex¬ 
pansion. 


2J4" 


IJ 

n 

[Jf 

V 

3 

O 

& 

M  *• 

No.  239.  Brass  or  bronze.  Packed  with  No.  224  54"x254",  16  thr.  acorn 
head,  “V”  screw  slot.  Bronze  bolts  and  expansion. 

No.  9239.  Malleable  iron  base.  Brass  or  bronze  cup.  Packed  with 
54 "x3"  lag,  screws  and  expansion. 


[105] 


LATCH  29 


Latch  No.  29 

Used  with  Devices  with  Terminal  Nos.  29 


ACTION  AND  FEATURES 

An  extra  heavy  single  control  (inside)  latch  with  heavy  brass  face,  no 
locking  control,  can  not  be  locked  against  exit  at  any  time. 

Back  Set  2J4" 


FUNCTIONING  MEMBERS 

2901  Face 

2902  Latch  Bolt 

2904  Latch  Cap 

2905  Latch  Case 

2906  Latch  Bolt  Tail  Piece 

2907  Latch  Control  Finger 

2908  Latch  Lift 

2924  Latch  Compression  Spring 

For  Strike  No.  226J,  see  page  124 


;  ,  €4i_ 


905 
R  2  906 
2924 
2907 
R  2908 


R  291  2 
R  2902 


3  'X 


3Z 


H-oe— ! 

CASE 

THICKNESS 


LATCH  29  R 


Latch  No.  R29 

Used  with  Devices  with  Terminal  No.  29 / 


ACTION  AND  FEATURES 
An  extra  heavy  single  control  (non-pickable).  Re¬ 
cessed  face  latch  with  heavy  brass  latch  and  face,  no  lock¬ 
ing  control.  Can  not  be  locked  against  exit  at  any  time. 
Back  Set  2^" 

FUNCTIONING  MEMBERS 

R2901  Face 

R2902  Latch  Bolt 

R2904  Latch  Cap 

R2905  Latch  Case 

R2906  Latch  Bolt  Tail  Piece 

R2907  Latch  Control  Finger 

R2908  Latch  Lift 

R2912  Machine  Screw,  6-32 

R2924  Compression  Spring 

For  Strike  No.  229RJ,  see  page  124 


5  j 


3 004 


3008 1 
3024  ' 


3030 

3001 

3002 


Latch  No.  30 

Used  with  Devices  with  Terminal  No.  30 
AUXILIARY  ACTION  AND  FEATURES 
An  extra  heavy  latch  for  duty  as  in  case  of  a  pair 
(double)  of  doors  without  mullions,  used  as  exit  doors 
only,  with  auxiliary  latch  feature.  When  doors  are 
closed,  it  is  impossible  to  pick  the  lock  from  the  outside. 
Use  with  Strikes  No.  307J,  No.  294J.  Shown  on  pages 
124,  125.  Strike  for  double  doors.  For  single  door. 
Back  Set  2YA" 

No.  34  Latch  as  No.  30  has  y  extension  for  Under¬ 
writers’  specification  “E”. 

FUNCTIONING  MEMBERS 

3001  Face 

3002  Latch  Bolt 

3004  Latch  Cap 

3005  Latch  Case 

3006  Latch  Bolt  Tail  Piece 

3008  Latch  Lift 

3009  Auxiliary  Bolt 

3012  Machine  Screws,  6-32 

3013  Gravity  Dog  Lock 

3017  Latch  Retracting  Lever 

3018  Master  Retractor  Lever 
3022  Spring  (Band) 

3024  Spring  (Compression) 

3026  Spring  (Compression) 

3028  Gravity  Dog  Auxiliary  Lever 

3029  Auxiliary  Bolts  Actuating  Lever 

3030  Main  Latch  Bolt  Armor  Plate 


I  106] 


Latch  No.  26K 

Used  with  Devices  with  Terminal  No.  26  Where  Knob 
and  Escutcheon  Are  Used  without  Key 

ACTION  AND  FEATURES 

An  extra  heavy  double  control  (inside  or  outside)  latch  with 
heavy  brass  latch  and  face,  no  locking  control.  Operable  from 
outside  at  all  times  by  knob,  and  from  inside  by  cross  bar. 

Back  Set  2(4" 

FUNCTIONING  MEMBERS 

K2601  Face 

K2602  Latch 

K2604  Cap 

K2605  Case 

K2606  Latch  Bolt  Tail  Piece 

K2607  Latch  Lever 

K2608  Latch  Lift 

K2610  Hub  for  A"  Square  Spindle 

K2611  Knob  Latch  Lever 

K2612  Machine  Screw,  6-32 

K2624  Spring  (Compression) 

K2627  Spring  (Band) 

For  Strike  No.  226J,  see  page  124 


thick  N  ESS 


Latch  No.  31 

Used  with  Device  9147N,  Type  “N” 

ACTION  AND  FEATURES 

An  extra  heavy  double  acting  latch  bolt  for  transformer  room 
doors.  Jamb  forms  the  strike,  as  No.  236J,  page  124.  See  device 
9147N,  Type  “N”,  page  91. 

Back  Set  2(4" 

FUNCTIONING  MEMBERS 

3101  Face 

3102  Latch  Bolt 

3104  Latch  Cap 

3105  Latch  Case 

3106  Latch  Bolt  Tail  Piece 

3107  Latch  Control  Finger 

3108  Latch  Lift 

3124  Latch  Commpression  Spring 


26  iO 
26i  i 
26  i  2 
2606 
2624 
2607 
2606 


2604 


3%v>  ” 

-  -  -  L  /64- 


2605 


-b  --  -T 


32 


'CASE  ! 
THICKNESS 


Latch  No.  26 

Used  with  Devices  with  Terminal  No.  26  Where  Grip 
and  Thumb  Piece  Is  Used,  without  Key 
Back  Set  2(4" 


ACTION  AND  FEATURES 

An  extra  heavy  single  control  (inside)  latch  with  heavy  brass 
face,  no  locking  control,  can  not  be  locked  against  exit  at  any 
time. 

FUNCTIONING  MEMBERS 


2601  Face 

2602  Latch 

2604  Cap 

2605  Case 

2606  Latch  Bolt  Tail  Piece 

2607  Latch  Lever 

2608  Latch  Lift 

2612  Machine  Screw,  6-32 
2614  Spring  (Compression) 


For  Strike  No.  226J,  see  page  124 


[  107] 


Lock  No.  BK22 


BK  22  13 
BK  22 14 
BK  2230 
BK  2222 

BIT" 2  223 

BK  22  )  7 

BK  2  206 
BK  22  16 
BK  2  226 
BK  221  I 
BK  2210 


t4l 

,  i*64(i 

CASE 
THICKNESS 


BK  2202 / 
BK  2215 
BK  2225" 
BK  2212' 
BK  2208- 


Used  with  Devices  with  Prefix  BK  Numbers 
Used  with  Strikes  Nos.  244J,  250J,  245 J,  246J. 
247J.  Detailed  on  Pages  124  and  125 

Back  Set  2%" 

Spacing  3£s",  C  to  C 

FUNCTIONING  MEMBERS 

BK2201  Face 
BK2202  Main  Latch 
BK2204  Cap 
BK2205  Case 

BK2206  Main  Latch  Bolt  Tail  Piece 
BK2208  Bar  Latch  Lift 
BK2209  Auxiliary  Bolt 
BK2210  Hub  for  A"Square  Spindle 
BK2211  Hub  Control  Lever 
BK2212  Machine  Screw,  6-32 
BK2213  Gravity  Dog  Lock 
BK2214  Cam  Cylinder  Control 
BK2215  Ratchet  Auto  Control 
BK2216  Latch  Retracting  Lever 
BK2217  Latch  Retracting  Lever 
BK2222  Spring  (Band) 

BK2223  Spring  (Band) 

BK2225  Spring  (Band) 

BK2226  Spring  (Band) 

BK2226F2  Spring  (Torsion) 


Lock  No.  22 


Used  with  Devices  with  Terminal  No.  22 
Used  with  Strikes  No.  244J,  250J,  245J,  246J,  247J.  Detailed  on  pages  124,  125. 
Back  Set  2?4"  Spacing  3sV',  C  to  C 


LOCK  22 


FUNCTIONING 

MEMBERS 


2201 

Face 

2202 

Main  Latch 

2203 

Cylinder  Screw 

2204 

Cap 

2205 

Case 

2206 

Main  Latch  Bolt 
Tail  Piece 

2208 

Bar  Latch  Lift 

2209 

Auxiliary  Bolt 

2210 

Hub  for  -ft" 
Square  Spindle 

2211 

Hub  Control 

Lever 

2212 

Machine  Screw 

2213 

Gravity  Dog  Lock 

2214 

Cam  Cylinder 
Control 

2215 

Ratchet  Auto 
Control 

2216 

Latch  Retracting 
Lever 

2217 

Latch  Retracting 
Lever 

2222 

Spring  (Band) 

2223 

Spring  (Band) 

2224 

Spring  (Compres¬ 
sion) 

2225 

Spring  (Band) 

2226 

Spring  (Band) 

Used  with  mortise  cyl¬ 
inder  detailed  on  page 
117. 

Schedule  of  other 
makers  of  cylinders  suit¬ 
able,  see  page  117. 


[  108] 


Lock  No.  BK22 


FEATURES — Extra  heavy  functioning  mem¬ 
bers,  eleven  (11)  moving  parts  made  of  manganese 
bronze  or  hard  brass.  Latch  bolts  enclosed  in  hous¬ 
ings  “J”  and  “F”  to  prevent  matches,  toothpicks, 
pebbles,  etc.,  being  crowded  into  case,  also  keeps 
inner  works  dust-proof.  Extended  face  type  provid¬ 
ing  a  very  long  swing  latch  bolt,  insuring  easy  ac¬ 
tion,  plus  a  very  long  extension  outward  (24") 
from  face  of  lock  to  compensate  with  the  action  of 
warping  or  shrinking  doors.  Note,  that  members 
“A",  “B”,  “C”,  “D”  and  “E”  are  case-hardened 
steel  shock  stumps  instead  of  gray  iron,  as  regularly 
used.  Gravity  trip  lock  dog  (No.  BK2213)  espe¬ 
cially  heavy  and  anchored  by  case-hardened  steel 
shock  stump  “A”  taking  the  shock  of  “jimming” 
the  latch  with  steel  burglars’  jimmy  or  other  instru¬ 
ment.  This  stump  “A”  is  double  anchored  (as  in 
stump  “E”)  to  bottom  of  case — and  cap  is  drilled 


and  fitted  over  the  stump,  insuring  double  rigidity. 
See  illustration  of  various  devices  for  back  sets  and 
spacing  measurements. 

ACTION — Member  No.  BK2215  is  a  new  fea¬ 
ture  in  panic  lock  construction,  performing  three 
distinct  functions.  Starting  with  the  lock  in  a  locked 
position,  the  turn  of  the  bit  key  toward  face  of  lock 
to  first  click  unlocks  mechanism,  so  entrance  by  knob 
from  outside  is  permitted.  A  further  turn  of  key 
in  the  same  direction,  or  to  second  click,  sets  mecha¬ 
nism  so  that  first  operation  by  knob  or  cross  bar 
withdraws  latch  bolts  and  automatically  locks  same 
in  a  retracted  position,  permitting  door  to  be  used  as 
push  and  pull.  A  turn  of  the  key  in  the  opposite 
direction  to  the  limit  of  operation  sets  knob  against 
entrance  from  outside  (except  when  unlocked  by 
key  re-establishing  the  knob  to  a  functioning  fea¬ 
ture).  Can  not  be  locked  against  exit  at  any  time. 


Lock  No.  22 


FEATURES — Extra  heavy  functioning  mem¬ 
bers,  ten  (10)  moving  parts  made  of  manganese 
bronze  or  hard  brass.  Latch  bolts  enclosed  in  hous¬ 
ings  “J”  and  “F”  to  prevent  matches,  toothpicks, 
pebbles,  etc.,  being  crowded  into  case,  also  keeps 
inner  works  dust-proof.  Extended  face  type  pro¬ 
viding  a  very  long  swing  latch  bolt,  insuring  easy 
action,  plus  a  very  long  extension  outward  (}i") 
from  face  of  lock  to  compensate  with  the  action  of 
warping  or  shrinking  doors.  Note,  that  members 
“A”,  “B”,  “C”,  “D”  and  “E”  are  case-hardened 
steel  shock  stumps  instead  of  gray  iron,  as  regu¬ 
larly  used.  Gravity  trip  lock  dog  (No.  2213)  espe¬ 
cially  heavy  and  anchored  by  case-hardened  steel 
shock  stump  “A”,  taking  the  shock  of  “jimming” 
the  latch  with  steel  burglars’  jimmy  or  other  instru¬ 
ment.  This  stump  “A”  is  double  anchored  (as  in 
stump  “E”)  to  bottom  of  case— and  cap  is  drilled 
and  fitted  over  the  stump,  insuring  double  rigidity. 


See  illustration  of  various  devices  for  back  sets  and 
spacing  measurements. 

ACTION — Member  No.  2215  is  a  new  feature 
in  panic  lock  construction,  performing  three  dis¬ 
tinct  functions.  Starting  with  the  lock  in  a  locked 
position,  the  turn  of  the  cylinder  key  toward  face 
of  lock  to  first  click  unlocks  mechanism,  so  entrance 
by  knob  from  outside  is  permitted.  A  further  turn 
of  key  in  the  same  direction,  or  to  second  click,  sets 
mechanism  so  that  first  operation  by  knob  or  cross 
bar  withdraws  latch  bolts  and  automatically  locks 
same  in  a  retracted  position,  permitting  door  to  be 
used  as  push  and  pull.  A  turn  of  the  key  in  the  oppo¬ 
site  direction  to  the  limit  of  operation  sets  knob 
against  entrance  from  outside  (except  when  un¬ 
locked  by  key  re-establishing  the  knob  to  a  function¬ 
ing  feature).  Can  not  be  locked  against  exit  at  any 
time. 


i^>** 


~<>I2 


[109] 


Lock  No.  24 


Used  with  devices  with  Terminal  No.  24. 

Used  with  Strikes  Nos.  244J,  250J,  245J,  246J,  247J.  Detailed  on  pages  124,  125. 


2426 
24  1  3 
2409 


2424 


240 


24  14 


24IS 


2425 


240 .5 


V-A 


64 


LOCK  24 
^CASE  THICKNESS  V4 


Back  Set  2 7/i" .  Spacing  4iV' 


2423 
2406 
4  I  7 
24  18 
E 

2419 

2420 


2  404 
2403 


242  2 

C 

A 


FUNCTIONING  MEMBERS 

2401  Lock  Face 

2402  Main  Latch  Bolt 

2403  Cylinder  Screw 

2404  Lock  Cap 

2405  Lock  Case 

2406  Main  Latch  Bolt  Tail  Piece 
2409  Auxiliary  Bolt 

2412  Machine  Screw,  6-32 

2413  Gravity  Dog  Lock 

2414  Cam  Cylinder  Control 

2415  Ratchet  Auto  Control 

2417  Latch  Retracting  Lever 

2418  Master  Retractor  Lever 

2419  Bar  Latch  Lift 

2420  Thumb  Latch  Lift 

2422  Spring  (Band) 

2423  Spring  (Band) 

2424  Spring  (Compression) 

2425  Spring  (Band) 

2426  Spring  (Torsion) 

A,  B,  C,  E  case-hardened  steel  stumps. 

F,  G,  H,  J  dust-proof  housing  for 
latches.  Used  with  mortise  cylinder  de¬ 
tailed  on  page  117. 

Schedule  of  other  makers  of  cylinders 
suitable,  see  page  117. 


Lock  No.  NL24 


Used  with  devices  with  Prefix  “NL”  Terminal  24  and  NL7124G  N.  Y.  (old  G9124  N.  Y.). 
Used  with  Strikes  244J,  250J,  245J,  246J,  247J.  Detailed  on  pages  124,  125. 


N  L  240 1 
NL24I2 


NL2426 
NL24I3 
NL2409 
F _ 


NL2424 
H 


5'8  NL2402 


NL24I4 


NL24I5 

NL2425 


N 1 2405 


;«CASE 
k  THICKNESS 


NL2403 


NL  2404 


NL2422 


_  A 


NL  2  42  3 


N  L  2-406 


NL24I  7 
NL24I8 
E 

NL2408 


Back  Set  27/&" .  Spacing  4 to" 


FUNCTIONING  MEMBERS 

NL2401  Lock  Face 

NL2402  Main  Latch  Bolt 

NL2403  Cylinder  Screw 

NL2404  Lock  Cap 

NL2405  Lock  Case 

NL2406  Main  Latch  Bolt  Tail  Piece 

NL2408  Bar  Latch  Lift 

NL2409  Auxiliary  Bolt 

NL2412  Machine  Screw,  6-32 

NL2413  Gravity  Dog  Lock 

NL2414  Cam  Cylinder  Control 

NL2415  Ratchet  Auto  Control 

NL2417  Latch  Retracting  Lever 

NL2418  Master  Retractor  Lever 

NL2422  Spring  (Band) 

NL2423  Spring  (Band) 

NL2424  Spring  (Compression) 
NL2425  Spring  (Band) 

NL2426  Spring  (Torsion) 

A,  B,  C,  E  case-hardened  steel  stumps. 

F,  G,  H,  J  dust-proof  housing  for 
latches.  Used  with  mortise  cylinder  de¬ 
tailed  on  page  117. 

Schedule  of  other  makers  of  cylinders 
suitable,  see  page  117. 


[  HO] 


I<>- 


Lock  No.  24 


FEATURES — Extra  heavy  functioning:  mem- 
hers,  eight  (8)  moving  parts  made  of  manganese 
bronze  or  hard  brass.  Latch  bolts  enclosed  in  hous¬ 
ings  “J"  and  “F"  to  prevent  matches,  toothpicks  or 
pebbles,  etc.,  being  crowded  into  works,  also  keeps 
inner  works  dust-proof.  Extended  face  type,  pro¬ 
viding  a  very  long  swing  latch  bolt,  insuring  easy 
action,  plus  a  very  long  extension  outward  ($4") 
from  face  of  lock,  to  compensate  with  the  action  of 
warping  or  shrinking  doors.  Note,  that  members 
“A”,  “B”,  “C”,  “D”  and  “E”  are  case-hardened 
steel  shock  stumps  instead  of  gray  iron,  as  regularly 
used.  Gravity  trip  lock  dog  (  No.  2413)  especially 
heavy  and  anchored  by  case-hardened  steel  shock 
stump  “A”  taking  the  shock  of  “jimming”  the  latch 
with  steel  burglars'  jimmy  or  other  instrument.  This 
stump  is  double  anchored  (as  in  stump  “E”)  to  bot¬ 
tom  of  case — and  cap  is  drilled  and  fitted  over  the 
stump,  insuring  double  rigidity.  See  illustration  of 


various  devices  for  back  set  and  spacing  measure¬ 
ments. 

ACTION — Member  No.  2415  is  a  new  feature  in 
panic  lock  construction,  performing  three  distinct 
functions.  Starting  with  the  lock  in  a  locked  posi¬ 
tion,  the  turn  of  the  cylinder  key  toward  face  of  lock 
to  first  click  unlocks  mechanism,  so  entrance  by 
thumbpiece  from  outside  is  permitted.  A  further 
turn  of  key  in  the  same  direction,  or  to  second  click, 
sets  mechanism  so  that  first  operation  by  thumb- 
piece  or  cross  bar  withdraws  latch  bolts  and  auto¬ 
matically  locks  same  in  a  retracted  position,  permit¬ 
ting  door  to  be  used  as  push  and  pull.  A  turn  of  the 
key  in  the  opposite  direction  to  the  limit  of  opera¬ 
tion  sets  the  thumbpiece  against  entrance  from  out¬ 
side  (except  when  unlocked  by  key,  re-establishing 
the  thumbpiece  to  a  functioning  feature).  Can  not 
be  locked  against  exit  at  any  time. 


Lock  No.  NL24  (Night  Latch  Action) 


All  measurements,  back  set  measurements  and 
features  exactly  the  same  as  Lock  No.  24. 

ACTION — Member  No.  NL2415  is  a  new  fea¬ 
ture  in  panic  lock  construction,  performing  two  dis¬ 
tinct  functions.  Starting  with  the  lock  in  a  locked 
position,  the  turn  of  the  cylinder  key  toward  face 
of  lock  to  first  click  sets  mechanism  so  that  first 
operation  by  cross  bar  automatically  withdraws  latch 


bolts,  and  locks  same  in  a  retracted  position,  per¬ 
mitting  doors  to  be  used  as  push  and  pull.  A  turn 
of  the  key  in  the  opposite  direction  to  the  limit  of 
operation  sets  lock  against  entrance  from  outside, 
giving  a  distinct  night  latch  action  feature.  Each 
time  door  closes  it  automatically  locks  itself  against 
entrance  (except  by  key).  No  thumbpiece  is  used. 
Can  not  be  locked  against  exit  at  any  time. 


[111] 


Lock  No.  LR32BK  N.  Y. 

Used  for  pupils’  entrance  door  with  latch  retracting  feature  from  the  inside  only. 


LR32I4BK 

LR32I3BK 

LR3222BK 

C 

LR3223BK 

A 

LR32I7  BK 
LR32068K 

LR32I8BK 

E 


1% 


32-1 
4_L"  I 
64  -1 
I 


LR3205  BK 
LR3226BK 
LR320I  BVK 
II"— N, 
]3"  64  f 

32 


LR3204BK 


64 


CASE  THICKNESS 


.R3202BK 
LR32I5BK 
LR3225BK 


LR3208BK 

LR32I2BK 


Z/\6 


FUNCTIONING  MEMBERS 


LR3201BK 

LR3202BK 

LR3204BK 

LR320SBK 

LR3206BK 

LR3208BK 

LR3209BK 

LR3212BK 

LR3213BK 

LR3214BK 

LR3215BK 

LR3217BK 

LR3218BK 

LR3222BK 

LR32.23BK 

LR3224BK 

LR322SBK 

LR3226BK 


Face 

Main  Latch 

Cap 

Case 

Main  Latch  Bolt  Tail  Piece 
Bar  Latch  Lift 
Auxiliary  Bolt 
Machine  Screw,  6-32 
Gravity  Dog  Lock 
Cam  Key  Control 
Ratchet  Auto  Control 
Latch  Retracting  Lever 
Master  Retractor  Lever 
Spring  (Band) 

Spring  (Band) 

Spring  (Compression) 
Spring  (Band) 

Spring  (Torsion) 


A,  B,  C,  E  case-hardened  steel  stumps. 


Back  Set  2J/&"  Spacing  3^j" 
Key  on  Inside  Only 


Lock  No.  23  Double  Cylinder 

Used  with  Devices  Nos.  3123,  3723,  Type  “E2”. 

Used  with  Strikes  Nos.  244J,  250J,  245J,  246J,  247J.  Detailed  on  Pages  124  and  125 


LOCK  23 


2314 

2322 

C 

A 

23  06 
2326 
2310 


FUNCTIONING  MEMBERS 

2301  Face 

2302  Main  Latch 

2303  Cylinder  Screw 

2304  Cap 

2305  Case 

2306  Main  Latch  Bolt  Tail  Piece 

2308  Bar  Latch  Lift 

2309  Auxiliary  Bolt 

2310  Hub  for  A"  Square  Spindle 

2311  Hub  Control  Lever 

2312  Machine  Screw,  6-32 

2313  Gravity  Dog  Lock 

2314  Cam  Cylinder  Control 

2315  Ratchet  Auto  Control 

2316  Latch  Retracting  Lever 

2317  Latch  Retracting  Lever 
2322  Spring  (Band) 

2323i  Spring  (Band) 

2324  Spring  (Compression) 

2325  Spring  (Band) 

2326  Spring  (Torsion) 

A,  B,  C,  E  case-hardened  steel 
stumps.  Used  with  mortise  cylin¬ 
ders  detailed  on  page  117.  Sched¬ 
ule  of  other  makers  of  cylinders 
suitable,  see  page  117. 


Back  Set  2j/»".  Spacing 


[  1121 


..<>1 


Lock  No.  LR32BK  N.  Y. 


FEATURES — Extra  heavy  functioning  mem¬ 
bers,  eight  (8)  moving  parts  made  of  manganese 
bronze  or  hard  brass.  Latch  bolts  enclosed  in  hous¬ 
ings  “J”  and  “F”  to  prevent  matches,  toothpicks  or 
pebbles,  etc.,  being  crowded  into  works,  also  keeps 
inner  works  dust-proof.  Extended  face  type,  pro¬ 
viding  a  very  long  swing  latch  bolt,  insuring  easy 
action,  plus  a  very  long  extension  outward  ($4") 
from  face  of  locks,  to  compensate  with  the  action 
of  warping  or  shrinking  doors.  Note  that  members 
“A”,  “B”,  “C”  and  “E”  are  case-hardened  steel 
shock  stumps  instead  of  gray  iron,  as  regularly 
used.  Gravity  trip  lock  stump  “A”  taking  the  shock 
of  “jimming”  the  latch  with  steel  burglars’  jimmy 
or  other  instrument.  This  stump  is  double  anchored 
(as  in  stump  “E”)  to  bottom  of  case — and  cap  is 
drilled  and  fitted  over  the  stump,  insuring  double 
rigidity.  See  illustration  of  various  devices  for  back 
set  and  spacing  measurements. 


ACTION — Member  No.  LR3215BK  is  a  new 
feature  in  panic  lock  construction,  performing  one 
distinct  function.  Starting  with  the  lock  in  a  locked 
position,  the  turn  of  the  inside  key  toward  the  face 
of  the  lock  to  first  click  unlocks  mechanism  so  that 
first  operation  of  cross  bar  withdraws  latch  bolts 
and  automatically  locks  same  in  a  retracted  position 
and  holds  it  in  that  retracted  position  so  the  door 
can  be  used  as  a  push  and  pull  door,  with  no  obstruc¬ 
tion  and  no  latching.  To  release  the  retraction  fea¬ 
ture,  the  key  is  turned  in  the  opposite  direction. 
There  is  no  mode  of  unlocking  the  door  from  the 
outside,  as  the  escutcheon  used  on  the  New  York 
Pupils’  Entrance  Door  equipment  is  a  blank  escutch¬ 
eon  with  a  pull  only.  After  the  latch  bolt  has  been 
unlocked  from  a  retracted  position,  it  is  operable 
from  the  inside  by  the  cross  bar  at  all  times,  latching 
into  a  dead-locked  position  by  the  action  of  the 
auxiliary  bolt,  which  rides  against  a  blank  strike, 
making  it  impossible  to  pick  the  lock. 


Lock  No.  23  Double  Cylinder 


FEATURES — Extra  heavy  functioning  mem¬ 
bers,  nine  (9)  moving  parts  made  of  manganese 
bronze  or  hard  brass.  Latch  bolts  enclosed  in  hous¬ 
ings  “J”  and  “F”  to  prevent  matches,  toothpicks  or 
pebbles,  etc.,  being  crowded  into  works,  also  keeps 
inner  works  dust-proof.  Extended  face  type,  pro¬ 
viding  a  very  long  swing  latch  bolt,  insuring  easy 
action,  plus  a  very  long  extension  outward  (Jkt") 
from  face  of  locks,  to  compensate  with  the  action 
of  warping  or  shrinking  doors.  Note  that  members 
“A”,  “B”,  “C”  and  “E”  are  case-hardened  steel 
shock  stumps  instead  of  gray  iron,  as  regularly 
used.  Gravity  trip  lock  dog  (No.  2313)  especially 
heavy  and  anchored  by  case-hardened  steel  shock 
stump  “A”  taking  the  shock  of  “jimming”  the  latch 
with  steel  burglars’  jimmy  or  other  instrument.  This 
stump  is  double  anchored  (as  in  stump  “E”)  to  bot¬ 
tom  of  case — and  cap  is  drilled  and  fitted  over  the 
stump,  insuring  double  rigidity.  See  illustration  of 
various  devices  for  back  set  and  spacing  measure¬ 
ments. 


ACTION — Member  No.  2315  is  a  new  feature 
in  panic  lock  construction,  performing  three  distinct 
functions.  Starting  with  the  lock  in  a  locked  posi¬ 
tion,  the  turn  of  the  inside  cylinder  key  toward  face 
of  lock  to  first  click  unlocks  mechanism,  so  entrance 
by  knob  from  outside  is  permitted.  A  further  turn 
of  key  in  the  same  direction,  or  to  second  click,  sets 
mechanism  so  that  first  operation  by  knob  or  cross 
bar  withdraws  latch  bolts  and  automatically  locks 
same  in  a  retracted  position,  permitting  door  to  be 
used  as  push  and  pull.  A  turn  of  the  inside  cylinder 
key  in  the  opposite  direction  to  the  limit  of  opera¬ 
tion  sets  the  knob  against  entrance  from  outside. 
Entrance  by  outside  cylinder  key,  reverse  locking,  as 
in  a  night  latch,  when  door  is  again  closed  the  lock 
automatically  locks  itself,  continuing  this  action 
until  night  latch  feature  is  thrown  off  by  a  forward 
turn  of  the  inside  cylinder  key. 


='<*•■ 


[113] 


Lock  No.  25  Double  Cylinder 

Used  with  Devices  Nos.  3725  and  3125,  Type  “E2”. 

Used  with  Strikes  Nos.  244J,  250J,  245J,  246J,  247J.  Detailed  on  pages  124,  125. 


2504 

2503 


2522 

C 

A 


=  CASE  THICKNESS  34 


FUNCTIONING  MEMBERS 

2501  Lock  Face 

2502  Main  Latch  Bolt 

2503  Cylinder  Screw 

2504  Lock  Cap 

2505  Lock  Case 

2506  Main  Latch  Bolt  Tail  Piece 
2509  Auxiliary  Bolt 

2512  Machine  Screw,  6-32 

2513  Gravity  Dog  Lock 

2514  Cam  Cylinder  Control 

2515  Ratchet  Auto  Control 

2517  Latch  Retracting  Lever 

2518  Master  Retractor  Lever 

2519  Bar  Latch  Lift 

2520  Thumb  Latch  Lift 

2522  Spring  (Band) 

2523  Spring  (Band) 

2524  Spring  (Compression) 

2525  Spring  (Band) 

2526  Spring  (Torsion) 

A,  B,  C,  E  case-hardened  steel  stumps. 

F,  G,  H,  J  dust-proof  housings  for 
latches.  Used  with  mortise  cylinder  de¬ 
tailed  on  page  117. 

Schedule  of  other  makers  of  cylinders 
suitable,  see  page  117. 


Back  Set  2ps".  Spacing  4i%" 


Lock  No.  NL25  Double  Cylinder 

Used  with  Devices  Nos.  NL3725  and  NL3125,  Type  “E2”. 

Used  with  Strikes  Nos.  244J,  250J,  245J,  246J,  247J.  Detailed  on  pages  124,  125. 


NL2503 


NL  2504 
NL  2522 
C 
A 

NL  2523 
N  L  2506 


NL25I7 

NL25I8 

E 

NL2508 


t.. 


2- 


% 


NL  2503 
NL  2513 
NL 


NL  2501 
NL  2512 
NL 


FUNCTIONING  MEMBERS 

NL2501  Lock  Face 

NL2502  Main  Latch  Bolt 

NL2503  Cylinder  Screw 

NL2504  Lock  Cap 

NL2505  Lock  Case 

NL2506  Main  Latch  Bolt  Tail  Piece 

NL2508  Bar  Latch  Lift 

NL2509  Auxiliary  Bolt 

NL2512  Machine  Screw,  6-32 

NL2513  Gravity  Dog  Lock 

NL2514  Cam  Cylinder  Control 

NL2515  Ratchet  Auto  Control 

NL2517  Latch  Retracting  Lever 

NL2518  Master  Retractor  Lever 

NL2522  Spring  (Band) 

NL2523  Spring  (Band) 

NL2524  Spring  (Compression) 
NL2525  Spring  (Band) 

NL2526  Spring  (Torsion) 

A,  B,  C,  E  case-hardened  steel  stumps. 

F,  G,  H,  J  dust-proof  housings  for 
latches.  Used  with  mortise  cylinders  de¬ 
tailed  on  page  117. 

Schedule  of  other  makers  of  cylinders 
suitable,  see  page  117. 


Back  Set  2%"-  Spacing  4tV' 


[114] 


Lock  No.  25  Double  Cylinder 


FEATURES — Extra  heavy  functioning  mem¬ 
bers,  nine  (9)  moving  parts  made  of  manganese 
bronze  or  hard  brass.  Latch  bolts  enclosed  in  hous¬ 
ings  “J”  and  “F”  to  prevent  matches,  toothpicks  or 
pebbles,  etc.,  being  crowded  into  works,  also  keeps 
inner  works  dust-proof.  Extended  face  type,  pro¬ 
viding  a  very  long  swing  latch  bolt,  insuring  easy 
action,  plus  a  very  long  extension  outward  (?4") 
from  face  of  locks,  to  compensate  with  the  action  of 
warping  or  shrinking  doors.  Note  that  members 
“A”,  “B”,  “C”  and  “E”  are  case-hardened  steel 
shock  stumps  instead  of  gray  iron,  as  regularly 
used.  Gravity  trip  lock  dog  (No.  2513)  especially 
heavy  and  anchored  by  case-hardened  steel  shock 
stump  “A”  taking  the  shock  of  “jimming”  the  latch 
with  steel  burglars’  “jimmy”  or  other  instrument. 
This  stump  is  double  anchored  (as  in  stump  “E”) 
to  bottom  of  case — and  cap  is  drilled  and  fitted  over 
the  stump,  insuring  double  rigidity.  See  illustration 
of  various  devices  for  back  set  and  spacing  meas¬ 
urements. 


ACTION— Member  No.  2515  is  a  new  feature 
in  panic  lock  construction,  performing  three  distinct 
functions.  Starting  with  the  lock  in  a  locked  posi¬ 
tion,  the  turn  of  the  inside  cylinder  key  toward  face 
of  lock  to  first  click  unlocks  mechanism,  so  entrance 
by  thumbpiece  from  outside  is  permitted.  A  further 
turn  of  key  in  the  same  direction,  or  to  second  click, 
sets  mechanism  so  that  first  operation  by  thumbpiece 
or  cross  bar  withdraws  latch  bolts  and  automatically 
locks  same  in  a  retracted  position,  permitting  door 
to  be  used  as  push  and  pull.  A  turn  of  the  inside 
cylinder  key  in  the  opposite  direction  to  the  limit  of 
operation  sets  the  thumbpiece  against  entrance  from 
outside.  Entrance  by  outside  cylinder  key,  reverse 
locking,  as  in  a  night  latch,  when  door  is  again 
closed  the  lock  automatically  locks  itself,  continuing 
this  action  until  night  latch  feature  is  thrown  off  by 
a  forward  turn  of  the  inside  cylinder  key. 


Lock  No.  NL25  Double  Cylinder  (Night  Latch  Action) 


All  measurements,  back  set  measurements  and 
features  exactly  the  same  as  lock  25. 

ACTION — Member  No.  NL2515  is  a  new  fea¬ 
ture  in  panic  lock  construction,  performing  two  dis¬ 
tinct  functions.  Starting  with  the  lock  in  a  locked 
position,  the  turn  of  the  inside  cylinder  key  toward 
face  of  lock  to  full  stop  sets  mechanism  so  that  first 
operation  by  cross  bar  automatically  withdraws  latch 
bolts,  and  locks  same  in  a  retracted  position,  permit¬ 


ting  doors  to  be  used  as  push  and  pull.  A  turn  of 
the  inside  cylinder  key  in  the  opposite  direction  to 
the  limit  of  operation  sets  lock  against  entrance 
from  outside.  Entrance  by  outside  cylinder  key  re¬ 
verse  latching  (as  in  a  night  latch)  when  door  is 
again  closed  the  lock  again  automatically  locks  it¬ 
self,  continuing  this  action  until  night  latch  action  is 
thrown  off  by  a  forward  turn  of  the  inside  cylinder 
key,  no  thumbpieces  used.  Can  not  be  locked  against 
exit  at  any  time. 


.<11! 


[  115] 


Electric  Door  Opener 

MADE  PRIMARILY  FOR  TELEPHONE  EXCHANGE  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS 

Used  in  connection  with  Nos.  22,  24  and  NL24  locks.  Doors  released  by  push  button  from  chief  operator’s 
desk.  Door  operative  from  inside  at  all  times. 

No.  1542V  for  Old  Style  Straight  Face  Locks  Nos.  722  and  724. 

No.  1543V  for  New  Style  Offset  Face  Locks  Nos.  22,  23,  24,  25,  NL24,  NL25  for  2 Y\"  or  heavier  doors. 

No.  1544V  for  New  Style  Offset  Face  Locks  Nos.  22,  23,  24,  25,  NL24,  NL25  for  2 y2"  doors.  For  Indiana 
Bell  Telephone  Company.  Size  of  case, 


No.  1542V 


No.  1543V 

For  2J4”  or  Heavier  Doors 


Armored  Latch  Protector 


Used  to  bolt  on  edge  of  door  to  insure  against  vandalism,  and  are  particularly  desirable  where  doors  are 
shrunken  too  far  away  from  the  frame  to  prevent  vandals  from  inserting  tools,  and  prying  latch  bolts  away 
from  the  strike  in  order  to  Open  the  door. 

Made  with  two  contours. 

No.  1234  VON  DUPRIN,  fitting  all  VON  DUPRIN  Locks  Nos.  22,  23,  24,  25. 

No  1235  Cor.  fitting  locks  of  other  manufacturers. 


Fig.  No.  1234 
8X"xlM" 


Fig.  1235  Cor. 
84V'xl^" 


Fig.  1237.  Radius  Face 
Fits  Any  VON  DUPRIN 
Cylinder  Lock  22,  23,  24,  25 
Takes  Adjustable  Strike 
247RF 

Radius  for  144"  is  2" 
Radius  for  2 Yu"  is  4J4" 


Fig.  1238.  Armored  Front 


ARMORED  FRONT  NO.  1238 
No.  1238  used  on  Locks  Nos.  22,  23,  24,  25. 

Fronts  are  made  to  special  order  only,  and  at  least  four  weeks  must  be  given  for  fabrication. 

[116] 


No.  1236  Automatic  Coordinating  Device 

For  Controlling  Double  Doors  with  Overlapping  Astragal  or  Rabbeted  Face  Doors 


For  use  on  pairs  of  doors 
witli  overlapping  astragal,  or  on 
doors  having  rabbeted  faces.  In¬ 
sures  the  closing  of  the  inactive 
door  before  the  closing  of  the  ac¬ 
tive  door. 

An  attempt  to  close  the  active 
door  first  is  frustrated — it  is  held 
open  by  arm  A  until  the  inactive 
door  is  first  closed.  Arm  A  being 
in  contact  with  active  door,  inac¬ 
tive  door  engaging  bracket  B  at 
the  closing  point,  raising  the  arm 
A  and  allowing  the  active  door 
to  close  only  after  the  inactive 
door  has  been  closed. 

Regularly  furnished  for  doors 
flush  with  casing.  Can  be  fur¬ 
nished,  to  order,  for  doors  re¬ 
cessed  54",  Vi"  or  1^4" • 

Always  specify  hand  of  active 
door.  If  door  is  not  flush  with 
outside  casing,  specify  how  much 
it  is  recessed. 


Cast  Brass  or  Cast  Bronze  Only. 


Cylinders 


No.  3215  Mortise 
1.55—32  Thread 


No.  3216  Rim 
.271x.086xl&' 


Fig.  3218 
Dummy  Cylinder 


No.  3217  Special  Rim 
Cylinder  for  Inside 
No.  1025  Bulldog 


If  other  makes  of  cylinders  are  sent  us  to  be  used  in  connection  with  our  device,  order  by  numbers  indi¬ 
cated  in  following  schedule.  If  we  furnish  cylinders  of  other  manufacturers  we  make  a  flat  charge  of  25c  each 
net  for  regular  keyed  cylinder,  and  50c  each  net  for  master  keyed  cylinder. 

When  ordering  cylinders  of  other  manufacturers  to  be  used  with  our  trim  please  be  governed  by  table  below: 


Mortise  Cylinders 

Name  of  Manufacturer 

Von  Duprin  Types 

1%"  Thick  Door 

2M"  Thick  Door 

Rim  Cylinder 

*Russell  &  Erwin  Mfg.  Co . 

B 

8  Adj. 

8  Adj. 

1290 

All  others 

8  Adj. 

8  Adj. 

1290 

*Sargent  &  Co . 

B 

44— LH" 

46—134" 

21 

All  others 

42—134" 

44—134" 

21 

P  &  F  Corbin  . 

B 

253—13/6" 

253—134" 

251 

All  others 

253—134" 

253—134" 

.  251 

*Sager  Lock  Works . 

B 

1901—134" 

1901—134" 

1902 

All  others 

1901—134" 

1901—134" 

1902 

Barrows  Lock  Works . 

B 

5-134" 

5-134" 

10 

All  others 

5-134" 

5-134" 

10 

*Yale  &  Towne  Mfg.  Co . 

B 

1122—134" 

1122—134" 

1109 

All  others 

1122—134" 

1122—134" 

1109 

*Penn  Hardware  Co . 

B 

2—134" 

2—134" 

10 

All  others 

2-134" 

2-134" 

10 

Norwalk  Lock  Co . 

B 

Cl  34x1  34" 

Di34xi34" 

Rim  cyl. 

All  others 

B  134x1  34" 

Cl  34x1  V' 

Rim  cyl. 

*Lockwood  Mfg.  Co . 

B 

5000—134" 

5000—134" 

5010 

All  others 

5000—134" 

5000—134" 

5010 

Clinton  Lock  Co . 

B 

70—134" 

70—134" 

80 

All  others 

70—134" 

70—134" 

80 

^Reading  Hdw.  Co . 

B 

103—134" 

104—134" 

201 

All  others 

102—134" 

103—134" 

201 

*Cylinders  of  other  manufacturers  carried  in  stock  in  finish  10  and  11. 


Cylinder  keys  are  furnished  regularly  as  follows,  when  keyed  alike : 

2  locks . 

3  to  5  locks  . 

6  to  10  locks  . 


3  keys  each 
2  keys  each 
1  key  each 


No.  216A 

Anchor  Plate  Furnished 
with  Rim  Devices 


No.  223C 
Series  666 


No.  218C 
Series  777 


No.  224C 
Present  Type 
Key  Series 


No.  225BK 
Bit  Key 


No.  221 
VON  DUPRIN 
Two-Bit  Dog 
Control  Key 


No.  219 

Cylinder  Rings 

A",  -fa",  'A" 


[117] 


Special  Items 


Fig.  214 

Auxiliary  Booster  Spring, 
Double  Acting 


Fig.  1924 
Axle  Size  W 


Fig.  1928 

lj/8 "kVi"  for  Types  BCE2HK 
1  V\  "xH"  for  Type  A 


1928A 

Axle  Anchor  Screw 
VS'  No.  10-24 


Fig.  214.  Auxiliary  booster  spring,  designed  for  2660,  2661, 
2662,  2663.  Special  handles  and  bar  grips,  with  lever  handle 
top  and  bottom  latch  control  instead  of  knob.  For  devices 
1123B,  6123C,  2123K,  8123K.  All  brass  or  bronze  metal  only. 

Fig.  1924.  Axle  pin  used  on  devices  produced  in  1924,  1925, 
1926,  1927.  Brass  or  bronze  only. 


Fig.  1928.  Axle  pin  for  Types  A,  B,  C,  E2,  H,  K  devices. 
Produced  June  1,  1928.  Children  can  not  remove  axle,  as 
head  is  not  provided  with  slot  or  pin  holes.  Anchorage  is 
made  through  lever  base.  Brass  or  bronze  only. 


Cross  Bar  Tubes 


No.  12  Plain.  1"  16-Gauge  Seamless 
Also  Carried  in  16-Gauge 
Brass  or  Bronze  Only 


No.  112  Fluted.  Y%'  16-Gauge 
Brass  or  Bronze  Only 


Fig.  226A 


Fig.  226 


Door  Holder  Screws 


Fig.  224 


Head  of  224  Bolt, 
Showing  Special 
Screw  Slot 


Fig.  225 


Fig.  227 


Fig.  223.  Designed  for  Holders  No.  37  and  No.  38.  For 
concrete  or  stone.  Round  head,  size  2",  No.  10-24  thread,  com¬ 
plete  with  expansion. 

Fig.  224.  Designed  for  Holders  No.  238  and  No.  239.  For 
concrete  or  stone.  Round  head,  size  y'x2y2",  under  head  16 
thread.  Special  slot  for  “V”  point  screw  driver.  Complete 
with  expansions.  Brass  or  bronze  only. 


Fig.  226.  Designed  for  Holders  No.  9238,  4J4”,  No.  9239, 
4j4j”.  No.  9240,  5".  For  concrete  or  stone.  Square  head, 
J^"x3"  iron  lag  screw  and  expansion.  Iron  only. 

Fig.  226A.  Same  as  No.  226,  but  used  for  9240,  7"  and  10" 
holder.  Size  lag,  y2"x3".  Also  used  for  No.  9238  and  No.  9239, 
6y2",  9 y2".  10 y4"  and  12".  Iron  only. 

Fig.  227.  2"  No.  10  Oval  head  brass  screws  with  expansion 
for  No.  38  Holders,  37,  37A. 


Sex  Bolts 


Through  Bolts  for  All  Types  Devices  Threaded  fi 


Fig.  225.  yy  round  female  shoulder  for  10-24  thread  oval 
head  counter-sunk  machine  screw. 

Fig.  225C.  iyy  round  female  shoulder  for  10-24  thread 
oval  head  counter-sunk  machine  screw. 

Fig.  225A.  1  yy  square  female  shoulder  for  10-24  thread 
oval  head  counter-sunk  machine  screw. 


Inside 

Screw  length  to  he  determined  in  the  field. 

“Order  allowing  for  thickness  of  case  and  door,  less  length 
of  shoulder.” 

Thickness  of  all  types  of  devices  given  in  pages  showing 
interior  members. 

Long  female  screw  used  on  center  and  hinged  end  case. 


All  Brass  or  Bronze 


[  H8] 


Automatic  Latch  Retractor  for  Vertical  Rod  Devices 


No.  LR272 

Showing  Latch  Retracted 


I! 


ii 

No.  LR272 
Showing  Interior 
Construction 


YJon  Buprin  Hook  Dogging  Devices 

Nos.  47  and  49  Are  Pin  Tumbler  Key  Control 


No.  49  has  feature  of  controlling  the  dog  hook  in  either  locked  or  unlocked  position.  The 
hook  can  be  locked  down  (unlocked)  or  up  (locked)  position. 

No.  47  locks  dog  hook  in  unlocked  position  only. 


No.  46 


No.  47 


No.  221  Key 
For  Nos.  47 
and  49 


No.  49 


No.  50 


No.  49 — 3J4"  Pittsburg  Ex. 
No.  59 — 3 >4"  Pittsburg  Ex. 
No.  6559 — 354"  Pittsburg  Ex. 


No.  50A 
354"  Extension 


A,  B,  C,  E2,  H,  K,  J 
Center  Bearing 
Bracket,  for  doors 
3'  6"  and  wider, 
on  special  orders  only 


No.  276 


In  ordering  specify  type  of  device  for 
which  the  dog  hook  is  required.  Types  A,  B, 
C,  E2,  H,  K  have  dogging  features  on  both 
ends  of  cross  bar  as  standard  equipment.  Dog 
hooks  are  not  required. 

Types  F  and  J  can  be  furnished  with  dog¬ 
ging  feature  at  end  of  cross  bar  at  extra 
charge.  See  devices  for  further  information. 

We  do  not  furnish  padlocks  with  dogs  No. 
50  and  No.  50A. 

Center  bearing  bracket. 

Bars  more  than  3'  6"  long  should  have  cen¬ 
ter  bearing  brackets. 

Made  in  brass  and  bronze  only. 


[  119] 


In  ordering  give  measurement 
as  indicated  in  dotted  line 


Showing  Dogging  Hook 
Properly  Applied 


\?0n  Buprtn  Thresholds,  Strike  and  Buffer  Cast  Integral 

COMBINING  SYMMETRY,  STRENGTH  AND  DURABILITY 


AUTHOR’S  NOTE:  A  suggestion  for  architects— Ordi¬ 
narily  you  specify  brass  or  bronze  thresholds.  Added  to  this 
is  the  price  of  bottom  strikes,  which  generally  are  either 
omitted  by  the  contractor  (because  of  the  tedious  work  re¬ 
quired  to  apply).  Result:  An  unsatisfactory  installation— -and 
condemnation  of  panic  bolts.  When  ordinary  thresholds  are 
furnished  by  others,  the  same  are  not  delivered  until  after 
panic  bolts  are  applied,  then,  in  the  frenzy  to  complete  the  job, 
thresholds  are  crammed  in  any  way  to  get  through.  If 
VON  DUPRIN  thresholds  are  furnished  with  VON  DUPRIN 
panic  bolts,  they  are  delivered  in  one  shipment — resulting  in 

A  GOOD  INSTALLATION. 

Thresholds  shown  below  properly  executed  by  us  cost  very 


little,  if  any,  more,  and  produce  a  highly  satisfactory  in¬ 
stallation. 

“Specify  VON  DUPRIN  thresholds  and  bottom  strikes 
and  buffers  cast  integral.”  Furnished  with  2"  No.  14  brass 
screws  and  expansions  complete.  Screw  holes  drilled  in  center 
and  intermediate  locations  as  indicated,  and  3"  from  each  end. 

Ordinary  three-way  thresholds  %"  high,  A"  thick  top,  4 1/2" 
for  1  y^"  door,  5"  for  2)4”  door. 

Flat  thresholds  )4"  high,  )4"  thick  top,  4)4"  for  1)4”  door, 
5"  for  2)4"  door. 

Rabbeted  three-way  thresholds  Yi"  high,  A"  thick  top,  4)4" 
for  1)4"  door,  5"  for  2)4"  door. 


Figs.  2362,  2363,  for  vertical  rod  device  on  standing  door 
and  mortise  lock  on  active  door 


CENTER  OF  STILE  CENTER  OF  OOOR  OPENING 


Fig.  2364— Three-Way  (Old  276) 


CENTER  OF  DOOR  OPENING  CENTER  OF  STILE 


For  vertical  rod  devices,  both  doors 


EXTREME  MEASUREMENT  BETWEEN  JAMBS 

Fig.  2372 — Three-Way 


Fig.  2373 — Three-Way 


CENTER  OF  DOOR  OPENING 


For  Thresholds  No.  2392, 
2393,  2394 

Section  through  thresh¬ 
old  showing  latch 
in  position 


CENTER  OF  STILE 


Brass  or  Bronze  Only 


When  ordering  specify— (1)  Extreme  measurement  between  jambs.  (2)  Indicate  center  of  door.  (3)  Give  measurement  from 
center  of  door  to  center  of  stile. 

Unpolished,  wheeled,  brush  brass,  and  polished  brass  or  bronze. 

Important  Notice:  Unless  the  word  VON  DUPRIN”  appears  on  the  thresholds,  we  are  not  responsible  for  the  improper  opera¬ 
tion  of  the  unit. 

Can  also  furnish  any  of  above  patterns  with  ribbed  surfaces.  At  center  all  plates  are  smooth. 


[120] 


VTon  Buprtn  Standard  Sill  or  Threshold  Strikes 

For  Vertical  Rod  Devices 

All  Cast  Brass  or  Bronze 


Fig.  251L,  Double 


NOTE:  In  ordering  study  sill  conditions  carefully.  Order  the  proper  strike,  state  ma¬ 
terial  to  which  strike  will  be  made  fast— thus  :  wood,  stone,  concrete,  iron,  etc.,  etc.  Where 
expansions  are  required,  same  are  in  our  equipment. 


Use  Strike,  Fig.  251L 


Fig.  251L,  Single 


Use  Strike,  Fig.  252L 


EXPANSION  SHIELDS 

Use  Strike,  Fig.  253L 


Fig.  252L,  Single 


Fig.  253L,  Single 


Use  Strike,  Fig.  254L 


Fig.  254L,  Single 


Figure 

For  Devices 

Figure 

For  Devices 

213L  Ittner.  . 

.  ..1123B,  1127B,  6123C,  6127C,  5127D,  2123K,  2127K. 

253L . 

241L . 

.  .  St.  Louis. 

254L . 

. Same  as  251L. 

25 1L . 

.  .  1123B,  1127B.  6123C,  6127C,  5127D,  3127E2,  4127J, 

255L . 

. Same  as  251L. 

8127H,  LR1127B.  LR6127C,  LR3127E2,  LR4127J, 

2561 . 

2123K,  2127K,  LR8127H. 

257L . 

. 1127  x  1724. 

Same  as  251L. 


252L 


[121] 


V^on  Buprtn  Standard  Sill  or  Threshold  Strikes 

For  Vertical  Rod  Devices 

All  Cast  Brass  or  Bronze,  Except  Where  Specifically  Stated  Otherwise 


Fig.  233L 


Fig.  289LU 


Fig.  293L,  Three-Way 


Fig.  292L,  Flat 


Fig.  237L,  Special 


Fig.  248L 


VTon  Buprin  Standard  Soffit  Strikes 

For  Vertical  Rod  Devices  with  Latching  Feature 

All  Cast  Brass  or  Bronze 


Fig.  281U 


Fig.  286U 


Fig.  273U 


Fig.  271U 


Fig.  272U 


Fig.  287U 


Fig.  232U 


Fig.  230U 


Fig.  234U 


Fig.  291U 


Fig.  295U 


Fig.  285U 


Fig.  288U,  Concealed  LR 


Figure  For  Devices 

230U  Upper  strike . LR1527L,  LR1523L. 

231L  Lower  strike . Iron,  brass  cap.  LR1527L,  LR1523L. 

232 U  Upper  strike . 2251K. 

233 L  Lower  strike . 2 15 IK. 

234U  Upper  strike . Iron.  P2257,  round  bolt  head. 

237L  Lower  strike . Malleable  iron.  T34Q,  9127F. 

242L  Lower  strike . 1137B,  1133B,  6137C,  6133C.  2137K,  2133K. 

243L  Lower  strike . Iron.  Standard  for  9127F,  9172F. 

248L  Lower  strike . Buffer  for  active  door  device. 

27 1U  Upper  strike . LR1127,  LR6127C,  LR2127K. 


272 U  Extended  lip  as  273U. 


Figure  For  Devices 

273U  Upper  strike . 1127B,  2127K,  5127D,  6127C. 

281U  Upper  strike . 8127H,  4127J,  3127E2. 

285U  Upper  strike . 1272P,  1227P,  1372P,  1327P,  concealed. 

286U  Upper  strike . LR8127H,  LR4127J,  LR3127E2. 

287U  Upper  strike . 1272P,  1227P,  1372P,  1327P,  concealed. 

288U  Upper  strike . LR1272P,  1227P,  1372P,  1327P,  concealed. 

289LU  Lower  strike . 1627R,  1623R,  Duquesne  top  or  bottom. 

291U  Upper  strike . Iron.  34Q,  T34Q. 

292L  Lower  strike . 1272P,  1227P,  concealed. 

293L  Lower  strike . 1272P,  1227P,  concealed. 

295U  Upper  strike . Iron.  9127F. 


[  122] 


No.  250J  V?0U  Buprhl  Patented  Collapsible  Strike 

Single  Entrance  Doors  Equipped  with  VON  DUPRIN  Cylinder  Locks 


No.  250J 


Regular  Equipment  for  Type  “B”  VON  DUPRIN  Devices 


FEATURES 

No.  250J  Patented  Collapsible  Strike  for  Single  Door 
Devices — With  dead  pressure  against  bottom  of  door 
(as  in  case  of  bodies  piled  against  the  bottom  of  door) 
ordinary  strikes  act  as  friction  points,  making  undue  re¬ 
sistance  in  the  withdrawal  of  latch  bolts.  With  this  im¬ 
proved  method  each  consecutive  pressure  against  cross 
bar  will  withdraw  latch  bolt  to  point  from  front 
edge,  then  strike  collapses  owing  to  undue  pressure 
against  door.  This,  with  the  special  VON  DUPRIN 
creeping  latch  bolt,  eliminates  all  danger  of  sticking. 


No.  250J 


No.  247J  YJon  Buprin  Patented  Adjustable  Strike 

For  Double  Entrance  Doors 

Featured  to  eliminate  shrunken  door  troubles.  The  custodian  of  the  building  can  keep  his  locks  adjusted  as  the  seasons  (dry  or 
wet)  change.  Furnished  as  regular  equipment  with  type  “b”  VON  DUPRIN  devices. 


Normal 


247J 

(Patented) 


Strike  Extended 


Shims  not  furnished  by  us  (can  be  made  of  cardboard).  A  full  /i"  extension  can  be  made. 


[  123] 


& 

ro 


Doors 


Fig.  244 J 


^on  JBUprtU  Jamb  Strikes  for  Single 


T 

■f 

...1  1 

Fig.  RD244J,  Flushing 


-1  i”- 
Fig.  3 07 J,  254' 


Fig.  246J,  2}4"  Hamilton 


Fig.  250J,  Collapsible 


Fig.  246J,  1$4"  Hamilton 


Fig.  249J 


Fig.  297J,  254"  Door 


Fig.  277J 


Fig.  236J 


Fig.  227J,  Box  Strike 


Fig.  283J 


Fig.  226J 


■j£» 

Fig.  304J,  for  1^4 


ix  Strike 


Figure  For  Locks  or  Latches  Number 

226J . 26  and  29  latches. 

227 J . 26  and  29  latches. 

229RJ . 2954  and  29R  latches. 

235J . NL1325A,  1328A  devices. 

236) . 9147N  device. 

244J . 22,  23,  24,  25,  BK22,  BK24  locks. 

RD244J . Flushing. 

246J  "Hamilton” _ 22,  23,  24,  25,  BK22.  BK24  locks. 

249 J .  1025A,  NL1025A,  1026A,  NL1026A,  1028A,  1225A, 

NL1225A,  1228A  devices. 


Figure  For  Locks  or  Latches  Number 

250J . 22,  23,  24,  25,  BK22,  BK24. 

277J . 1125A,  NL1125A,  1128A. 

283T . Horizontal  bolt,  34Q,  T34Q. 

296T . )  1025A,  1026A,  NL1025A,  NL1026A,  1028A, 

297T .  5  1225A,  NL1225A. 

304T .  )  1025A,  1026A,  NL1025A,  NL1026A,  1028A, 

305J .  S  1225A,  NL1225A,  1228A. 

307) . 30  latch. 


[  124] 


Yton  Buprin  Jamb  Strikes  for  Double  Doors 

For  Cylinder  Locks  22,  23,  24,  NL24,  2  5,  NL2  5 

All  Brass  or  Bronze 


Fig.  245J,  1 34"  Door,  LHRB  Fig.  245JA,  2"  Door,  LHRB 


Fig.  245JB,  254"  Door,  LHRB  Fig.  245JC,  2J4"  Door,  LHRB 


Fig.  245JD,  234",  LHRB 


**  I  6 


Fig.  247JD,  Adjustable,  LHRB 


NOTE:  Adjustable  strikes  shown  on 
page  have  same  measurements.  Num¬ 
bers  as  follows : 

Fig.  247J,  134”  Door 

Fig.  247JA,  2"  Door 
Fig.  247JB,  2^4"  Door 
Fig.  247JC,  2 J4"  Door 


Fig.  298J 


Fig.  299J 


Fig.  284 J 


Figure 

229-1/2J  . 

245J  . 

245JA  . 

245JB  . 

245JC  . 

245JD  . 

RD245J  Radius 

247J  . 

247JA  . 


For  Locks  or  Latches  Number 
. 26K  and  29. 

}22,  23,  24,  25,  BK22,  NL22,  NL24.  We  have  pat¬ 
tern  for  2 y%"  door. 

face. 22,  23,  24,  25,  BK22  locks.  Radius  134”  is  2";  for  2J4"  is  454". 
•••  [22,  23,  24,  25,  BK22,  NL22,  NL24. 

[125] 


Figure  For  Locks  or  Latches  Number 

247JB  . ) 

247JC  . >  22,  23,  24,  25,  BK22,  NL22,  NL24. 

247JD  \ 

RD247J  Radius  face. 22,  23,  24,  25,  BK22  locks.  Radius  for 

134”  door  is  2";  for  254"  is  454". 

284J  . 26K  and  29. 

294J  . 134"  for  lock  30. 

294J  . 254"  for  lock  30. 

298J  . 1025A,  1026A,  1225A. 

299J  . 1125A,  NL1125A,  1128A. 


■fTon  Buprtn  Springs-Full  Size 


No.  409S  Collapsible  Strike  Spring — Balance  for  Obsolete  Devices 


[  126] 


Springs  for  ^OU  3©Upt*ttt  Devices 


417-T 


431  -C 


420-P 


No.  432.  Phosphor  Bronze  Compression  Flat  Wire  Springs  for  A,  B,  C,  E2,  H,  K  1928 

Rim  and  Mortise  Lock  Type  Devices 

No.  433.  Phosphor  Bronze  Compression  Flat  Wire  Springs  for  1225Axll25A  and  Types  B  and  C  Vertical  Rod  Devices 

Balance  for  Obsolete  Devices 
[127] 


No.  91  J.  M.  Special  School  House  Hinge  Set 


Bolted  through  the  door  and  plates  on  both 
sides  of  the  door.  Keep  the  doors  from  going 
in  to  wind  insuring  a  perfect  working  door  at 
all  times.  Made  in  all  brass  or  bronze  only. 


L.  H.  R.  B. 
Bottom 


STEEL 

BUSHING 


Brass  Bolt 

Used  for  Hinged  Plates 


PHANTOM  VIEW,  SHOWING  THE  HINGES  IN  POSITION 
Hinge  plates  are  A"  thick.  Butt  has  five  knuckles,  steel  bushed. 

Door  equipped  with  VON  DUPRIN  devices  and  a  good  door  check,  uninterrupted  service  is  certain  for  each. 
No.  91U  top  with  ^"bolts,  special  round  heads. 

No.  91C  center  with  bolts,  special  round  heads. 

No.  91 B  bottom  with  1/%"  bolts,  special  round  heads. 

Specify  Hand  Wanted.  Always  Reverse  Bevel 


[  128  ] 


t  main  LATCH 


Type  "A”  Metal  Door  Information 

REINFORCING  MEMBER  CHART  AND  LOCK  AND  LATCH  POSITION  CHART 
For  Devices  Shown  on  Pages  9  to  13,  Inclusive 
All  Measurements  Given  Are  Taken  from  Bottom  of  DOOR 


FOR  VON  DUPRIN  DEVICES 
NOS.  1225A  NL1225A  1228A 

1125A • NL1125A  1 1 28A 


POSITION  OF  LATCH  AND  PANIC  BAR 
FOR  VON  DUPRIN  DEVICES 
NOS  1225A  -  NL1225A  1228A 

1 125A  NL1 12SA  1128A 


IF  HARDWARE  IS  USEO 
ON  OUTSIOE  OF  OOOR 
PROVIOE  A  24  REINF 


SIZE  OF  REINF.  REQUIRED 
FOR  VON  DUPRIN  DEVICES 
NOS.  1025A  NL102SA  1028A  1026A 
NL1026A • NL1325A 


r 


OF  PANIC  BAR 


POSITION  OF  LATCH  BOLT  AND 
PANIC  BAR  VON  DUPRIN  DEVICES 
NOS.  NL1325A-  1328A 


POSITION  OF  LATCH  AND  PANIC  BAR 
FOR  VON  DUPRIN  DEVICES 
NOS.  102 5 A  -  NL1025A  -  1028A 
1 026 A  NL1026A 


[  129] 


Nos.  1025  and  1026  Bulldog  Type  "A”  Functioning  Member  Charts 

For  Devices  Shown  on  Pages  9  to  13,  Inclusive 


329/32" 


1025 

1025 -45 A 

Eccentric  Arm 

1026-10 A 

Case 

1025-1 A 

Cap 

1025-46A 

Finger  and  Disc 

1026-R11A 

Right  Lever  Arm 

1025-2A 

Latch  Bolt 

1025-47A 

Master  Control  Lever 

1026-12A 

1"  Cross  Bar,  16-Gauge  Brass 

1025 -3 A 

Lift  Arm 

1025-48A 

Cylinder  Anchor  Screw 

1026-16A 

Case 

1025-4A 

Tumbler  and  Dog 

1025 -49 A 

Case-hardened  Steel  Bushing 

1026-18 A 

Lever  Latch  Control  Arm 

1025-5A 

Cam  (Cylinder) 

1025-50A 

Case-Hardened  Steel  Bushing 

1026-22A 

Spring  (Band) 

1025-8A 

Compensating  Lift 

1025-51 A 

Spring  Guide 

1026-24 A 

Spring  (Compression) 

1025-9A 

Thumbpiece  Dog 

432 A 

Spring,  see  page  131 

1026-36A 

Axle 

1025-10A 

Case 

1025-59A 

Axle  Set  Screw 

1026-37A 

Machine  Screw,  size  — 6-32 

1025-L11A 

Left  Lever  Arm 

1026-45 A 

Eccentric  Arm 

1025-12A 

1"  Cross  Bar,  16-Gauge  Brass 

1026 

1026-46A 

Finger  and  Disc 

1025-16A 

Case 

1026-1 A 

Cap 

1026-50A 

Case-Hardened  Steel  Bushing 

1025-18A 

Lever  Latch  Control  Arm 

1026-2A 

Latch  Bolt 

1026-51 A 

Spring  Guide 

1025-22A 

Spring  (Band) 

1026-3 A 

Lift  Arm 

1026-58 A 

Dogging  Plug  Screw 

1025-24A 

Spring  (Compression) 

1026-4 A 

Tumbler  and  Dog 

1026-59A 

Axle  Set  Screw 

1025-36A 

Axle 

1026-8A 

Compensating  Lift 

432A 

Spring 

1025-37A 

Machine  Screw,  size  — 6-32 

1026-9 A 

Thumbpiece  Dog 

[  130] 


Nos.  1225  and  1125  Bulldog  Type  "A”  Functioning  Member  Charts 

For  Devices  Shown  on  Pages  9  to  13,  Inclusive 


!<■ - 329/32" 


-ij 


x. 

^w~ 

- p^ 

\so 

PT\ 

ID 


1225 

1225-46A 

Disc  and  Cam 

1 125-12A 

1"  Cross  Bar,  16-Gauge  Brass 

1225-1A 

Cap 

1225-48A 

Master  Control  Lever 

1125-17A 

Lever  Latch  Control  Arm 

1225-2A 

Latch  Bolt 

1225-50A 

Steel  Sleeve 

1125-22 A 

Spring  (Band) 

122S-3A 

Lift  Arm 

1225-51A 

Spring  Guide 

1125-24A 

Spring  (Compression) 

1225-4A 

Tumbler  and  Dog 

1225-59A 

Axle  Set  Screw 

1125-36A  • 

Axle 

1225-8A 

Hub,  ft"  Spindle 

432 A 

Spring,  see  page  131 

1125-37A 

Machine  Screw,  size  7/s" — 6-32 

1225-10A 

Case 

1125-45 A 

Eccentric  Arm 

1225-L11A 

Left  Lever  Arm 

1125 

11 25 -46 A 

Disc  and  Cam 

1225-12A 

1"  Cross  Bar,  61-Gauge  Brass 

1125-1A 

Cap 

1125-48A 

Hub  Control  Dog 

122S-16A 

Case 

1125-2A 

Latch  Bolt 

1125-50A 

Steel  Sleeve 

1225-17 A 

Lever  Latch  Control  Arm 

1125-3A 

Lift  Arm 

1 125-5 1 A 

Spring  Guide 

1225-22A 

Spring  (Band) 

1125-4A 

Tumbler  and  Dog 

1125-58A 

Dog  Screw 

1225-24A 

Spring  (Compression) 

1125-8A 

Hub,  ft"  Spindle 

1125-59A 

Axle  Screw 

1225-36A 

Axle 

1125-10A 

Case 

11 25-60 A 

Spring 

1225-37A 

Machine  Screw,  size  7/s — 6-32 

1125-R11A 

Right  Lever  Arm 

[  131] 


Type  "B”  Metal  Door  Information 

REINFORCING  MEMBER  CHART  AND  LOCK  AND  LATCH  POSITION  CHART 

For  Devices  Shown  on  Pages  IS  to  25,  Inclusive 
All  Measurements  Given  Are  Taken  from  Bottom  of  DOOR 


FOR  VON  DUPRIN  DEVICES 
NOS.  K1 1 26B  -  11 29 B  -  1  1 29  1/2  B 
11308  •  1730B 


NO.  1172B 


SIZE  OF  REINF.  REQUIRED 
FOR  VON  DUPRIN  DEVICES 
NOS.  11238  1127B  1133B1137B 


If  HARDWARE  IS  USED 
ON  OUTSiOE  Of  OOOR 
PROVIDE  A  2  2  RElNf 


O 

z 


a  -h 

u.  v£> 

O 

"c© 

±_1 


SIZE  OF  REINF.  REQUIRED 
FOR  VON  DUPRIN  DEVICES 
NOS.  1122B-  1  1  24 B  •  1722B  -  1724B 
NLU24B-  NL1  724B  •  N  L 1 14 1  B  N  LI  74 1  8 


FOR  VON  DUPRIN  DEVICES 
NOS.  1122B-  11248  -  1722B  -  1724 B 
NL1124B-  NL1724B  •  NU1141B- NL17410 


POSITION  OF  LATCH  BOLT  AND 
PANIC  BAR  VON  DUPRIN  DEVICES 
NOS.  1 1  308  •  17300 


PANIC  BAR  VON  DUPRIN  DEVICE 
NO.  K1126B 


PANIC  BAR  VON  DUPRIN  DEVICE 
NO.  1129B 


PANIC  BAR  VON  DUPRIN  DEVICE 
NO.  1129  1/2  B 


f  132] 


Type  "B”  Functioning  Member  Chart 

For  Devices  Shown  on  Pages  15  to  25,  Inclusive 


40B 


IB 

Upper  Rod  Control  Arm 

9B 

Case 

19B 

Latch  Tail 

36B 

Axle 

01 B 

Upper  Rod  Control  Arm 

10B 

Case 

20B 

Latch 

37B 

Machine  Screw  y%" — 6-32 

2B 

Lower  Rod  Control  Arm 

011B 

Left  Lever  Arm 

2 1  B 

Case 

40B 

Compensating  Screw  and 

C2B 

Lower  Rod  Control  Arm 

RUB 

Right  Lever  Arm 

22B 

Slotted  Washer 

Ball 

3B 

Cam 

R011B 

Right  Lever  Arm 

23B 

Cap 

Case 

41 B 

Cam 

4B 

Tumbler  Dog 

12B 

1"  Cross  Bar,  16-Gauge 

24B 

43B 

Case-Hardened  Steel  Sleeve 

5B 

Cam  and  Disc 

Brass 

26B 

Latch  Lift 

60B 

Spring  Guide 

6B 

Cap 

16B 

Case 

R27B 

Right  Lever  Arm 

058B 

Dogging  Plug  Screw 

7B 

Cap 

17B 

Compression  Spring 

281! 

Cap 

432B 

Compression  Spring 

8B 

Hub — -xV'  Spindle 

18B 

y%"  Brass  Rod 

32B 

Central  Lever  Arm 

433B 

Compression  Spring 

[  133] 


Type  "C”  Metal  Door  Information 

REINFORCING  MEMBER  CHART  AND  LOCK  AND  LATCH  POSITION  CHART 

For  Devices  Shown  on  Pages  27  to  37,  Inclusive 
All  Measurements  Given  Are  Taken  from  Bottom  of  DOOR 


IF  HARDWARE  IS  USED 
ON  OUTSIDE  OF  DOOR 
PROVIDE  A  20"  REINF 


'v£> 

m 

_i 


SIZE  OF  REINF.  REQUIRED 
FOR  VON  DUPRIN  DEVICES 
NOS.  KS 1 26C  -  6 1 29C  -  6 1 29  1/2  C 


SIZE  OF  REINFORCEMENTS  REQUIRED 
FOR  VON  DUPRIN  DEVICE 
NO.  6172C 


FOR  VON  DUPRIN  DEVICES 
NOS.  6123C  •  6127C  6133C- 6137C 


IF  HARDWARE  IS  USED 
ON  OUTSIDE  OF  DOOR 
PROVIDE  A  22*  REINF 


SIZE  OF  REINF  REQUIRED 
FOR  VON  DUPRIN  DEVICES 
NOS  6122C • 6124C  6722C • 6724C 
NL6124C- NL6724C - NL6141C • NL6741C 


FOR  VON  DUPRIN  DEVICES 
NOS  6122C • 6124C  6722C  6724C 
NL6124C- NL6724C - NL6141C • NL6741C 


POSITION  OF  LATCH  BOLT  AND 
PANIC  BAR  VON  DUPRIN  DEVICES 
NOS.  6130C-  6730C 


J 


latch  bolt 


'-irt 

o 


Of  PANIC 
BAR 


POSITION  OF  LATCH  BOLT  AND 
PANIC  BAR  VON  DUPRIN  OEVICE 
NO.  K6126C 


PANIC  BAR  VON  DUPRIN  DEVICE  PANIC  BAR  VON  DUPRIN  OEVICE 

NO-  6129C  NO.  6l29  1/2C 


[  134] 


Type  "C”  Functioning  Member  Chart 

For  Devices  Shown  on  Pages  27  to  37,  Inclusive 


1C 

Upper  Rod  Control  Arm 

IOC 

Case 

2C 

Lower  Rod  Control  Arm 

LI  1C 

Left  Lever  Arm 

3C 

Cam 

R11C 

Right  Lever  Arm 

4C 

Tumbler  Dog 

R011C 

Right  Lever  Arm 

1"  Cross  Bar,  16*Gauge 

5C 

Cam  and  Disc 

12C 

6C 

Cap 

Brass 

7C 

Cap 

16C 

Case 

8C 

Hub — Size  Spindle, 

17C 

Compression  Spring 

9C 

Case 

18C 

Y"  Brass  Rod 

19C 

Latch  Tail 

R27C 

Right  Lever  Arm 

20C 

Latch 

28C 

Cap 

21C 

Case 

36C 

Axle 

22C 

Slotted  Washer 

37C 

Machine  Screw,  Size 

23C 

Cap 

6-32 

24C 

Case 

40C 

Case-Hardened  Sleeve 

25C 

Tension  Spring 

058C 

Dogging  Plug  Screw 

26C 

Latch  Lift 

432C 

Compression  Spring 

L27C 

Left  Lever  Arm 

433C 

Compression  Spring 

[  135] 


Type  "D”  Metal  Door  Information 

REINFORCING  MEMBER  CHART  AND  LOCK  AND  LATCH  POSITION  CHART 

For  Devices  Shown  on  Pages  39  to  43,  Inclusive 
All  Measurements  Given  Are  Taken  from  Bottom  of  DOOR 


FOR  VON  OUPRlN  DEVICES 
NOS  K5126D  51290  5129  1/2  D 
51300  57  300 


FOR  VON  DUPRIN  DEVICE 
NO.  51720 


FOR  VON  DUPRIN  DEVICE 
NO  51270 


FOR  VON  DUPRIN  DEVICES 
NOS  51220  51240  57220  57240 
NL5124D  NL5724D  NL5141D  NL5741 


O 


FOR  VON  DUPRIN  DEVICES  PANIC  BAR  VON  OUPRlN  DEVICES 

NOS  51220  51240  5722D  57240  NOS  51300  57300 

NL5124D  NL5724D  N  LS  1  4  1  D  NL5741D 


J 


LATCH  BOLT 


<7 


Of  PANIC 
BAR 


:|f 

o 


POSITION  OF  LATCH  BOLT  AND 
PANIC  BAR  VON  OUPRlN  DEVICE 
NO  Kft 1 260 


POSITION  OF  LATCH  BOLT  AND 
PANIC  BAR  VON  DUPRiN  DEVICE 
NO  51290 


PANIC  BAR  VON  DUPRIN  OEVICE 
NO  5129  1/20 


[  136 


Type  "D”  Functioning  Member  Chart 

For  Devices  Shown  on  Pages  39  to  43,  Inclusive 


9D  _ 
ID  _ 
017D 


R11D 
2D 


5" 


ID 

Upper  Rod  Control  Arm 

2D 

Lower  Rod  Control  Arm 

9D 

Case 

L11D 

Left  Lever  Arm 

R11D 

Right  Lever  Arm 

12D 

1"  Cross  Bar,  16-gauge  brass 

16D 

Case,  Hinged  End 

17D 

Compression  Spring 

ODD 

Extension  Spring 

18D 

L s"  Brass  Rod 

19D 

Latch  Tail 

20D  Latch 
21D  Case 

22D  Slotted  Washer 
23D  Cap 
24D  Case 

25D  Main  Compression  Spring 
26D  Latch  Lift 
R27D  Right  Lever  Arm 
28D  Main  Case  Cap 
432D  Compression  Spring 


[137] 


Type  "H”  Metal  Door  Information 

REINFORCING  MEMBER  CHART  AND  LOCK  AND  LATCH  POSITION  CHART 
For  Devices  Shown  on  Pages  59  to  69,  Inclusive 
All  Measurements  Given  Are  Taken  from  Bottom  of  DOOR 


SIZE  OF  REINF.  REQUIRED 
FOR  VON  OUPRIN  DEVICES 
NOS  8 1 29H  •  8129  1/2  H  ■  KB126H 
81 3QH - 8730H 


SIZE  OF  REINFORCEMENTS  REQUIRED 
FOR  VON  OUPRIN  DEVICE 
NO.  8172M 


FOR  VON  OUPRIN  DEVICES 
NOS.  8123H-8127H 


IF  HARDWARE  IS  USED 

ON  OUTSIDE  OF  DOOR 

PROVIDE 

A  22” 

REINF 

h  XH 

Wx 

TH 

nr 

- 

i  1  CO 

'  1 

<r 

1  1 
( 

a> 

1 _ I 

o 

z 

CL 

u. 

vO 

0 

cD 

K> 

1 

SIZE  OF  REINF.  REQUIRED 
FOR  VON  OUPRIN  DEVICES 
NOS.  8122H  •  8722H  -  8124H  -  8724H 
NL8124H  NL8724H  -  NL8141H  NL8741H 


POSITION  OF  CYLINDER  AND  LATCH 
PANIC  BAR  VON  OUPRIN  DEVICES 
NOS.  8122H  ■  8722H  •  8124H  •  8724H 
NL8124H  NL8724H-NL8141H  NL8741H 


latch  boct 


^  OF  PANIC 
BA  R 


v£> 

fO 


POSITION  OF  LATCH  BOLT  ANO 
PANIC  BAR  VON  OUPRIN  DEVICES 
NOS  813QH - 8730H 


/ 


,  LATCH  BOLT 


OF  PANIC 
BAR 


POSITION  OF  KNOB  LATCH  BOLT 
AND  PANIC  BAR  VON  OUPRIN 
NO  K8126H 


POSITION  OF  LATCH  BOLT  ANO 
PANIC  BAR  VON  OUPRIN  OEVICE 
NO  8129H 


PANIC  BAR  VON  OUPRIN  DEVICE 
NO.  8129  1/2  H 


[  138] 


Type  WH”  Functioning  Member  Chart 

For  Devices  Shown  on  Pages  59  to  69,  Inclusive 


1H 

Upper  Rod  Control 

Arm 

01H 

Upper  Rod  Control 

Arm 

2H 

Lower  Rod  Control 

Arm 

02  H 

Lower  Rod  Control 

Arm 

4H 

Tumbler  Dog 

5H 

Cam  and  Disc 

6H 

Cap 

7H 

Cap 

8H 

Hub,  A"  Spindle 

9H 

Case 

10H 

Case 

L11H 

Left  Lever  Arm 

R11H  Right  Lever  Arm 
R011H  Right  Lever  Arm 

12H  1"  Cross  Bar,  16-gauge  brass 

16H  End  Case 
18H  y2"  Brass  Rod,  Lower 

20H  Latch 
21H  Case,  Lower 
24  H  Case 
26H  Latch  Lift 
R27H  Right  Lever  Arm 
28H  Cap 
33H  Spring 


36H  Axle 

37H  Machine  Screw,  size  Ls" — 6-32 
48H  Guard  Plate 
49H  Lower  Latch  Link 
50H  Upper  Latch  Link 
51H  Upper  Latch  Case  Fork 
52H  Upper  Rod  Link 
53H  Case,  Upper 
54H  yy  Brass  Rod,  Upper 
58F1  Dogging  Plug  Screw 
59H  End  Case  Cap 
432H  Compression  Spring 
433H  Compression  Spring 


[  139] 


Type  "K”  Metal  Door  Information 

REINFORCING  MEMBER  CHART  AND  LOCK  AND  LATCH  POSITION  CHART 

For  Devices  Shown  on  Pages  75  to  87,  Inclusive 
All  Measurements  Given  Are  Taken  from  Bottom  of  DOOR 


FOR  VON  DUPRIN  DEVICES 
NOS.  2129K  ■  2129  1/2  K  K2126K 
2130K • 2730K 


IF  HARDWARE  IS  USEO 
ON  OUTSIDE  OF  OOOR 
PROVIDE  A  22  REiNF 


W  X 

IT 

'  CO 

Lj-L 


I***! 

Jr_1 


T 


o 


SIZE  OF  REINF  REQUIREO 
FOR  VON  OUPRIN  DEVICES 
NOS.  2122K  2124K-  2722K  2724K 
NL2124K-  NL2724K  NL2141K-  NL2741K 


SIZE  OF  REINFORCEMENTS  REQUIRED 
FOR  VON  DUPRIN  OEVICE 
NO.  2172K 


FOR  VON  DUPRIN  DEVICES 
NOS  2123K- 2127K-2133K-2137K 


POSITION  OF  LATCH  PANIC  BAR 
FOR  VON  DUPRIN  DEVICES 
NOS.  2122K  -  2124K- 2722K  2724K 
NL2124K- NL2724K  N L2 1 4 1  K  •  N L274 1 K 


POSITION  OF  LATCH  BOLT  AND 
PANIC  BAR  VON  DUPRIN  DEVICES 
NOS  2130K  2730K 


PANIC  BAR  VON  OUPRIN  DEVICE 
NO  K2 1  26K 


PANIC  BAR  VON  OUPRIN  DEVICE 
NO  2129H 


PANIC  BAR  VON  DUPRIN  DEVICE 
NO  2129  1/2K 


f  HO] 


Type  "K”  Functioning  Member  Chart 

For  Devices  Shown  on  Pages  75  to  87,  Inclusive 


13/4 


28K 


24K 


32K 


26K 


12K 


433-K 


l  I 

I**-  1  3A  — H 


r 


OIK 

Upper  Rod  Control  Arm 

16K 

Case 

33K 

Spring 

02  K 

Lower  Rod  Control  Arm 

17K 

Compression  Spring 

36K 

Axle 

3K 

Cam 

18K 

Y%"  Brass  Rod 

37K 

Machine  Screw,  Size  V?.". — 

4K 

Tumbler  Dog 

19K 

Latch  Tail 

6-32 

5K 

Cam  and  Disc 

20K 

Latch 

41K 

Cam 

6K 

Cap 

21K 

Case 

48  K 

Guard  Plate 

7K 

Cap 

22  K 

Slotted  Washer 

58K 

Dogging  Plug  Screw 

8K 

Hul) — Size  Spindle,  A" 

23K 

Cap 

59K 

Spring  Guide 

9K 

Case 

24  K 

Case 

432K 

End  Case  Compression 

10K 

Case 

26K 

Latch  Lift 

Spring 

L011K 

Left  Lever  Arm 

R27K 

Right  Lever  Arm 

433K 

Main  Case  Compression 

R011K 

Right  Lever  Arm 

28K 

Cap 

Spring 

12K 

1"  Cross  Bar,  16-Gauge  Brass 

32K 

Central  Lever  Arm 

[  141  ] 


Functioning  Members  of  Old  Types  of  *^JOU  Devices 

Seven-eighths  Full  Size 


[142] 


Functioning  Members  of  Old  Types  of  '^OU  2BUpriU  Devices 

Seven-eighths  Full  Size 


[143] 


Comparable  List  of  Competitive  Devices 

NOTE:  Where  we  do  not  have  devices  comparable  to  other  manufacturers  we  sacrifice  in  the  rating  by  giving  easy  spring  terminal 

latches  on  vertical  rods  and  include  dogging  devices  on  both  ends  of  cross  bar. 


Box  Case  and  Semi-Box  Case  Devices 


Russell 

Erwin 

P  &  F 
Corbin 

Sargent 

Sc  Co. 

VON  DUPRIN 

Reading 

Hardware 

Co. 

Gravity 

VON  DUPRIN 
Double 
Cylinder 

Gravity 

Steffen- 

Amberg 

Smith 

Gravity 

Smith 

80 

VON 

DUPRIN 

Gravity 

H. 

Elmer 

Clark 

60 

02352 

2127K 

BK7122G  N.Y. 

22 

3127E2 

35 

97032 

5412 

5457 

5525 

5525 

NL7124G  N.Y. 

60 

60 

60  Unpol. 
60  Unpol. 
260 

65 

65 

65  Iron 
63x65  Iron 

63  x  65 
63x65  Iron 

66  Dbl. 
66  N.  L. 

66  Unpol. 

66  Sgl. 
66Sgl.N.L. 
66  Unpol. 

67  Dbl. 
67  Sgl. 

02352 

02357  or  02352 
T02352  Unpol. 
T02357  Unpol. 

LR2127K 

2127K 

2127K  UPS 

LR3127E2 

45 

80 

LR8127H 

LR3127E2 

45 

80 

LR8127H 

LR3127E2  UPS 

2172K 

445 

8172H 

97035 

02354 

02354 

D03354  Iron 
03354  x  03352 
02352  x  02354 
D03354xD03352 
42386 

42386 

52386  Unpol. 
42386 

42386 

5535 

2123K 

2123K 

245 

8123H 

270 

8123H 

5525  x  5535 

2127K  x  2123K 

45  x  245 

8127Hx8123H 

5758 

5560 

2724K 
NL2724K 
2724K  UPS 

11  x  Str.  45 

1 1  x  Str.  45 

3724E2 

NL-3724E2 

336  or  736 
A336  or  A736 

836 

A836 

8724H 

NL8724H 

97047  x  104 
97047  x  104 

5758 

5560 

2124K 

NL2124K 

1 1  x  Str.  35 
11  x  Str.  35 

3124E2 

336  or  736 
A336  or  A736 

836 

A836 

8124H 

NL8724H 

97047  x  104 
97047  x  104 

42387 

5754  or  5554 
5554  or  5754 

2722K 

2122K 

21  x  45 

21  x  35 

3722E2 

3122E2 

337  or  334 
337  or  334 

837 

A837 

8722H 

8122H 

97047  x  107 
97047  x  107 

5558  Sgl. 

NL2124K  x  2806 

NL-3124  x  2806 

NL2724K  x  2806 

NL-3124  x  2806 

5560  Sgl. 

NL2124K 

NL-3124E2 

NL2724K 

NL-3724E2 

5758  Sgl. 

2124K  x  2800 

3124E2  x  2800 

2724K  x  2800 

3724E2  x  2800 

68  Sgl. 

68  Sgl. 

68  Dbl. 

69  Sgl. 

69  Dbl. 

41180 

52380  Unpol. 
41180  Dbl. 

5533  Sgl. 

BK2122K 

BK-3122E2 

BK2122K  UPS 

BK2722K 

BK-3722E2 

41176 

5511  Sgl. 
5511  Dbl. 

2130K 

3130E2 

97047  x  101 

41176 

2730K 

3730E2 

97047  x  101 

52376  Unpol. 

2730K  UPS 

5754  Sgl. 
5754  Dbl. 

2122K 

3722E2 

2722K 

3722E2 

2741K 

2141K 

2129K 

97047  x  103 

2129 

2126K 

31 

81 

26K 

97047  x  103 

52486  Unpol. 

52487  Unpol. 

/  4127J  UPS  x  1 

1 4724 J  UPS  x  Dog / 

1  4127  UPS  x  \ 

\4722J  UPS  x  Dog  i 

1 

Comparable  List  of  Iron  Devices 


Russell  Sc  Erwin 

Corbin 

Sargent 

Smith 

VON  DUPRIN 

25 

D03352 

9127 

025 

J5244 

SIP1 

T026 

03352 

27 

03352  Brass  Cross  Bar 

9127F1  Brass  Cross  Bar 

GT026 

03357  Galv. 

OBW5244 

T26 

03357 

GT026 

03352  Galv. 

OBW5244 

Galv.  9127F 

38 

B5248,  RD5248 

9127F3 

T38 

T02352 

T02357 

326 

32386 

9724F 

326  Pit. 

33386 

327 

32387 

9722F 

327  Pit. 

33387 

328 

32380 

BK9722F 

328  PI. 

33380 

329 

32376 

9129b2F 

329  PI. 

33376 

225 

9172F 

227 

351— 9172F 

[144] 


Comparable  List  of  Rim  Devices 


Sargent-Greenleaf 

Steffen-Amberg  Smith 

VON  DUPRIN 

Clark 

1025A 

NL1025A 

1028 A 

H254 

1026A 

5003 C 

NL1026A 

K254 

1225A 

5004C 

NL1225A 

Comparable  List  of  Competitive  Panic  Devices 

To  Our  Friends,  the  Architects: 

This  list  has  been  compiled  at  the  request  of  many  of  our  friends,  the  architects 
and  customers,  and  for  the  hardware  dealers’  convenience  in  estimating  where  architectural 
friends  of  other  manufacturers  have  specified  other  manufacturers’  numbers. 

We  have  kept  as  near  the  prices  of  the  numbers  shown  in  the  guide  as  consistent,  as 
VON  DUPRIN  are  priced  only  in  consistency  with  what  we  offer  in  competition — as,  even 
though  we  stipulate  certain  numbers,  yet  VON  DUPRIN  devices  of  any  of  our  fifteen  (15) 
various  types  have  more  or  less  of  the  genuine  Type  “B”  VON  DUPRIN  super  non-com¬ 
petitive  device  features,  in  addition  to  the  approval  of  the  National  Board  of  Underwriters 
SA-163,  on  Types  A,  B  and  K,  and  we  only  ask  of  the  architects,  in  fairness  to  our  friends 
(the  dealers)  that  they  be  given  an  opportunity  to  demonstrate  VON  DUPRIN  superiority. 
You,  we  feel,  will  always  gladly  pay  the  difference. 

Important — We  make  only  one  type  of  device  in  iron  (Type  “F”)  that  in  malleable  iron 
for  heavy-duty  members — our  reason  being — that  panic  devices  are  called  upon  to  furnish 
extraordinary  service  in  case  of  desperate  panic  struggle — cast  iron  is  as  fragile  as  glass — 
our  long  experience  has  proven  that  beyond  any  reasonable  doubt. 

Keep  in  mind  these  fundamentals, 

In  all  types  VON  DUPRIN  except  “D”,  “F”  and  “J”  we  furnish  regularly — 

Key  dogging  devices  both  ends  of  cross  bar. 

Terminal  latches  for  vertical  rod  devices  (except  “F’’,  “IT”  and  “J”)  easy  spring  inde¬ 
pendent  latching. 

VON  DUPRIN  heavy-duty  mortise  locks,  all  types. 

Thanks. 

VONNEGUT  HARDWARE  CO. 

[  144  A  ] 


IN 


TPS 


>S 

>s 


£ 

npol. 

npol. 

2730K 


IN 


45  Medium . 

LR4127J 

4127J 

4724J 

4124J 

NL4724J 

NL4124J 

4722J 

4122J 

412914J 

4130J 

4129J 

K4126J 

MT  41  41  T 

35  Medium  . 

336 . 

|  470-K4516,  E7040  Hud.  J 

336 . 

A336 . 

A336 . 

337 . 

470- L4517 

K8650,  E8494  / 

471  x  G489 

471- 490 

337 . 

31 . 

32 . 

[145] 


How  to  Measure  Doors  When  Ordering 

Won  Buprin  Devices 

TAKE  MEASUREMENT  OUTSIDE  OF  DOOR 

(1)  Width  (each  individual  door). 

(2)  Height  (each  individual  door). 

(3)  Width  of  stile.  Note — On  mortise  cylinder  sets  narrowest 

stile  permissible  is  4j4". 

(4)  Thickness. 

(5)  Give  detail  of  astragal. 

(6)  Handing  of  door  from  outside.  See  No.  1  below. 

(7)  If  for  hollow  metal  door,  state  it.  Alzvays  use  Von  Duprin 

astragal  and  avoid  trouble.  (Made  by  all  mills.) 

(8)  If  through  bolts  are  required  give  exact  length  wanted.  See 

page  118. 

(9)  Give  sill  condition,  i.  e.,  formation.  See  page  120  for  thresh¬ 

olds — must  know  if  sill  is  stone,  cement,  metal  or  wood. 


Handing  of  Doors 


INSIDE  OF  BUILDING 

No.  1  No.  2  _  No.  3 

Single  Door  Double  Doors  Single  Door 


tmr  ALWAYS  TAKE  HANDINGS  FROM  OUTSIDE 


W0U  Buprin  Astragal 


This  astragal  gives  free  use  of  both  doors,  and  has  been  used  for  years  by  the  most  prominent  school  architects 
in  the  United  States.  Absolutely  satisfactory  in  all  respects.  Made  by  all  mills.  We  do  not  market  the  astragals. 
If  overlapping  astragals  are  used,  furnish  “Automatic  Coordinating  Device.” 

Insuring  the  inactive  door  without  astragal  closing  first,  page  116A. 

See  Opposite  page  for  terms — how  to  word  order. 


[146] 


Example  for  Writing  Up  Orders  for  '%70U  JBUprifl  Devices 

(EXAMINE  YOUR  SILL  CONDITION  MINUTELY  FOR  PROPER  THRESHOLD  AND  STRIKES.  SEE  PAGES  120,  121,  122) 

TWO  PAIRS  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS  NOS.  123,  124 

Hand  of 

Width  Height  Stile  Thickness  Door 

Each  door .  2' 6"  7'  6"  5"  1  T>/\" 

Wood  Doors  or  Metal  Doors ? 

2  No.  1127B  devices,  inactive  door.  Finish  10 . RHRB 

(Specify  LR  feature  if  wanted.) 

(Specify  type  of  sill  plate.  See  pages  120,  121,  122.) 

2  No.  1123B  devices,  active  door.  Finish  10 . LHRB 

(Specify  without  cylinders  and  without  trim  if  these  items  are  not  wanted.) 

TWO  SINGLE  ENTRANCE  DOORS  NOS.  132,  134 

Width  Height  Stile  Thickness 

Each  door . 3' 0"  7'  6"  5"  1  yA" 

Wood  Doors  or  Metal  Doors? 

2  No.  1124B  devices  1/RHRB — 1/LHRB.  Finish  10. 

(Specify  without  cylinders  and  without  trim  if  these  items  are  not  wanted.) 

Also  state  what  part  of  our  equipment  attaches  to  steel,  iron,  stone  or  concrete,  as  we 
furnish  wood  screws,  machine  screws,  expansions,  as  the  case  may  be. 


Announcement  and  Terms 


In  view  of  the  fact  that  the  width,  height, 
thickness,  the  width  of  stile  and  the  swing  of 
the  door  has  to  do  with  the  making  up  of  the 
devices,  the  same  is  considered  special,  or  in 
other  words,  not  a  stock  item.  We  are  there¬ 
fore  compelled  to  stand  a  penalty  charge  made 
by  our  factory,  which  is  passed  on  to  the  cus¬ 
tomer  for  the  return  of  special-made  goods. 
Of  course,  if  it  is  our  own  error,  there  will  be 
no  such  charge. 

When  we  make  a  mistake,  we  will  defray  all 


in  charges  and  correct  the  mistake.  When  cus¬ 
tomer  makes  the  mistake,  you  are  penalized 
3 beyond  original  cost,  and  all  in  charges. 
No  goods  accepted  for  return  until  examined 
in  our  plant. 

Terms  2%  in  io  days,  30  days  net,  f.  o.  b. 
cars  Indianapolis,  Ind. 

Shipping  cartons  are  approved  by  the  rail¬ 
road  companies.  If  shipments  are  received  in 
bad  condition,  make  claim  to  your  claim  agent 
at  once.  We  can  not  help  you  from  this  point. 


Approximate  Time  Required  to  Apply  ©UpTlU  Devices 

Double  Door  Combinations  Vertical  Rod  and  Mortise  Lock 

Six  hours’  labor  cutting,  fitting,  patching  and  applying  astragals  and  thresholds. 

Two  hours  for  applying. 

Single  Entrance  Doors 

One  and  one-half  hours  applying  and  patching. 

Single  Fire  Escape  Doors 

One  hour  applying  and  patching. 

Remember,  you  may  order  any  trim  you  desire,  deduct  standard  trim,  add  special  trim. 

See  pages  96-100. 


[147] 


Descriptive  List  of  Finishes  and  Comparative  Symbols  of  Leading  Hardware  Manufacturers 


o 

u 

a 

& 

< 

£ 

Q 

Pi 

< 

X 

H 

D 

o 

a 

z 

z 

o 

> 

>< 

m 

a 

w 

E 

S 

o 

U 


Lockwood 

Mfg. 

Company 

J  * 

z  : 

\C^\C3  .  \N 

CO  CO  CO  CO  •  lOr »< 

^  r-H  •  Tf  ^ 

2 

38S 

HTjiO 

CO  CO 

1-  to  (N  O  lOOtOlO  CO-riOk,a 

00  CO  03  CO  Ot  N  !—>■—» 

Barrows 

Lock 

Company 

D30 

D31 

A30 

A30NL 

F30 

HS31 

S31 

D29 

A20 

D21 

A42 

S81 

D61 

A70 

A50 

D50 

S50 

18 

17 

Oil 

012 

010 

ODIO 

Penn 

Hardware 

Company 

DB 

DBR 

PB 

PBNL 

BS9 

BS7L 

DBZR4 

BZS4L 

PBZ 

DBZ 

BZS7L 

AC 

V 

DSR 

DG 

PN 

DN 

NS 

IRP 

RPT 

A 

GALV. 

J 

DJ 

Reading 

Hardware 

Company 

37 

371 

31 

31NL 

FS31 

333 

331 

221 

^  O  Ol  O  00 

CM  05  tO  00  l> 

o 

o  _}  _ 

GO  GOhO 

o  o  O  ►— >Q 

Sargent 

and 

Company 

OB 

OE 

B 

NLB 

R7D 

RD 

.a  °° 

<!  CO  Ph  Ph  P-. 

<a<aoPiPi 

AB 

V2A 

LS 

G 

N 

LN 

RN 

RN 

BN 

BB 

T 

GALV. 

J 

P.  k  F. 
Corbin 

EA 

KA 

A 

ANL 

CA 

2A 

SKA 

m  -03  a 

X 

R 

V 

KS 

BG 

E 

DE 

SE 

a  > 

Z  aHO— >Q 

Yale  k 

Towne 

Mfg.  Co. 

AY22 

AY21 

AZ10 

AZ110 

AW10 

AX28 

AX24 

BY65 

BX12 

BZ10 

BY22 

CZ27 

BX67 

SY52 

GZ10 

NZ10 

NY10 

NX52 

NX10 

BX80BYZ  Steel 

FX90 

FX80 

FW8 

Russell 
&  Erwin 
Mfg.  Co. 

9 

9C 

10 

10NL 

22 

09B 

09C 

n  xb! 

CM  U-4  i-H  i—l  w-A 

CM  O  CM  h  h  O 

\04 

o  CJ  05  Tfl  Tf  • 

CO  GO  t— t  • 

^  ®’ZO i — ,Q 

£  a 
£  §  §■ 
^  O 


co  co 
EE 


n 

iM  a  05  -h  (-4 


< 

> 


C/3 


P-Z 

ZQ 


£ 

X 


z 

H 

i— i  7 

PiwO. 


bfl  9  O. 

c3  ©  a 
cohJ  g 


O  i-h  O  O  O  92 
S3  2?  co  CO  CO  ^  CO 
Q  Q  <  <  tx  E c/3 


05 

CM 

n 


01  Ol 


(01 

Tp 

< 


00 

C/3 


O 

Q 


o 

< 


o  ©  r-s 


c/3 


00  NhCIO  a 

H  i-H  i-H  X2 

o  o  o  o 


Stanley 

Works 

^  !  -~c 

Uh  U*  U  •  Uh 

;  rt« 

•  Ux 
■rXi 

B8 

^  ■ 

cq  <  <  w  •  . 

D2 

> 

E4 

A70 

Z  Z  C/3 

2-i 

oz 

E  i  <E< 

Tf  iO  CO  • 

CO 

o  r- 

05  O  CM  CO  • 

cc 

CM 

CO 

Tf  IO 

CO  05 

GO 

OppQ 

CM  GM 

r- 

CM 

CM 

CM 

F_' 

T-H 

CM  rH 

c/5  c/5  c/5  ■ 

2  A 

c/5  cr 

co  tn  c/)  c/3  ; 

C/3* 

c/5 

c/5 

c/5 

c/5  c/5 

IT 

C/3 

C/3 

c/5  c/5  c/5 

t>  J 

E  E  E 

XX 

XX 

E  hX  E  E  \ 

X 

X 

X 

X 

XX 

X 

X 

XXX 

* 

05 

.  .  .  . 

.  •  /-N 

-23 

CO 

a 


o  >- 


3-  z 

O  S  c*3 

S'HO.a 

o  CCS  .5 

>K  U. 


C/3 

g 

— 

C/3 

C/3 

< 


X 


u  — 

a> 


cr.=  ~  "a 

a  r.  c  <u 
cfl  rtt 
l“3  .2*13  2  0D 

n  -C  CJ  0) 
^C/3.2  c/j.N 


X  .bf)  X 
03  03  a3  03  O  Lj  O 

b  «  h  h  h  w  +_» 

7a  tZ)  Tb  c3  b/}.£P  bfl, 
ZjZZZjSj 


C/3 

a 

X 

cn 

M 

z 

a 

a 

si 

Z 


.4 

X 

Pi 

o 

Z 


a; 

a 

O 

Z 

>c 

u 

nS 


3 


C/3 

C/3  "cj  rt  "c3  3  ;> 


3 

^  CS  i_  u.  i_  3. 
t  3  P  3.? 


O 


b/)aJc^n33a3c*« 

J(/CZZZ<E 


22 

z 

a 

a 

a 

a 

a 

O 

u 


"O 

4 


o 

s 

■a 

4) 

N 

jo 

‘x 

O 

JA 

u 

CS 

Q 


X 

V3 

Z 

a 

a 

X 

O' 

— 

H 

Z 

<! 

a 

Q 

a 

a 


<L> 

a 

4 

N 

C 

o 

u 

a 

u 

rt 


"O 

u 

4 

> 


C/3 

z 

a 

gx 

a 

> 

a 

oq  a 


-o 

41 
•  N 
jo 
’x 
O 


c/3 

Z 

a 

a 

a 

o 

o 


a 

o 

o 


a 

X 

C/3 

Z 

a 

a 

a 

a 

u 


C/3 


"O  -o 

4  0) 

.g  B 
2  ‘x 


s 

3  b/)  b/3 

ZaaZ 


50 

a 

X 

50 

z 

a 

CO 

X 

O 

a 

Z 

<1 

nJ 

W 

sJ 

C/3 


O 

u 

3 

Q 

a, 

oj 

22) 


teO 


03  . 

2Q  eg  • 

~  e  ; 

'VI  £j_ 

C-U'O’O 
cj  a; 
a 

72"?.  Cd  rt 
C2Q2Q 


o3 

cj  C/f  ‘•S 

23  >  <S  S  cj 

oO—  « 

<D  U  r  A  — * 

c:  2C  O  ^  2Q 
•—  a  ^ 


U  U  rt 
A)  oi  ^  ^  m 

oqwkq 


•0-0 
4  4 

=  =  fc<r:  i  2 
=  =  O  3.5  5 
Q  CQ  23  c/} 


£  23 

JOMOJ 
«  — •  CM  O 


-U-O 

CJ  CJ 

"o  "a 

03  03 

CO  CO 
o 

r  i  C/3 


C3  r 


C/3 


3  =3  3 

n  rn  O 


CM  CM  CM  •—*>—<  i 
O  ^  ^  : 


TJ 

•  i  ! 

”U 

*0  TJ 

13 

13  03  C  C  C 

05 

o 

05 

Cj 

05 

7J 

05 

0)  05 

05 

-"^2  5  5 

5 

C/3 

tn 

m 

C 

03 

C/3 

Dull 

c3 

3 

Dull 

Sane 

Sane 

03 

C/3 

w  r-  ^  03  r3 

—  —4  — —  —a 

O  .'S  03  03 

C/3  •— «  w  ,—v— . 

C/3 

X 

CO 

8C 

05 

Tf  rr 

CO  E  O  —3^3 

E 

CO 

^  o  c 

Tf 

[  148] 


IF  AN  EXACTNESS  OF  FINISH  IS  WANTED  SEND  SAMPLE 

Unless  otherwise  specified  when  standard  finishes  are  specified,  when  on  brass  the  cross  bar  and  vertical  rods,  grips  and  cylinders  will  be  polished  brass;  if  specified 
in  bronze,  items  mentioned  above  in  bronze  will  be  sent  polished  bronze.  NOTE — On  competitive  lines  of  devices  our  new  process  finishes  will  be  furnished. 


DOUBLE  MAIN  ENTRANCE  DOORS  WITHOUT  MULLION 

Devices  of  Other  VON  DUPRIN  Types  Than  Type  "B”  Charted  by  Character  of  Operation,  Listing  Type  "B”  as  a  Basis 


HQ 


0  i 

o.S-: 


o  <5 

^  co’bb'^, 
a  o  cr-^ 
w  o.aQ 


43  ’G 

cu  d 


*6%S 

rI?Q2=-Q 

H1""1  o  d 
go 
roQ 


a  o*  g 

o  £.2 


Qs 

o 

SI 


Oa  - 


o  g 

<13.2 

el 

HQ 


e-Q 


b£) 

c 

a  st? 

43.2^ 

P.  >  03 
>*  ®2 
HQ  ? 


Page 

CO 

»o 

W5 

»o 

»o 

CO 

CO 

CO 

CO 

CO 

co 

CO 

CO 

CO 

CO 

Com¬ 

bina¬ 

tion 

81H 

LR81H 

081H 

LR081H 

w 

03 

OO 

DC 

LR82H 

83H 

LR83H 

84H 

LR84H 

a 

Hf' 

OO 

a  ^ 
a^ 

00 

G  <3  G 
o.£.2 


qj.2  > 

>  d 

>5  03  t 

HQO 


a  ^  s 

O  £-2 

0X3^ 


a 

43  •-  ’> 

hQo 


CQ 

Pi  43 
8§ 
r  G 

H  M 

°a 

W  efl 


« 


w 

M 

a 

a 

w 

W 

CO 

03 

CO 

CO 

03 

03 

M 

03 

03 

03 

03 

03  § 

a  03 

r—  X 

t>- 

03 

X 

a 

r- 

03 

X 

a 

!127K 

L2724 

!137K 

L2724 

fH. 

03 

X 

a 

t^ 

03 

X 

a 

03 

CO 

03 

CO 

""Z 

'•"a 

03 

CO 

W  W 

r- 

(NNMN 

szsz 


M 


W 


Ph 

a 


O 

Pi 

a 


Ph 

a 


Pi ' 

a  1 


•s  03 

r-  u- 

03 


N  i  ^  i 

S ""zSz 


*“ 5 

•— 3 

’— 5 

42J 

R42 

43J 

a 

42J 

R42 

a  -rt- 

a 

a 

a 

B 


sg 

.  i  a 
•“ 1  x 


Wr’  ci_> 

03 
t-  X 


WeO 
03 
U-  X 
03  co 


,_3  Ph 


co  u- 
Q  * 


a 

f-  r>. 

03  OO 


£;  0  3 


<  aaa 
®  a  a  03  h* 

J’SSrtN 
r*  03  CO  CO  OO 

Ss^aaa 

X  X 


o 

o 

Q 


o 

< 

z 

o 

I 

tr 


a  03 
r-  o- 

03  05 

Sg 


a 

O 

o 

—I 

UJ 

co 

h 

a 

o 

2 

a 

o 

o 

o 

Ul 

> 

H 

O 

< 


z 

o 


r^  a 

03  *o 
T-H  03 
CO  t'- 

a  * 


03 

a 

a  03 

r- 
03  CO 

Sg 

X 


aw 

Is 

az 

^  X 


a^oqWag 
t-—  a  m  _2j  l— 12 

£  M,n3 

g«-zgz 


« 

►3 


w 


Q 

QS 

t-  l>. 
03  iO 


Q 

q  a 

r-  r- 

03  *0 


p 

s; 


CO 

03 

’"H  O 
CO  CO 
X  CO 

o<2 

03 


O 

CO 

CO 

T-H  O 

CO  CO 

X  co 

r-~  x 


i£  O  o 

Tf 

rr.  03  03 

UJ  i  —  t-- 

Q  CO  l-H 

X  X 
Q  O  O 

0:  r-  t- 

O  03  co 

aaa 


o 

r>  ■*T 
O  03 
t".  t— 
03  CO 


08 

t~-  03 
CO  u- 

1-1  co 
CO^P 

a 


o  o 

r-  o-  i  ^ 
03  CO  CO  CO 

szsz 


a 

a 


o 

CO 

O 


O 

co 

o 

a 

a 


a  a 


«  EP 


a  t- 

co  £ 
co 

X  ' 

a  ° 


0 

O 

O 

O 

62C 

03 

CO 

a 

63C 

CO 

CO 

a 

64C 

CO 

a 

33 

V 

CO 

a 

a 

a 

CO 

a 

a 

a^ 

03  ^H 

Qa 

a 


a 

__  -rti 

a  03 

u-  t- 

CO  T-H 

Qa 

a 


^a  —  a 
a  a 


43 

bfl 

co 

CO 

d 

a 

1-1 

03 

03 

03 

03 

03 

03 

03 

03 

Combina¬ 

tion 

2 

LR11B 

011B 

Ittner 

LR011D 

Ittner 

a 

03 

LR12B 

a 

CO 

LR13B 

14B 

LR14B 

a 

Q' 

a 

h^N 

a 

a 

aak . 

03  CO  03 
—  —  f'- 
03  03  t- 


03  03 


i  03 


a 

CO 

M 

a 

03 

a 

« 

a 

KS  *d 
PC  03 

a 

03 

a 

a 

03 

»d  QC 

a 

a 

a 

co 

a 

o 

o 

Q 


< 

o 


a 

UJ 

> 

i 

a 

o 

o 

o 


UJ 

a 

H 

< 

UJ 

X 

H 

UJ 

_l 

a 

3 

O 

Q 


03  a 

gs 

co  a 
1  a 


COCO- 
I  I  c 
03  03 


O 
O  *2 
oa 
a 


W(:Qm 

a 

03  CO  03 


a 

CQ“5 

sS 


.  U>  . 

.  4)  . 
•"2  • 

43  i 

nd  . 

43  ’ 

T3  • 
d  • 

u.  '.  43  ! 

43  ,t3  . 

'd  .  d  . 

43  ; 

d  . 

Oj  • 
Td  • 
d  • 

43 

'd 

•  43 
•-d 

•  d 

•  *h  •  Q3 

ill's! 

J  :  :  : 

0 

Q 

<d 

‘o 

•  «d 

•  "o 

3fs 

RoP 

ol 

>>  ^ 
^8 

Cylii 
Door 
.  Cyl 
Door 

^  • 

">»  : 
O  ; 

O 

:  ">> 

•  o 

-  "IQ'*-5  P-i 
.  Ji?  43  0  4) 
.O^d^;d 

:  :  : 

^  ;  :  43 

a 

02 

•  & 
;»2 

►> 

T3  S'o.> 

"o'-S-g  u 

«Jc  s-c 

H  S?| 
5-3^2 


c-5 

w  oca  o 
d  c”  0 
■  J4.S^ 


'o  2 

CD 

43  O 

-Q  c3 

•gK 

8l 

c  “ 
gft 


w 


^  s; 

CD  .£ 
43 

a  ® 
^a 

‘feT3 

g  rt 
§.& 
■SO 
w* 


"3  ^ 


2  .'3  .  JS  -  * 

Sojo  S-3  S' 

O-P  0*5  43  -pH  43 


•§  o  -e.  o 
go  §o 
Q  Q 


V  ^ 

1  ° 
go 

Q 


3  g 
go 


j;2« 
o  ‘^3 

“  o)  C 

Ji  aifi  . 

ti  oj 

r  oi+j  o 
rl'S,  ^  .2 

5^2  o. 
•C  05^ 

s  ”-c  a 

43J3  >  3 
C3L,  CJ 

0T3 

-£3  5  £  d 
a  rt  -b  d 

.§0.0  tub 
rt-_r 
^  gS  g 

c-  c 

-0  o-S  o 

go  so 

P  P 


23 


20 
H  c 


03  -d 

o  o 
rt  ^ 

wi, 

•Ig 

So' 


O 


o  o 
9C3 
-2  o 

•S^ 

00 


5.S3.S 
•e  22  2 
„§T§ 
3s«s 


c,a  c£ixi  ojs 
g£]  m  ^  o|i]  o 

,sS  .S^.g^ 

c3  a  -  C3  - 

s 2  SgSe 

03  -pH  43  - 

3  §  jo 
go  go  go 
p  p  p 


■Tl  ”2  J 

2323 
o  o-a  o 

■ffi  O  0  o 

^a^a 

a  .  uh  . 

H  d  ^  a 
-.2  p.2 

O-p 

,r  oj2  « 
03a  ^a 

<3  <3  0  <3 

Sa  |a 

^^bOp^^bl) 

j.sg  ea 

2  °2  2 

-P  43-P 

3  §3  g 
go  go 
p  p 

[149] 


a  a 

o  o 

CO  CO 

r^-  r— 

03  03 

03  CO 
03  03 


co?j 

03  a 
a 


a 

o 

o 

Q 

UJ 

> 

H 

O 

< 

z 

o 

> 

a 

< 


x 

a 

< 


x 

o 


a 

O 


a 

o 

o 

o 

UJ 

> 

H 

O 

< 

z 

z 

o 

Ul 

o 


a 

^  WhH 
r-r^a 

“030 

WX  -H  co 
00  r- 

r-a^ 
S^a  ^ 


5a 

a 


uj  Q 


a 

o 

a 


o  Q 


a 

o 

o 

o 

UJ 

CL 

< 

O 


00 

o  o 

CO  CO 
o-  r^ 

CO  CO 
X  X 

00 

r--  r  ^ 
03  CO 

CO  co 


w  8§ 

uj  aa 


a« 

o  o 

CO  CO 
r-  t>. 

1* 

a« 

o-  o- 

03  CO 


UJ  - 

CQ  03  03 


o 

Q 


na 

a 


a 

CO 

a 

a 

TJ< 

w 

03 

X 

03 

Hf 

a 

u- 

C3 

03 

03 

a 

03 

a 

CO 

a 

a 

a 

a 


a 

o 

o 

Q 

ul 

> 

H 

O 

< 

z 

o 

$ 

o 

a 


w\ 

X 


X 

o 


a 

o 

£ 

a‘ 

o 

o 

0 

Ul 

> 


< 

z 


o 

o 

o 

a 

_j 

< 

o 

h 

a 

Ul 

> 

z 

o 

H 

< 

o 


o 

Ul 

CL 


co 

a 

UJ 

H 

a 

a 

ui 

Q 

Z 


UJ 

CL 

< 

O 

CO 

UJ 

Ul 

a 


a 

o 


a 

a 

CO 

a 

a 

0v 

a  Q 

CO 

^  a 

M  5 

H-< 

4i  43 

a3 
2  3 

-d  O 

SQ 

^1 


C4  •  HJ  +5 

2  £  03  d 
jd  o  2  « 
H  d3 
^Q^H 
a  _  -tp  -p> 
~5  X  ‘  X 

43 _ _  43  43 

Z3"o  23 

aa  a  2 

0^00 

Q  CQ 


-gd 

§H 

d3  HP 

^  § 
-d-g 

1'^ 
43  03 


WH 
43  43 

33 

d  d 

o  o 
QQ 


a 


a 

sz; 


a 


a  a 


CO 

Ul 

CL 

> 


a 

o 

o 

a 

Ul 

_J 

O 


Q  Q 


a 

£ 


o  o 


a 

5z; 


a  a 


a  a 


a 


=.  -3  T3 
d  -  d  —h 

a  d  2 

72  |g 

I  o  I  43 

£-d  2  2 

8  §  §H 
P^P- 

43  L  43  O 

CXja  o-pd 

S-s  S-g 

co  £  co  [S 

a:  a. 

43  p-q  43  p,q 

fe*  2* 
a  d 
43  o  43  o 

d'Q3'5 

gsgs 

Q  Q 


•c 

0 


d 

o 

O 


>» 

O 

8 


a 


>» 

0  ^  c  >> 
.3  d.SO 
|  ®  S^s  43 
g.&.Si  o  2 


c  d 
o  o 
OO 


5  CO  *— 5  C1P-5 
03C30-  05 
03  ^h  CO  05  03 


B 

B 

OO 

a 

a 

03  03  O  —  ■  05 

03  »— <  CO  05  03 

rHCC-HN-H 

OO  K>  CO  t-h  00 

a  00 

r- 

00 

a 

a  o  a  nnQ 

03  (M  O  h\05 
03  t-h  CO  05  03 


ImNMN 

aSa^a 

CO  M  O  —  .05 
03  t-h  CO  05  03 

’^CO-'No 

CO  CO  —H  CO 


pgpfjp 

03  03  O  -\  05 
03  i-H  CO  05  03 


:  U3  \C1U3 
3  o  th\0 5 
i  CO  05  03 


wgmScq 

(M  o  cn 


W' 


pja 


2(SS 


„  1 
<?  in,  § 

.2  a 

-  rd  43  ^  0=: 

z  ><  s 

o  g  S  S-o'g 


^  .  s°  s 

fl  .;ac§dc 

a  g  .2  §.2a  d 

C.2.2-S  a  o  d  2 

s  a2-g«-gs 

■  03  5 


ppp-1 


o  o  O  o  og 
^  d  3  m 

gsw  w-<  3 

43  Ci  43*  oT  43  § 


’M  ^ 'W)G§ 'bfi'ti’bc’M  bCr^ 
~ ’  “ 1  d  d  d  d  C  ” 

intfiinrZlin 


t>C bC bfir^ 

-h  a  c»-i  cw 
5  m  m  m 


a 


a 


Q 

43 

bfi  s* 
co  Q 

a  o 
.  « 
Ih 

o  u 
o  d 

-a  a 

43  co 
&)  § 


'  X 


*c3  ^ 
6  p 


V5S 


<1  2 
i  ^co 

p.  ^ 

H  o' 

c  ^ 
■2  I 

s  s 

yp  03 
O  ^ 
03  ™ 

a  a 


"to  ^ 
d  ° 
03  O 


T3 

C 


75  a 

PS  2 

CO 

o  “g 
•a  2 
c  -n 
«  g 
•S  o 
5  c 
2  D 


•5  p 

o  oa 

u  a 

O  d* 


£  .5 

T3  O 

b  a 


XJ 

G 


u 

d 

O 

a 


d 

£ 


u  ;■  U  .;= -.V: ^  -  U  T  ^ 

!■■■■■■■■ 


vTon  -Duprin 

Equipped  ‘'Buildings 


The  following  VON  DUPRIN 
equipped  buildings  are  only  “a  dot  in 
the  horizon”  of  buildings  equipped  with 
VON  DUPRIN  SELF-RELEASING  FIRE 
exit  devices.  Today  we  can  show  with 
pardonable  pride  a  few  of  the  caliber  of 
architects  who  are  “believers”  and  who 
carry  out  their  convictions  by  specifying 
VON  DUPRINS.  “Conservation  of  hu¬ 
man  lives”  is  today  the  uppermost  thought 
in  thinking  men’s  minds,  scientifically, 
architecturally  and  otherwise. 

We  wish  we  had  room  to  show  more. 

We  thank  the  profession, 

!  both  those  whose  buildings  are  JTif; 

1  and  are  not  shown. 


VONNEGUT 


'Ml 


lllii'! 


5  Kmh««! 


SI  |i  111111  il  II 


SPECIMENS  OF  THE  TYPES  OF  BUILDINGS  m n  ©uprin  EQUIPPED 


1.  Cleveland  Public  Auditorium . Cleveland,  Ohio 

2.  Southwestern  Bell  Telephone 

Company  Building . St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Westlake  Construction  Company, 

Contractors  . St.  Louis,  Mo. 

3.  Masonic  Temple  . St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Westlake  Construction  Company, 

Contractors  . St.  Louis,  Mo. 

4.  Cook  County  Criminal  Court  House . Chicago,  Ill. 

5.  Municipal  Auditorium  . Minneapolis,  Minn. 

National  Contracting  Company, 

General  Contractors  . Minneapolis,  Minn. 

6.  Scottish  Rite  Cathedral . St.  Louis,  Mo. 

John  Hill,  General  Contractor . St.  Louis,  Mo. 

7.  Memorial  Building  and  City  Hall . Cedar  Rapids,  Iowa 


Architects 

Fredrick  H.  Betz . Cleveland,  Ohio 

F.  R.  Walker  of  Walker  &  Weeks  and  J.  H. 

McDowell,  Associate  Architects.  Herman 
Kregelius,  Architect  for  Addition. 

Mauran,  Russell  &  Crowell . St.  Louis,  Mo. 

I.  R.  Timlin,  Associate. 

Eames  &  Young . St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Eric  E.  Hall,  County  Architect  of  Hall, 

Lawrence  &  Ratcliffe,  Inc . Chicago,  Ill. 

Croft  &  Boerner . Minneapolis,  Minn. 

Wm.  B.  Ittner,  Inc . St.  Louis,  Mo. 

W.  J.  Brown  &  H.  E.  Hunter . Cedar  Rapids,  Iowa 

H.  Hornbostel,  Consulting  Architect. 


[ISO] 


SPECIMENS  OF  THE  TYPES  OF  BUILDINGS  ©on  ©upnn  EQUIPPED 


1.  Indiana  Theatre  . Indianapolis,  Ind. 

2.  Aragon  Ball  Room . Chicago,  Ill. 

3.  Portland  Publix  Theatre . Portland,  Ore. 

4.  Riviera  Theatre  . Omaha,  Neb. 

Selden  &  Breck  Co.,  General  Contractors.  . Omaha,  Neb. 

5.  Aschers  Sherdian  Theatre . Chicago,  Ill. 

6.  Hawaii  Theatre  . Honolulu,  Hawaii 

Pacific  Engineering  Company,  Ltd., 

Contractors  . Honolulu,  Hawaii 

7.  Marbro  Theatre  . Chicago,  Ill. 

8.  Mission  Playhouse  . San  Gabriel,  Cal. 

Wm.  Simpson  Co.,  Contractors . Los  Angeles,  Cal. 


Architects 

Rubush  &  Hunter . Indianapolis,  Ind. 

Huszagh  &  Hill . Chicago,  Ill. 

C.  W.  &  G.  L.  Rapp . Chicago,  Ill. 

John  Eberson  . Chicago,  Ill. 

J.  E.  O.  Pridmore . Chicago,  Ill. 

Emory  &  Webb . Honolulu,  Hawaii 

Levy  &  Klein . Chicago,  Ill. 

Dodd  &  Richards . Los  Angeles,  Cal. 


[151] 


SPECIMENS  OF  THE  TYPES  OF  BUILDINGS  Son  ©uprin  EQUIPPED 


1.  Evanston  Township  High  School . Evanston,  Ill. 

2.  Fordson  High  School . Detroit,  Mich. 

3.  Horace  Mann  School . Gary,  Ind. 

4.  Kenosha  High  School . Kenosha,  Wis. 

Madsen,  Peterson  &  Colwell, 

General  Contractors . Minneapolis,  Minn. 

5.  Junior  High  School,  Eighteenth  and 

Pike  Streets  .  .*. . Philadelphia,  Pa. 

6.  School,  Twenty-sixth  and  Cumberland 

Streets  . Philadelphia,  Pa. 

7.  Sterling  Morton  High  School . Chicago,  Ill. 

8.  Robert  A.  Long  High  School . . Longview,  Wash. 

9.  Senior  High  School  and  Junior  College ...  Grand  Rapids,  Mich. 

10.  Miami  Senior  High  School . Miami,  Fla. 

11.  McKinley  High  School-Auditorium . Honolulu,  Hawaii 

12.  Waterloo  West  High  School . Waterloo,  Iowa 

H.  A.  Maine  Co.,  General  Contractors.  ...  Waterloo,  Iowa 

13.  Shortridge  High  School . Indianapolis,  Ind. 

14.  Jamaica  High  School . Jamaica,  N.  Y. 


Architects 

Perkins,  Fellows  &  Hamilton . Chicago,  Ill. 

VanLeyen,  Schilling  &  Keough . Detroit,  Mich. 

Wm.  B.  Ittner,  Inc . St.  Louis,  Mo. 

John  D.  Chubb . Chicago,  Ill. 

Irwin  T.  Catharine . Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Irwin  T.  Catharine . Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Ashby,  Ashby  &  Schulze . Chicago,  Ill. 

Wm.  B.  Ittner,  Inc . St.  Louis,  Mo. 

H.  H.  Turner  &  V.  E.  Thebaud . Grand  Rapids,  Mich, 

Kiehnel  &  Elliott . Miami,  Fla. 

L.  E.  Davis,  Architect . Honolulu,  Hawaii 

R.  E.  Fishbourne,  Associate. 

Wm.  B.  Ittner,  Inc . St.  Louis,  Mo. 

J.  Edwin  Kopf  &  Deery . Indianapolis.  Ind. 

New  York  Board  of  Education . New  York,  N.  Y. 


[152] 


iKBHSHSESfifi&K 


SPECIMENS  OF  THE  TYPES  OF  BUILDINGS  JPon  ©uprin  EQUIPPED 


1.  Clifton  Park  Junior  High  School . Baltimore,  Md. 

J.  Henry  Miller,  Contractor . Baltimore,  Md. 

2.  Senior  High  School,  Seventeenth  and 

Luzerne  . Philadelphia,  Pa. 

3.  North  High  School . Omaha,  Neb. 

4.  El  Segundo  High  School,  Administra¬ 

tion  Building  . El  Segundo,  Cal. 

Herbert  M.  Baruch,  Contractor . Los  Angeles,  Cal. 

5.  Mercy  High  School,  Eighty-first  and 

Prairie  Avenue  . Chicago,  Ill. 

6.  Liberal  Arts  Building,  Marygrove 

College  . Detroit,  Mich. 

7.  Randolph  Grade  School . Topeka,  Kan. 

Lundgren  &  Carlson,  General  Contractors.  .Topeka,  Kan. 

8.  Residence  Building,  Marygrove  College.  ...  Detroit,  Mich. 

W.  E.  Wood  Co.,  Contractors . Detroit,  Mich. 

9.  James  Callanan  Junior  High  School . Des  Moines,  Iowa 

10.  East  Denver  High  School . Denver,  Colo. 

Arvid  Olsen,  Contractor . Denver,  Colo. 

11.  Beaumont  High  School  Building . St.  Louis,  Mo. 


12.  John  Marshall  Intermediate  High  School.  . Seattle,  Wash. 
Jenkins  &  Kauffman,  General  Contractors ..  Seattle,  Wash. 


Architects 

Josiah  Pennington  . Baltimore,  Md. 

Irwin  T.  Catharine . Philadelphia,  Pa. 

John  Latenser  &  Sons . Omaha,  Neb. 

Rea  &  Garstang . Los  Angeles,  Cal. 

Joseph  W.  McCarthy . Chicago,  Ill. 

D.  A.  Bohlen  &  Son . Indianapolis,  Ind. 

Thos.  W.  Williamson  &  Sons . Topeka,  Kan. 

D.  A.  Bohlen  &  Son . Indianapolis,  Ind. 

Proudfoot,  Rawson  &  Souers . Des  Moin'es,  Iowa 

Geo.  H.  Williamson . Denver,  Colo. 

R.  M.  Milligan . St.  Louis,  Mo. 

F.  A.  Naramore . Seattle,  Wash. 


[153] 


IMlWlf! 


iit  1 


FBIE6 


TlTHTtnir  aj; 


© 


1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

s. 

6. 

7. 

8. 
9. 

10. 

11. 

12. 

13. 

14. 

15. 

16. 
17. 


SPECIMENS  OF  THE  TYPES  OF  BUILDINGS  ©on  ©uprin  EQUIPPED 


Langley  High  School . Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

Englewood  High  School . Englewood,  Colo. 

East  Side  High  School.... . Cincinnati,  Ohio 

Hill  Street  School . . Globe,  Ariz. 

West  Allis  High  School . West  Allis,  Wis. 

Grant  School  . San  Francisco,  Cal. 

Peking  Union  Medical  College — The 

Rockefeller  Foundation  . Peking,  China 

Prescott  High  School . Lincoln,  Neb. 

Cass  Technical  High  School . Detroit,  Mich. 

High  School . : . Austin,  Minn. 

College  of  Pharmacy . . Boston,  Mass. 

Wm.  N.  Byers,  Jr.,  High  School . Denver,  Colo. 

Academy  High  School . Erie,  Pa. 

Mitchell  School  . Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Continuation  School  . Milwaukee,  Wis. 

Miles  Standish  School . Cleveland,  Ohio 

Grammar  School  . . . Magdalena,  N.  M. 


Architects 

McClure  &  Spahr . 

Mountj  oy  &  Frewen. .. 
Garber  &  Woodward..  . 

Trost  &  Trost . 

R.  A.  Messmer  &  Bros. 
John  Reid,  Jr . 


Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
Denver,  Colo. 
Cincinnati,  Ohio 
El  Paso,  Texas 
Milwaukee,  Wis. 
San  Francisco,  Cal. 


Shattuck  &  Hussey . Chicago,  Ill. 

Fisk  &  McGinnis . Lincoln,  Neb. 

Malcomson  &  Higginbotham . Detroit,  Mich. 

G.  L.  Lockhart,  Inc . St.  Paul,  Minn. 

Kilham,  Hopkins  &  Greeley . Boston,  Mass. 

Wm.  N.  Bowman . Denver,  Colo. 

Wm.  B.  Ittner,  Inc . St.  Louis,  Mo. 

J.  D.  Cassell,  Board  of  Education . Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Van  Ryn  &  DeGellecke . Milwaukee,  Wis. 

Mr.  W.  R.  McCornack,  Board  of  Education.  ..  .Cleveland,  Ohio 
Trost  &  Trost . El  Paso,  Texas 


154] 


•w»Mr*>r*i  at  i  ■  rr  !'»■  rtT  t'filir 

fSEnTT «»»« rmr'fiMBaii 


*  t  »i% 


Mitf' 1  | 

•  -*:*.»*  AX... 


"!!"'""""lilr-l  in111"1"" 


SPECIMENS  OF  THE  TYPES  OF  BUILDINGS  JPon  ©uprin  EQUIPPED 


1.  Northwestern  Telephone  Building . St.  Paul,  Minn. 

2.  Anchor  Cap  and  Closure  Corporation . Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

3.  Lone  Star  Motor  Company . El  Paso,  Texas 

4.  Pabst  Corporation  Building  No.  9 . Milwaukee,  Wis. 

5.  Hole-Proof  Hosiery  Company . Milwaukee,  Wis. 

6.  Bureau  of  Printing  and  Engraving . Washington,  D.  C. 

7.  Moana  Hotel  and  Theatre . Honolulu,  Hawaii 

8.  Federal  Reserve  Bank  Building . Cleveland,  Ohio 

9.  Christian  Science  Church . Lakewood,  Ohio 

10.  Edison  Service  Building . Detroit,  Mich. 

11.  St.  Vincent  Home . Drexel,  Hill,  near 

Landsdown,  Pa. 

12.  Masonic  Temple  . Cleveland,  Ohio 


Architects 

A.  H.  Stem . . . St.  Paul,  Minn. 

The  Ballenger  Company . . . Philadelphia  and 

New  York 

Lang  &  Witchell . Dallas,  Texas 

W.  R.  Brockman . Milwaukee,  Wis. 

Lockwood,  Greene  &  Co . Chicago,  Ill. 

Oscar  C.  Wenderoth  (Treasury  Department, 

United  States  Government) . Washington,  D.  C. 

H.  L.  Kerr . Honolulu,  Hawaii 

Walker  &  Weeks . Cleveland,  Ohio 

Chas.  B.  Faulkner . Chicago,  Ill. 

Smith,  Hinchman  &  Grylls . Detroit,  Mich. 

Paul  Monaghan . Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Hubbell  &  Benes  Company . Cleveland,  Ohio 


[  155] 


A 

“A”  Type  Rim  Devices . 

Active  Leaf  of  Double  Door  Devices, 
Vertical  Rod  Type,  With  Cylinder 
Locking  Feature — 

Type  “B”  . 

“C”  . 

“K”  . 

“H” . 

Adjuster  and  Operator  (Window) . 

Adjustable  Strikes  . 

Armored  Latch  Protectors . 

Armored  Face  for  Cylinder  Locks. . 

Automatic  Co-ordinating  Door  Device.... 

Auxiliary  Booster  Spring . 

Axle  Pins  . 


B 

“B”  Type  Master  Standard”  Double-acting 

Cross  Bar  Devices . 

Backsets  of  Locks . 

Backset  of  Locks  (See  Standard  Equip¬ 
ment  Description  of  Each  Type  of 
Device) 

Bar  Handles,  With  Lever  Control . 

Bolts  and  Expansions . 

Bolts,  Semi-Automatic  for  Standing  Leaf 

Double  Doors  Type  “K” . 

Bracket,  Center  Bearing . 

Booster  Spring,  Auxiliary . 

“Bulldog”  Shop  Door  Device,  Type  “A” 
Buildings  Equipped  with  Von  Duprins... 


c 

“C”  Type,  Single-acting  Cross  Bar  Devices 

Center  Bearing  Bracket . 

Collapsible  Strike  . 

Chart  of  Functioning  Members — 

Type  “A”  . 

“B”  . 

“C”  . 

“D”  . 

“H”  . 

“K” . 

Chart  of  Metal  Door  Reinforcements — 

Type  “A”  . 

“B”  . 

“C”  . 

“D”  . 

“H” . 

“K” . 

Combinations  of  Proper  Devices  for  Double 
Doors — 

Type  “B”  . 

“C”  . 

“D”  . 

“E2”  . 

“F”  . 

“H”  . 

“J”  . 

“K” . . . 

Comparable  Combination  List  Von  Duprin 

Devices  . . 

Comparable  Device  List  Other  Manufac¬ 
turers  . . . 

Comparable  Finish  List . 

Commandery  Emblem  . 

Contents  Table  . 

Concealed  Vertical  Double  Arm  Device, 

Type  “P”  . 1.. 

Concealed  Vertical  Single  Arm  Device, 

Type  “P”  . . . . . 

Co-ordinating  Automatic  Door  Device . 

Cross  Bar  Tubes,  Plain  and  Fluted . 

Cylinder  Locks  (Only).... . 

Cylinders . 

Cylinder  Keys  . 

Cylinder  Rings  . . 

Cylinder  Back  Plates  (Rim) . 

Cylinder  Locking  Devices  (For  Double 
Doors) — 

Type  “B”  . 

“C”  . 

“D”  . 

“E2”  . 

“F”  . 

“H" . 

"J”  . 

“K”  . . 


D 

“D”  Type  Single  Acting  Cross  Bar  De¬ 
vices  . . 

Description  of  Device  Features — 

Type  “A”  . . 

“B”  . 

“C”  . 

“D” . 

“E2” . 


Alphabetical  Index 


Page 

8-13 


16-18 

28-30 

76-78 

60-62 

101 

123 

116 

116 

116A 

118 

118 


14-25 

106-115 


97 

118 

86 

119 

118 

9-13 

150-155 


26-37 

119 

123-124 

130-131 

133 

135 

137 

139 
141 

129 

132 

134 

136 

138 

140 


17-23 

29-35 

41 

45 

51 

61-67 

71 

77-83 

149 

144-145 

148 

101 

7 


92 


93 

116A 

118 

108-116 

117 

117 

117 

117 


16-23 

28-35 

40-41 

44-45 

50-51 

60-67 

70-71 

76-83 


38-43 

8 

14 

26 

38 

44A 


Page 


Type  “F”  .  48 

“G”  .  55 

“H” .  58 

“J”  .  70A 

“K” . 74 

Details  of  Backsets  (See  Standard  Equip¬ 
ment  Description  of  Each  Type  of 
Device).  Details  of  Devices — - 

Type  “A”  .  130-131 

“B”  .  133 

“C”  .  135 

“D”  .  137 

“H” .  139 

“K”  .  141 

Details  of  Locks  and  Latches . 106-116 

Details  of  Spacings  (See  Standard  Equip¬ 
ment  Description  of  Each  Type  of 
Device)  for  Locks  and  Trim — 

Details  of  Spacings  for  Trim .  96-100 

Directions  for  Ordering .  146—147 

Door  Co-ordinating  Device  Automatic .  116A 

Door  Holders .  102-105 

Double  Door  Devices  (Active  Doors), 

Vertical  Rod  Type — 

Type  “B”  .  16-18 

“C”  .  28-30 

“H” .  60-62 

“K” .  76-78 

Double  Door  Devices  (Active  Doors), 

Mortise  Lock  Type — 

Type  “B”  .  20-22 

“C”  .  32-34 

“D” .  40 

“E2”  .  44 

“F”  .  50 

“H” .  64-66 

“J”  .  70 

“K” . 80-82 

Double  Door  Devices  (Standing  Doors), 

Vertical  Rod  Type — 

Type  “B”  .  16-22 

“C”  .  28-34 

“D” .  40 

“E2”  .  44 

“F”  .  50 

“H” .  60-66 

“J”  .  70 

“K” . 76-82 

Double  Door  Devices  (Standing),  Semi- 

Automatic,  Type  “K” .  86 


“E2”  Type  Single  Acting  Cross  Bar  De¬ 
vice,  Double  Cylinder .  44—47 

Electric  Door  Strikes .  116 

Elks’  Emblem  .  101 

Emblematic  Hardware  .  101 

Entrance  Door  Devices,  Single  Doors,  Rim 

Type  “A”  .  8-13 

Entrance  Door  Devices,  Single  Doors, 

Mortise  Lock  Type — - 

Type  “B”  .  24 

“C”  .  36 

“D” .  42 

“E2”  .  46 

“F”  .  52 

“G”  .’ .’ .’ .’ .' .’ .’ .’. .' .’ .' .’ .' .’ .' .' .’ .’ .’ .’ .' .' .'  54-56 

“H” .  68 

“J”  .  72 

“K” .  84 

Entrance  Doors,  Double,  Mortise  Lock 

Type  for  Active  Door,  Vertical  Rod 
for  Standing  Door — 

Type  “B”  .  20-22 

“C”  .  32-34 

“D” .  40 

“E2”  .  44 

“F”  .  50 

“H” .  64-66 

“J”  .  70 

“K” .  80-82 

Entrance  Door  Devices,  Double  Door, 

Vertical  Rod  Cylinder  Control  Active 

Door,  Vertical  Rod  Inactive  Door — 

Type  “B”  .  16-18 

“C”  .  28-30 

“H” . 60-62 

“K” .  76-78 

Escape,  for  Fire  Escape  Doors  (See  In¬ 
dex  “F”)— 

Escutcheons  and  Knobs . 96-100 

Exit  Devices  for  Double  Doors,  Vertical 
Rod  Inactive  Door  and  Mortise  Latch 
Active  Door — 

Type  “B”  .  20—22 

“C”  .  32-34 

“I)” .  40 

“E2”  .  44 

“F” .  50 

“H” .  64-66 

“T”  .  70 

“K”  .  80-82 


Exit  Devices  for  Double  Doors,  Vertical 
Rod- 

Type  "B”  . 

“C” . 


“D” 

“E2” 

up,. 


Example  for  Writing  Up  Orders 
Expansions  and  Screws . 


Page 


15-18 

27-30 

39-40 

44 

49-50 

59-62 

70 

75-78 

147 

118 


F 


“F”  Factory  Type,  Malleable  Iron,  Verti¬ 
cal  Rod,  Double  Door  Device . 

Factory  Type  for  Narrow  Stile  Glass  and 

Steel  Door,  Type  “L” . 

Features,  Description  of  All  Devices — - 

Style  “A”  . 

“B” . 

“C”  . 

“D” . 

“E2”  . 

“F” . 

“G” . 

“H” . 

“J”  . 

“K” . 

Finishes,  Description  of . 

Fire  Escape,  Single  Door  Devices,  Flat 
and  Recessed  Face — 

Type  “B”  . 

“C” . 

“D”  . 

“E2”  . 

“F”  . 

“H” . 

“T”  . 

“K” . 

Fire  Tower,  Single  Door  Devices,  Knob 
and  Latch  Control — 

Type  “B”  . 

“C”  . 

“D”  . 

“E2”  . 

“F”  . 

“H” . 

“J”  . 

“K” . 

Functioning  Members  of  Latches  and  Locks 
Functioning  Members  of  Devices — - 

Type  “A”  . 

“B” . 

“C”  . 

“D” . 

“H” . 

“K” . 


48-53 

88-89 

8 
14 
26 
38 
44  A 
48 
55 
58 
70A 
74 
148 


25 

37 

43 

47 

53 

69 

73 

85 


25 

37 

43 

47 

53 

69 

73 

85 

106-115 

130-131 

133 

135 

137 

139 

141 


G 


“G”  Type,  New  York  and  Oakland .  54-57 

Gravity  Three-Point  Locking  Devices 

(Underwriters’  Approved),  Type  “Q”  94 

Gravity  Type  Brass  and  Bronze  Vertical 
Rod  Devices — - 

Type  “E2”  .  44 

“H”  .  59-66 

“J”  .  70 

Grips  and  Escutcheons .  97-100 

Grips  and  Thumb  Pieces  (Sectional) .  98 

Grips  and  Thumb  Pieces  With  Backplates  99 


H 


“H”  Type,  Single  Acting  Cross  Bar  De¬ 
vices  .  58—69 

Half  Mortise  Type  Device,  Type  “A”....  13 

Handles,  Sectional  .  98 

Handles,  Bar  With  Lever  Control . 

Handles,  With  Plates . 97-99—100 

Heads  (Latch  Retracting) .  119 

Hinges,  Heavy  Brass  Schoolhouse  Door.  .  128 

Hinged  Window  Adjuster  and  Operator..  101 

Holders.  Door  .  102-105 

Hooks,  Dogging .  119 


I 

Instructions  for  Ordering .  146-147 

Iron,  Vertical  Rod  Fire  Escape  and  Exit 

Devices,  Type  “F” .  49-54 


J 

“J”  Type  Single  Acting  Cross  Bar  De¬ 


vices  .  70-73 

Jamb  Strikes  .  123-125 

“J-M”  School  Door  Hinges  and  Plates...  128 


K 


K.  of  C.  Emblem .  101 

4«k’»  Type  Double  Acting  Bar  Devices...  74—8 7 

Keys  . 117 

Knobs  and  Escutcheons .  96 


[156] 


Alphabetical  Index — Continued 


“L”  Type,  Double  Acting  Bar  Devices, 


Narrow  Stile  Factory  Type .  88-89 

Levers,  on  Plates,  and  Bar  Handles .  97 

Latch  Parts  .  106-108 

Latch  Protectors  .  116 

Latches,  Mortise  .  106—107 

Latches  for  Vertical  Rod  Heads  (See 
Functioning  Member  Charts)  — 

Type  “B”  .  133 

“C”  .  135 

“D”  .  137 

“H” .  139 

“Is.” .  141 

Latch  Retractor  Heads .  119 

Lever  Handle  Control .  97 

Locks,  Cylinder  Mortise .  108—115 

Lock  Positions  for  Metal  Door  Reinforce¬ 
ments — 

Type  “A”  .  129 

“B”  .  132 

“C”  .  134 

“D” .  136 

“H” .  138 

“K” .  140 

Lock  Spacings  for  Trims . 96—100 

Lock  Spacings  (See  Standard  Equipment 
of  Each  Device) 

Lock  Parts  .  109-114 

Lower  Strikes  .  121—122 

M 

“M”  Type  Transformer  or  Oil  Switch 

Communicating  Door  Devices. .  90 


Main  Entrance  Double  Door  Devices  (See 
Index  “A”) 

Main  Entrance  Single  and  Double  Door 


Devices  (See  Index  “E”) 

Masonic  Emblem  .  101 

Measurements  for  Ordering.... .  146-147 

Metal  Door  Reinforcement  Details — 

Type  “A”  .  129 

“B”  .  132 

“C”  .  134 

“D” .  136 

“H” .  138 

“K” .  140 

Mortise  Cylinder  Lock  Only .  108-115 

Mortise  Latches  Only .  106-107 


N 


“N”  Type  Transformer  Room  Door  De¬ 
vices  .  91 

Narrow  Style  Factory  Steel  and  Glass  Door 

Devices,  Type  “L” .  88-89 

Narrow  Style  Active  Double  Steel  Door 

Devices,  Vertical  Rod,  Type  ML” ....  88-89 

Narrow  Style  Single  Entrance  Door 

Cylinder  Lock,  Rim,  Type  “A” .  9-13 

Numerical  Index  .  158—159 


o 


Oil  Switch  Room  or  Transformer  Room 
Communicating  Door  Devices,  Double 
Acting — - 

Type  “R”  . 

“M” . 

“N" . 

Old  Devices,  Parts  Chart . 

Ordering  Instructions  .  . .  . . 

Operator  and  Adjuster,  Window . 


95 

90 

91 

142-143 

146-147 

101 


P 


“P”  Type  Concealed  Double  Rod  or  Bax  De¬ 
vices  . 

“P”  Type  Concealed  Single  Rod  or  Bar 

Devices  . 

Paddle  . 

Paddle  Devices,  Type  “K” . 

Parts  (Mortise  Latches  and  Locks) . 

Parts  Chart,  Old  Devices . 

Parts  Chart,  Present-Day  Devices — - 

Type  “A”  . 

“B”  . 

"C”  . 

“D” . 

“H” . 

“K” . 


92 


93 

96 

87 

108-115 

142-143 

130-131 

133 

135 

137 

139 

141 


Page 

Plates  (Threshold  Floor) .  120 

Plates  for  Handles,  Special  Trim .  97-100 

Protectors  (Armored  Latch) .  116 


“Q”  Type  Gravity  Three-Point  Under¬ 
writers’  Approved  Device . 


94 


R 

”R”  Type  Duquesne  Transformer  Room  or 
Oil  Switch  Room  Double-acting  Com¬ 
municating  Door  Devices .  95 

Repair  Parts,  Old  Devices .  142-143 

Repair  Parts,  Present-Day  Devices — 

Type  “A”  .  130-131 

”B”  .  133 

“C”  .  135 

“D” .  137 

“H” .  139 

“K” .  141 

Reinforcements  for  Meial  Doors — 

Type  “A”  .  129 

“B”  .  132 

“C”  .  134 

“D” .  136 

“H” .  138 

“K” .  140 

Rim  Devices,  Type  “A” .  9-13 

Rings  for  Cylinders .  117 

Reinforcements  for  Metal  Doors — 

Type  “A”  .  129 

“B“  .  132 

“C”  .  134 

“D” .  136 

“H“ .  138 

“K” .  140 

s 

Screws  and  Expansions .  118 

School  Door  Plate  Hinges .  128 

School  Door  Hinges .  128 

Sectional  Handles.  Store  Door .  98 

Semi-Automatic  Bolts  for  Standing  Leaf 

Double  Doors .  86 

Sex  Bolts  .  118 

Shop  Door  Device  Rim  (Single  Door), 

Type  “A”  .  9-11 

Shrine  Emblem  .  101 

Sill  Plates  .  121-122 

Sill  Strikes  .  121—122 

Single  Entrance  Door  Lock  Device  (See 
Index  “E”) 

Single  Fire  Escape  Door  (See  Index  “E”) 

Soffit  Strikes  .  122 

Spacings  for  Trims .  96-100 

Spacings  (See  Standard  Equipment  De¬ 
scription  of  Each  Type  Device) 

Special  Trims  .  96-100 

Specifications  for  Devices  for  Double  Doors — 

Type  “B”  .  17-23 

“C”  .  29-35 

“D” .  41 

“E2”  .  45 

“F”  .  51 

“H”  61-67 

“J”  .  71 

.  77-83 

Springs  .  126—127 

Spring,  Auxiliary  Booster .  118 

Standing  Leaf  Door  Devices  for  Double 

Doors,  Semi-Automatic,  Type  “K”...  86 

Standing  Leaf  Door  Devices  for  Double 
Doors,  Vertical  Rod — 

Type  “B”  .  16—22 

“C”  .  28-34 

“D” .  40 

“E2”  .  44 

“F”  .  50 

“H” .  60-66 

“T”  .  70 

“K” .  76-82 

Steel  Door  (Narrow  Stile),  Type  “L”.  . . .  88—89 

Store  Door  Device,  Rim  (Single  Door), 

Type  “A”  .  8—13 

Store  Door  Handles .  97—100 

Stri  L'p  c - 

Adjustable  .  123-124 

Electric  Door  .  116 

Collapsible  .  123-124 

Jamb  .  123—125 

Mortise  Lock  .  123-125 

Sill  .  121-122 

Soffit  .  122 


T 

Page 

Table  of  Other  Manufacturers’  Cylinders 

for  Use  With  VON  DUPRIN  Devices  117 

Table  of  Contents  .  7 

Terms  .  147 

Thresholds  .  120 

Threshold  Strikes  . .  121-122 

Three-point  Gravity  Locking  Devices — 

Underwriters’  Approved — Type  “Q”.  .  94 

Time  Required  for  Applying  Von  Duprin 

Devices  .  147 

Transformer  Room  or  Oil  Switch  Room 

Door  Devices,  Type  “M” .  90 

Transformer  Room  or  Oil  Switch  Room 

Door  Devices,  Type  “N” .  91 

Transformer  Room  or  Oil  Switch  Room 

Door  Devices,  Type  “R” .  95 

Trim,  Special  and  Regular  Grips,  Plates, 

Knobs  and  Escutcheons .  96—100 

Trims — 

Bar  Handle  and  Lever  Control .  97 

Knob  and  Escutcheon .  96—100 

Plate  Grip  and  Thumb-Piece .  99 

Sectional  Handles .  98 

Special  Design  Trims .  100 

Tubes,  Plain  and  Fluted .  118 

Type  “A”  Rim  Devices .  9—13 

“B”  Double-acting  Devices .  14-25 

“C”  Single-acting  Devices .  2 6-37 

“D”  Single-acting  Devices .  38-43 

“E2”  Single-acting  Cross  Bar  Device, 

Double  Cylinder  .  44-47 

“F”  Factory  Type  Iron  Vertical  Rod 

Double  Door  Devices .  48—53 

“G”  New  York  and  Oakland  Devices  54—57 

“H”  Single-acting  Cross  Bar  Devices  58-69 

“T”  Single-acting  Cross  Bar  Devices  70—73 

“K”  Double-acting  Bar  Devices .  74-87 

“L”  Double-acting  Bar  Devices,  Nar¬ 
row  Stile  Factory  Type .  88-89 

“M”  Transformer  or  Oil  Switch  Com¬ 
municating  Door  Devices .  90 

“N”  Transformer,  Room  or  Oil  Switch 

Communicating  Door  Devices.  .  91 

“P”  Concealed,  Double  and  Single 

Rod  Devices .  92-93 

“Q”  Three-point  Gravity,  Locking 

Underwriters’ Approved  Devices  94 

“R”  Duquesne  Transformer  Room  or 
Oil  Switch  Room  Double-acting 
Communicating  Door  Devices.  .  95 

u 

Underwriters’  Three-point  Devices 

(Vertical  Rod)  .  94 

Devices — ■ 

Tvpe  “A”  .  8-13 

“B”  .  14-25 

“K” .  75-87 

Upper  Strikes  .  122 

v 

“V”  Vertical  Latch  Heads  (See  Function¬ 
ing  Member  Charts) — 

Type  “B”  .  133 

“C”  .  135 

“D” .  137 

“E” .  as  H 

“H” .  139 

“J”  .  as  H 

“K” .  141 

Vertical  Rod,  Cylinder  Locking  Device  for 
Active  Doors  of  Double  Doors — 

Type  “B”  .  16-18 

“C”  .  28-30 

“H” . 60-62 

“K” . 76-78 

Vertical  Rod,  Metal  Door  Narrow  Stile, 

Type  “L”  . 88-89 

Vertical  Rod,  Double  Arm  Type  (Exit  Only) 

Type  “B”  .  15 

“C”  .  27 

“D” .  39 

“F”  .  49 

“H” .  59 

“K” .  75 

“■p” .  92 

Vertical  Rod  Concealed  Devices,  Style  “P”  92—93 

w 

Window  Operator  and  Adjuster .  101 

Workshop  Narrow  Stile  Steel  and  Glass 

Door  Devices,  Type  “L” .  88—89 


[  157] 


Numerical  Index 


Article  Catalog 

No.  Page 

IB  .  133 

01B  .  133 

1C  .  135 

ID  .  137 

1H  .  139 

01H  .  139 

OIK  .  141 

2B  .  133 

02B  .  133 

2C  .  135 

2D  .  137 

2H  .  139 

02H  .  139 

02K  .  141 

3B  .  133 

3C  .  135 

3K  .  141 

4B  .  133 

4C  .  135 

4H  .  139 

4K  .  141 

5B  .  133 

5C  .  135 

5H  .  139 

5K  .  141 

6B  .  133 

6C  .  135 

6H  .  139 

6K  .  141 

7B  .  133 

7C  .  135 

7H  .  139 

7K  .  141 

8B  .  133 

8C  .  135 

8H  .  139 

8K  .  141 

9B  .  133 

9C  . 135 

9D  .  137 

9H  .  139 

9K  .  141 

10B  .  . .  133 

IOC  .  135 

10H  .  139 

10K  .  141 

1  IB  .  17 

011B  Part  .  133 

01  IB  Comb.  ...  17 

LR11B  .  19 

LR011B  .  19 

R11B  .  133 

R011B  .  133 

L11C  .  135 

R11C  .  135 

R011C  .  135 

L11D  .  137 

R11D  .  137 

L11H  .  139 

R11H  .  139 

R011H  .  139 

L011K  .  141 

R011K  .  141 

12B  Comb .  21 

12B  Part  .  133 

LR12B  .  23 

12  Tube  .  118 

12C  .  135 

12D  .  137 

12H  _ '. .  139 

12K  .  141 

13B  .  21 

LR13B  .  23 

14B  .  21 

LR14B  .  23 

14^B  .  21 

LR14HB  .  23 

15B  .  17 

LR15B  .  19 

16B  Comb .  21 

16B  Part  .  133 

LR16B  .  23 

16C  .  135 

16D  .  137 

16H  .  139 

16K  .  141 

17B  .  133 

17C  .  135 


Article  Catalog 

No.  Page 

17D  .  137 

017D  .  137 

17K  .  141 

18B  .  133 

18C  .  135 

18D  .  137 

18H  .  139 

18K  .  141 

19B  .  133 

19C  .  135 

19D  .  137 

19K  .  141 

20B  .  133 

20C  .  135 

20D  .  137 

20H  i .  139 

20K  .  141 

21B  .  133 

21C  . .  135 

21D  .  137 

21H  .  139 

21K  Comb .  77 

21K  Part  .  141 

LR21K  .  79 

021K  .  77 

LR021K  .  79 

22  .  108 

22B  .  133 

22C  .  135 

22D  .  137 

22K  Comb .  81 

22K  Part  .  141 

BK22  .  108 

LR22K  .  83 

23  Lock .  112 

23B  .  133 

23C  . 135 

23D  .  137 

23K  Comb .  81 

23K  Part . .  141 

LR23K  .  83 

24  Lock .  110 

NL24  Lock  ....  110 

24B  .  133 

24C  .  135 

24  D  .  137 

24H  : .  139 

24K  Comb .  81 

24K  Part  .....  141 

24</2K  .  81 

LR24K  .  83 

LR24J4K  .  83 

25  .  114 

NL25  .  114 

25C  . '.  .  135' 

25  D  .  137 

25K  Comb .  77 

LR25K  .  79 

26  Latch  .  107 

26K  Latch  ....  107 

26B  .  133 

26C  . ...135 

26D  .  137 

26H  .  139 

26K  Comb .  81 

26K  Part .  141 

LR26K  .  83 

27K  .  81 

K27K  .  81 

E.R27K  .  83 

LRK27K  .  83 

L27C  _ 135 

R27C  .  135 

R27D . .  137 

R27H  .  139 

R27K . .  141 

R27B  .  133 

28B  .  133 

28C  .  135 

2SD  .  137 

28  H  . J39 

28K  . 141 

29  .  106 

R29  .  106 

30  .  106 

■31  ..  .  _ _ 107 

LR32BK  N.Y..  112 
32B' . 133 


Article  Catalog 

No.  Page 

32E2  .  45 

32K  .  141 

33E2  .  45 

33H  .  139 

33K  .  141 

34  .  106 

34E2  .  45 

34Q  .  94 

T34Q  .  94 

34^E2  .  45 

35E2  .  45 

36  .  104 

36B  .  133 

36C  .  135 

36H  .  139 

36K  .  141 

36E2  .  45 

37B  .  133 

37C  .  135 

37H  .  139 

37K  .  141 

38  .  104 

38  .  105 

40  B  .  133 

40C  .  135 

4 1 B  .  133 

41K  .  141 

42T  71 

43B  .  133 

43J  71 

44J  71 

44AJ  .  71 

45  J  .  71 

46J  71 

46  .  119 

47  .  119 

48H  .  139 

48K  .  141 

49  .  119 

49H  .  139 

50  .  119 

50A  .  119 

50H  .  139 

51 H  .  139 

52D  .  41 

•  52H  .  139 

53D  .  41 

53H  .  139 

•  54D  .  41 

54H  .  139 

5454D  .  41 

55D  .  41 

.  56D  .  41 

58H  .  139 

58K  .  141 

058B  .  133 

"  058C  .  135 

59  .  119 

59H  .  139 

59K  .  141 

60B  .  133 

61C  .  29 

LR61C  .  31 

061C  .  29 

LR061C  .  31 

62C  .  33 

LR62C  .  35 

63C  .  33 

.  LR63C  .  35 

64C  .  33 

64'AC  .  33 

.  LR64C .  35 

LR64I4C .  35 

LR65C  .  31 

65C  .  29 

66C  .  33 

LR66C  .  35 

BK72  .  84 

B"K74  .  84 

LR81H  .  63 

.  LR081H  .  63 

81H  .  61 

081H  .  61 

82H  .  65 

LR82H .  67 

83H- .  65 

LR83H  .  67  • 

84 H-  .  65 


Article  Catalog 


No. 

Page 

84J4H  . 

.  .  .  65 

LR84H  . 

.  .  .  67 

LR84J4H  .. 

.  .  .  67 

85  H  . 

.  .  .  61 

LR85H  .... 

.  .  .  63 

86H  . 

.  .  .  65 

LR86H  .  .  .  . 

.  .  .  67 

91  J-M  . 

.  .  .  128 

92  F  . 

...  51 

93F  . 

.  .  .  51 

94F  . 

.  .  .  51 

94'/2F  . 

.  .  .  51 

95F  . 

.  .  .  51 

96F  . 

.  .  .  51 

112  . 

. .  .  118 

160L  . 

...  142 

160R  . 

.  .  .  142 

161 L  . 

.  .  .  142 

161R  . 

.  .  .  142 

163  . 

.  .  .  142 

164  . 

.  .  .  142 

165L  . 

...  142 

165R  . 

...  142 

166  . 

...  142 

167L  . 

...  142 

167R  . 

.  .  .  142 

168L  . 

. . .  142 

168R  . 

...  142 

169L  . 

.  . .  142 

169R . 

...  142 

170  . 

...  142 

171  . 

...  142 

172  . 

...  142 

173R  . 

.  .  .  142 

173L  . 

. . .  142 

174  . 

. . .  142 

175L . 

.  . .  142 

175R  . 

...  142 

176  . 

...  142 

1 77L  . 

...  142 

1 77R  . 

.  . .  142 

178  . 

. .  .  143 

179  . 

...  143 

180  . 

...  143 

181  . 

. . .  143 

182  . 

...  143 

183  . 

.  .  .  143 

184  . 

.  .  .  143 

185  . 

. . .  143 

187  . 

.  .  .  143 

188  . 

...  143 

189  . 

.  .  .  143 

190  . 

...  143 

191  . 

...  143 

192  . 

...  143 

193  . 

...  143 

194  . 

.  .  .  143 

195  . 

...  143 

196  . 

.  .  .  143 

213-L  Itt.  .. 

. . .  121 

214  . 

...  118 

216A  . 

.  .  .  117 

218C  . 

.  .  .  117 

219  . 

.  .  .  117 

221  . 

.  .  .  117 

223  . 

...  118 

223C  . 

.  .  .  117 

224  . 

.  .  .  118 

224C  . 

...  117 

225  . 

.  .  .  118 

225  A  . 

.  .  .  118 

225BK  . 

.  .  .  117 

226  . 

...  118 

226A  . 

...  118 

226J  . 

. . .  124 

227  . 

.  .  .  118 

227]  . 

.  .  .  124 

229R 1  . 

...  124 

229 'A  J  .... 

. . .  125 

230U  . 

122 

231! . 

122 

232U  . 

...  12 2 

2331 . 

122 

234U  . 

...  122 

235  !  . 

...  124 

236!  . 

.  .  .  124 

237L  . 

. .  .  122 

238  . 

. . .  105 

Article 

Catalog 

No. 

Page 

239  . 

...  105 

241  St.  L. .  . 

...  121 

242L  . 

...  122 

243L  . 

...  122 

244T  . 

...  124 

RD-244J  .  . 

...  124 

245  !  . 

...  125 

RD-245J  .  . 

...  125 

2461  . 

...  124 

24  7 j  . 

..  .  .  123 

247JA  . 

...  125 

RD-247J  .  . 

...  125 

2481 . 

...  122 

249J  . 

...  124 

25  0)  . 

...  123 

251L  . 

...  121 

25 1L  Dbl.  . 

...  121 

252L  . 

...  121 

2S2L  Dbl.  . 

...  121 

253L  . 

...  121 

254L  . 

...  121 

2551 . 

...  121 

256L  . 

...  121 

257L  . 

...  121 

261  . 

...  102 

262  . 

...  102 

263  . 

...  102 

271U  . 

122 

LR272  .... 

...  119 

272 U  . 

...  122 

273U  . 

...  122 

276  . 

...  119 

277J  . 

...  124 

281U  . 

...  122 

283!  . 

...  124 

2841  . 

...  125 

285U  . 

...  122 

286U  . 

...  122 

287U  . 

...  122 

288U  . 

...  122 

289LU  .... 

...  122 

29 1U  . 

...  122 

292L  . 

...  122 

293L  . 

...  122 

294J  . 

...  125 

295U  . 

...  122 

296  T  . 

...  124 

297!  . 

...  124 

298T  . 

...  125 

299  T  . 

...  125 

302J  . 

...  84 

303  . 

...  84 

3041  . 

...  124 

305!  . 

...  124 

307)  . 

...  124 

360  . 

...  101 

370  . 

...  102 

371  . 

...  102 

400-V25  .  . 

...  126 

401-0  _ 

...  126 

402-1  _ 

...  126 

403-R  _ 

...  126 

404- f  _ 

...  126 

405-M  _ 

...  126 

406-Y  _ 

...  126 

407-A  _ 

...  126 

408-43C  .  .  . 

...  126 

409-S  _ 

...  126 

410-H  _ 

...  126 

411-N  _ 

...  126 

41^-1 . 

...  126 

413-33BB  . 

...  126 

414-K  _ 

...  126 

416-V1 7C  . 

...  127 

417-T  _ 

...  127 

418-B  _ 

...  127 

419-B  _ 

...  127 

420-P  _ 

...  127 

421  . 

...  127 

422U  . 

...  127 

423  . 

...  127 

424-0  _ 

...  127 

425-X  _ 

...  127 

426  . 

...  127 

427  . 

...  127 

428-D  _ 

...  127 

429-H  _ 

...  127 

430-B  _ 

...  127 

Article  Catalog 

No.  Page 

431- C  .  127 

432- B  .  127 

433- B  .  127 

434  .  127 

500  .  101 

501  .  101 

502  .  101 

503  .  101 

504  .  101 

505  .  101 

513  .  101 

1025A  .  9 

NL1025A  .  9 

1025-1 A  .  130 

1025-2A  130 

1025-3A  .  130 

1025-4A  130 

1025-5A  130 

1025-8A  130 

1025-9A  130 

1025-10A  130 

1025-L11 A  _  130 

1025-12A  130 

1025-16A  .  130 

1025-18A  130 

1025-22A  130 

1025-24A  130 

1025-36 A  .  130 

1025-37A  130 

1025-45A  130 

1025-46A  130 

1025-47A  130 

1025-48A  130 

1025-50A  130 

1025-51 A  .  130 

1025- 432A  .  130 

1026A  .  10 

NL1026A  .  10 

1026- 1 A  .  130 

1026-2A  130 

1026-3A  .  130 

1026-4A  130 

1026-8A  130 

1026-9A  130 

1026-10A  130 

1026-R1 1 A  _  130 

1026-12A  130 

1026-18A  130 

1026-22  A  .  130 

1026-24  A  .  130 

1 026-36A  130 

1026-37A  130 

1026-45A  130 

1026-46A  130 

1026-50A  130 

1026-58 A  .  130 

1026-59A  .  130 

1026-432A  130 

1028A  .  10 

1122B  .  24 

1123B  16 

1123x2660  .  16 

1124B  .  24 

NL1124B  .  24 

1 1 25  A  .  12 

NL1125A  .  12 

1125-1 A  .  131 

11 25-2  A  .  131 

11 25-3 A  .  131 

11 25-4  A  .  131 

1125-8A  131 

1 125-10A  131 

1 125-R1 1 A  _  131 

1125-1 2A  .  131 

1 125-1 7 -\  131 

1 125-22A  131 

1125-24A  131 

1125-36A  131 

1 125-37A  131 

11 25-45 A  .  131 

11 25-46 A  .  131 

1 125-48A  131 

1 1 25-50A  .  131 

1 125-58A  .  131 

11 25-59 A  .  131 

11 25-60 A  .  131 

1  1 25 -433 A  .  131 

K-1126B  .  25 


[1581 


:talog 

Jage 

16 

12 

25 

25 

25 

18 

18 

18 

24 

90 

15 

11 

11 

131 

131 

131 

131 

131 

131 

131 

131 

131 

131 

131 

131 

131 

131 

131 

131 

131 

131 

131 

131 

93 

11 

116 

116 

16A 

116 

116 

92 

13 

93 

13 

92 

89 

88 

116 

116 

116 

95 

95 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

118 

118 

118 

84 

76 

76 

84 

84 

85 

76 

85 

85 

85 

78 

78 

78 

84 

90 

86 

87 

87 

75 

84 

84 

108 

112 


43 

40 

43 

43 

43 

42 

39 

40 

40 

40 

40 

40 

36 

28 

28 

36 

36 

37 

28 

37 

37 

37 

30 

30 

30 

36 

90 

27 

19 

32 

32 

32 

32 

32 

54 

56 

57 

68 

60 

60 

62 

62 

68 

68 

69 

60 

62 

69 

69 

69 

68 

59 

64 

64 

64 

64 

64 

52 

52 

52 

52 

53 

50 

50 

50 

53 

53 

53 

52 

91 

49 

49 

49 

05 

05 

03 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

00 

00 


Numerical  Index — Continued 


Article  Catalog 

No.  Page 

BK2202  .  108 

2203  .  108 

2204  .  108 

BK2204  .  108 

2205  .  108 

BK2205  .  108 

2206  .  108 

BK2206  .  108 

2208  .  108 

BK2208  .  108 

2209  .  108 

BK2209  .  108 

2210  .  108 

BK2210  .  108 

2211  .  108 

BK2211  .  108 

2212;  .  108 

BK2212  .  108 

2213  .  108 

BK2213  .  108 

2214  .  108 

BK2214  .  108 

2215  .  108 

BK2215  .  108 

2216  .  108 

BK2216  .  108 

2217  .  108 

BK2217  .  108 

2222  .  108 

BK2222  .  108 

2223  .  108 

BK2223  .  108 

2224  .  108 

2225  .  108 

BK2225  .  108 

2226  .  108 

BK2226  .  108 

BK2226J4  .  108 

2240  .  103 

2251K  .  86 

P-2257K  .  87 

2301  .  112 

2302  .  112 

2303  .  112 

2304  .  112 

2305  .  112 

2306  .  112 

2308  .  112 

2309  .  112 

2310  .  112 

2311  .  112 

2312  .  112 

2313  .  112 

2314  .  112 

2315  .  112 

2316  .  112 

2317  .  112 

2322  .  112 

2323  .  112 

2324  .  112 

2325  .  112 

2326  .  112 

2362T  .  120 

2363T  .  120 

2364T  .  120 

2372  .  120 

2373  .  120 

2374  .  120 

2382  .  120 

2383  .  120 

2384  .  120 

2392  .  120 

2393  .  120 

2394  .  120 

2401  .  110 

NL2401  .  110 

2402  .  110 

NL2402  .  110 

2403  .  110 

NL2403  .  110 

2404  .  110 

NL2404  .  110 

2405  .  110 

NL2405  .  110 

2406  .  110 


Article  Catalog 

No.  Page 

NL2406  .  110 

NL2408  .  110 

2409  .  110 

NL2409  .  110 

2412  .  110 

NL2412  .  110 

2413  .  110 

NL2413  .  110 

2414  .  110 

NL2414  .  110 

2415  .  110 

NL2415  110 

2417  .  110 

NL2417  .  110 

2418  .  110 

NL2418  .  110 

2419  .  110 

2420  .  110 

2422  .  110 

NL2422  .  110 

2423  .  110 

NL2423  .  110 

2424  .  110 

NL2424  .  110 

2425  .  110 

NL2425  .  110 

2426  .  110 

NL2426  .  110 

2501  .  114 

NL2501  .  114 

2502  .  114 

NL2502  .  114 

2503  .  114 

NL2503  .  114 

2504  .  114 

NL2504  .  114 

2505  .  114 

NL2505  .  114 

2506  .  1  14 

NL2506  .  114 

NL2508  .  114 

2509  .  114 

NL2509  .  114 

2512  .  114 

NL2512  .  114 

2513  .  114 

NL2513  .  114 

2514  .  114 

NL2514  .  114 

2515  .  114 

NL2515  114 

2517  .  114 

NL2517  .  114 

2518  .  114 

NL2S18  .  114 

2519  .  114 

2520  .  114 

2522  .  114 

NL2522  .  114 

2523  .  114 

NL2523  .  114 

2524  .  114 

NL2524  .  114 

2525  .  114 

NL252S  .  114 

2526  .  114 

NL2526  .  114 

2580  .  96 

2581  .  96 

2582  .  96 

2583  .  96 

2584  .  96 

2587  Tol . 100 

2588  .  96 

2590  .  96 

2590-W  .  96 

2590 J4BKW  ...  84 

2591  .  96 

2592  .  96 

2593  .  96 

2594  .  96 

2597BKW  .  96 

2598  Tol . 100 

2600  .  96 

2601  .  107 


I  Article  Catalog 

No.  Page 

K2601  .  107 

2602  .  107 

K2602  .  107 

2604  .  107 

K2604  .  107 

2605  .  107 

K2605  .  107 

2606  .  107 

K2606  .  107 

2607  .  107 

K2607  .  107 

2608  .  107 

K2608  .  107 

2610  .  96 

K2610  .  107 

K2611  .  107 

2612  .  107 

K2612  .  107 

2614  .  107 

2620R  .  98 

2620S  .  98 

NL2620R  .  98 

NL2620S  98 

2621  .  98 

NL2621  .  98 

2622  .  98 

NL2622  .  98 

2623  .  98 

NL2623  .  98 

K2624  .  107 

K2627  .  107 

2628  .  98 

NL2628  .  98 

2640R  .  98 

2640S  .  98 

NL2640R  .  98 

NL2640S  98 

2660  .  97 

2660DT  .  97 

2661  .  97 

2661DT  .  97 

2662  .  97 

2662DT  .  97 

2663  .  97 

2663DT  .  97 

2666  .  97 

2666DT  .  97 

2710  .  84 

2722K  .  80 

2724K  .  80 

NL2724K  .  80 

2730K  .  80 

2734  .  82 

NL2741K  .  80 

2800  .  99 

NL2800  .  99 

2801  .  99 

NL2801  .  99 

2802  .  99- 

NL2802  .  99 

2803  .  99 

NL2803  .  99 

2804  .  99 

NL2S04  .  99 

2805  .  99 

NL2805  .  99 

NL2806  N.  Y..  .  100 
NL2807  N.  Y..  .  100 
2808  .  96 

2810  Det . 100 

NL2810  .  100 

2811  B.  of  E.. . .  100 

NL2811  .  100 

2812  Masonic  .  .  100 

2901  .  106 

R2901  106 

2902  .  106 

R2902  .  106 

2904  .  1 06  '• 

R2904  .  106 

2905  .  106 

R2905  106 

2906  .  106 

R2906  .  106 

2907  .  106 


Article  Catalog 

No. 

Page 

R2907  . 

106 

2908  . 

106 

R2908  . 

106 

R2912  . 

106 

2924  . 

106 

R2924  . 

106 

3001  . 

106 

3002  . 

106 

3004  . 

106 

3005  . 

106 

3006  . 

106 

3008  . 

106 

3009  . 

106 

3012  . 

106 

3013  . 

106 

3017  . 

106 

3018  . 

106 

3022  . 

106 

3024  . 

106 

3026  . . 

106 

3028  . . : . . 

106 

3029  . 

106 

3030  . 

106 

3101  . 

107. 

3102  . 

107 

3104  . . 

107 

3105  . 

107 

3106  . 

107 

3107  . 

107 

3108  . 

107 

3123E2  . 

46 

3124  . 

107 

3125E2  . 

46 

NL3125E2  .... 

46 

K3126E2  . 

47 

3127E2  . 

44 

3129E2  . 

47 

312914  E2  ..... 

47 

3130E2  . 

47 

NL3145E2  .... 

46 

LR3201BK  .... 

112 

LR3202BK  .... 

112 

LR3204BK 

112 

LR3205BK 

112 

LR3206BK 

112 

•  LR3208BK  _ 

112 

LR3209BK 

112 

LR3212BK  _ 

112 

•  LR3213BK . 

112 

LR3214BK  .... 

112 

3215  Cyl . 

117 

LR3215BK 

112 

3216  Cyl . 

117 

LR3217BK  .... 

112 

3217  Cyl . 

117 

LR3218BK  .... 

112 

•  3218  Cyl . 

117 

LR3222BK 

112 

LR3223BK  .... 

112 

LR3224BK  .... 

112 

LR3225BK  .... 

112 

LR3226BK 

112 

3723E2  . 

44 

3725E2  . 

44 

’  NL3725E2  _ 

44 

NL3745E2 

44 

4122J  . 

72 

BK4122J  . 

72 

4124J  . 

72 

NL4124J  . 

72  • 

K4126J  . 

73 

4127J  . 

70 

4129J  . 

73 

412934 J  . 

73 

4130J  . 

73 

NL4141J  . . 

72 

4722J  . . 

70 

BK4722J  . 

70 

4724J  . 

70 

NL4724J  . 

70 

.4730T  . 

70 

NL4741J  . 

70 

5122-D  . 

42 

5124D  . 

42 

NL5124D  . 

42 

[159] 


AVERY  UE7.ARY 
COLL'“  !TY 


Printed  in  the  United  States 
Printed  by  The  Hollenbeck  Press,  Indianapolis 
Art  and  Engraving  by  Indianapolis  Engraving  Company 
Indianapolis 


A 


1 1 '■'’.ARY 

u.  .i . .  r'lTY 


r 


••C}|  TRADE  MARK  Js- 


|  Registered  United  States  Patent  Office  No.  S5021  ] 


Self-Releasing  Fire  Exit  Devices 

Copyrighted  1928 

£ Manufactured  by  the 

VONNEGUT  HARDWARE  CO. 

Established  1852 


INDIANAPOLIS,  INDIANA 


